Skip to main content

Atmosfeel™: The Next Generation of Yamaha Acoustic Guitar Pickups

Amplifying an acoustic guitar? Not that hard.

But amplifying an acoustic guitar in a way that actually makes it sound like an acoustic guitar? That’s an assignment that’s challenged design engineers for nearly a century.

Microphones or Pickups?

Up until now, the approach that best captures the instrument’s distinctive tone has been to stick one or more good microphones in front of your guitar. But although this works well in a recording studio context, it’s of limited use when you’re onstage with a band. Unless, that is, you don’t mind the potential havoc (like feedback or loss of signal) that any sudden movement can cause to your overall sound — or you just love standing in the exact same spot for your entire set.

If you take external mics out of the equation, you’re left with pickups. Yet none of the three main types of pickups used for acoustic guitars — magnetic, piezo and transducer — is a perfect solution in itself to the tone problem since each has both advantages and drawbacks. (See our “Getting Amplified” blog posting for more information.) This is why, in more recent times, guitarists and guitar manufacturers have frequently taken to using multiple pickups in a single instrument. By placing different pickup types in different areas of the guitar’s body, it’s possible to create an amplified sound that better replicates the instrument’s acoustic tone at all frequency ranges.

Enter Atmosfeel™: The Best of Both Worlds

Closeup of dials on side of acoustic guitar body.

The new Yamaha Atmosfeel pickup and preamp system (available in the “X” models of the FG Red Label acoustic guitar series: the dreadnought-size FGX3 and FGX5, and the concert-size FSX3 and FSX5) uses the best of both worlds. The only obvious sign of the Atmosfeel’s presence in these models is a set of three small knobs — Mic Blend, Master Volume, and Bass EQ — on the side of the guitar. But these simple knobs control a complex pickup network inside the instrument, comprised of a piezo sensor, a mini-microphone and a unique synthetic sheet transducer.

As is typical in acoustic-electric guitars, the piezo sensor is located in the bridge. What’s not typical is that the piezo is set to capture only the instrument’s lower frequencies. This addresses the main problem that many players have with piezo pickups: their harsh, brittle-sounding high end. To handle treble frequencies instead, the Atmosfeel system employs an ultra-thin sheet transducer — a new, proprietary Yamaha design — which is located under the guitar’s soundboard, below the saddle. Finally, the mini-mic, placed inside the body on the left side of the upper bout, fills out the low and mid parts of the sonic spectrum. In short, the piezo picks up how the guitar sounds where the strings meet the bridge, the sheet transducer picks up the vibrations of the top soundboard, and the mini-mic picks up the resonance inside the body. Put all three together and you’ve got a full representation of an acoustic guitar’s natural tone.

Man playing an acoustic guitar called "Atmosfeel" and the features indicated, including the microphone, the contact sensor and the undersaddle pickup.

Create Your Own Custom Blends

The outputs of the piezo and sheet transducer are pre-mixed within the Atmosfeel’s preamp to give you the best mix of low and high, but the output of the mic can be regulated, which is where the Mic Blend knob comes in. Turn it all the way to the left and you hear only the piezo and transducer; turn it all the way to the right and you only get the mic. If you’re playing solo, you might want to opt for more of the midrangey mic sound in your mix, while the more defined highs and lows of the piezo/transducer sound may be preferable for players who need to be heard over a full band.

The next knob over on the Atmosfeel is the important, but self-explanatory, Master Volume. A little more explanation (but not much) is necessary for the final knob, Bass EQ. It controls a peaking EQ filter, which boosts or lowers particular frequencies in the low-mid range — the very kinds of frequencies that can lead to unpleasant onstage feedback when turned up too loud.

Putting It Through Its Paces

An acoustic guitar.
Yamaha FGX5.

I tested out a prototype of a Yamaha FGX5 acoustic guitar to hear how the Atmosfeel system would respond in both live and recording situations. When played at relatively high volume through an amplifier or P.A., the tonal difference produced by turning the Mic Blend knob back and forth between all-pickup (left) and all-mic (right) was substantial. All-mic sounded more natural — more acoustic-y, if you will — but lacked some definition. All-pickup had plenty of definition, but occasionally a note cut through a little too much. Setting the knob right in the middle at 12 o’clock proved to be a happy medium indeed, unifying the lows, mids, and highs to create a clear, bell-like tone. The Bass EQ knob, meanwhile, served its function perfectly. If I left it turned up all the way at a high volume, feedback would eventually ensue (surprise, surprise), but gradually turning it down while simultaneously raising the amp or P.A. volume worked an impressive magic trick: Not only was there no feedback, but the higher volume compensated for the attenuation of the lo-mids, making it seem as if no tonal change had occurred.

Here are three audio clips of the FGX5 played through a guitar amp with the Mic Blend knob turned all the way to the left (all pickup), all the way to the right (all mic), and at 12 o’clock (equal blend of both). Both the Master Volume and Bass EQ knobs are at 12 o’clock in all three examples:

Plugging the FGX5 directly into a recording interface produced similar, though more subtle results. (Perhaps the lower volume used in the recording studio had something to do with this.) Here are three audio clips of the FGX5’s output, as recorded in a DAW. As in the previous three clips, the Mic Blend knob is first turned all the way to the left (all pickup), then all the way to the right (all mic), and finally to 12 o’clock (equal blend of both). Again, both the Master Volume and Bass EQ knobs are at 12 o’clock in all three examples:

Of course, you should let your own ears decide whether the sound of the Atmosfeel is right for your playing style. But here’s one thing that nobody’s ears can deny: This is one pickup system that makes an acoustic guitar actually sound like an acoustic guitar — and that’s no easy feat.

 

Click here for more information about the Yamaha Atmosfeel system.

Click here for more information about Yamaha Red Label acoustic guitars.

Cleanliness Is King

You’re setting up for a gig. You connect all of your equipment, turn on the PA … but instead of hearing clean, crisp sound, you are greeted with a rude hum.

Don’t worry, it’s not something you’ll have to live with. Here are some tips to help you find and eliminate the source of such gremlins.

Start From The Ground Up

Closeup of the male and female ends of the IEC cable.
IEC cable.

One of the most important things you can do to fight noise in your PA is make sure that your gear is properly grounded. Live sound gear such as mixers, amplifiers and powered speakers usually connect to AC outlets using a detachable, grounded IEC cable. This has a female connector on one end and a three-pin plug on the other with two flat, parallel blades and a round or U-shaped pin.

That round or U-shaped pin is the ground — it literally creates a connection between the mixer and the earth, and that’s important for two reasons: First, it’s a safety precaution ensuring that a circuit breaker will trip if a hazard such as a short is encountered. Second, the ground pin drains unwanted signals to the earth, so that you won’t hear them. Make sure you feel some resistance whenever you plug a cable into an AC outlet, with the outlet firmly gripping the plug — that way, you can be pretty certain that the ground pin is connected and doing its job.

IMPORTANT: If someone has removed the ground pin from an AC power cable, the cable should not be used because it presents a safety hazard. For the same reason, frayed AC cables or cables with cracked insulation should be tossed in the trash. You might even consider cutting the ends off the cable to make sure it isn’t used again.

Continue Troubleshooting

Once you’ve confirmed that your gear is properly grounded, you can continue troubleshooting. This process applies to any PA system, but let’s say for the sake of example that your PA consists of a Yamaha MG20XU mixer and a pair of Yamaha DXR12mkII powered loudspeakers. Start by powering everything down and disconnecting the cables between the MG20XU and the DXR12mkIIs. Then turn on the speakers and listen. You may hear a very faint hiss coming from the speakers, which is normal — but you should not hear any buzz or hum.

Turn off the speakers and connect the mixer outputs to the speaker inputs. Bring the faders down all the way, turn on the mixer and then turn on the speakers or power amp. If you hear hum, you may have what is known as a ground loop. A ground loop is what happens when equipment is plugged into AC outlets in different locations, and is then connected together with audio cables that have their shield connected to ground — which applies to most audio cables.

For example, suppose that the mixer is plugged into an electrical outlet at front-of-house, while the speakers are plugged into an electrical outlet near the stage. The mixer and speakers will be connected using TRS or XLR cables, both of which have grounded shields. If the electrical outlets are on separate circuits, you’ll probably experience a ground loop because their grounds are slightly different. That’s what produces the hum.

There are a few different ways to solve a ground loop. One is to use a power strip to feed AC to all of the gear from the same electrical outlet, which virtually guarantees that you won’t have a ground loop. That’s not always possible, so another solution is to use an isolation transformer between the mixer outputs and the inputs to the powered speakers or amplifier. An isolation transformer disconnects the audio ground between the devices, breaking the ground loop. Lastly, some equipment may have a “ground lift” switch that can solve the problem by disconnecting the audio signal ground from the earth. (Next month we’ll talk about how a Direct Injection box, known as a “DI,” can help solve ground issues with instruments like electric bass and keyboards).

Other Sources of Interference

A variety of external signals can interfere with audio. Radio Frequency Interference (“RFI”) is produced by TV and radio stations, cell phones, Wi-Fi and Bluetooth devices, microwave ovens, two-way radios, wireless microphones, and even certain types of lighting systems. These signals can leak into the audio path, creating noise. Fortunately, the metal chassis of a mixer, amplifier or powered speaker serves as a shield from RFI and absorbs these signals, so as long as the chassis is correctly grounded (see above), RFI will be directed into the earth where it is harmless.

Interference can also be created when AC cables are run alongside audio cables. You can avoid noise by crossing the cables at 90 degrees to minimize the area where the power cable is near the audio cable. This is less of an issue with speaker cables because the signal from a power amp is very strong compared to that of a microphone or line-level signal.

Lighting dimmers and fluorescent work light fixtures can also be a source of noise. Turn off any such lighting that’s in the vicinity of your PA to see if that solves your noise issue.

Now that you’ve completed this troubleshooting, power the system on and bring up the faders one at a time, starting with the master fader. You should not hear any hum or buzz … but if you do, it’s time to check your audio cables.

Cables Get No Respect

Cables take a lot of abuse. They get yanked, stepped on, run over by flight cases and doused with beer, so it’s a good idea to inspect all your cables for damage before and after every gig. Examine the outer sheath of the cable, which is typically made of flexible plastic. Any cable that has breaks or openings in the outer jacket should be replaced. Connectors should be shiny, clean and straight. Oxidation on the contacts can cause intermittent audio or buzzing. Use contact cleaner on a soft, clean cloth to wipe off TS and TRS connectors, removing any dirt that may build up over time. Don’t use anything abrasive on connectors.

Closeup of connectors.
XLR connectors with dirty pins (left) and clean pins (right).

XLR connectors are a bit of a challenge to clean because the contacts are more difficult to access. A cotton swab with contact cleaner on it is helpful when cleaning the pins on a male XLR. Cleaning the sockets on a female XLR connector is tricky, but one effective method is to spray some contact cleaner into the sockets and use a plastic toothpick (the kind with the little brush on one end) to gently remove foreign matter, as shown in the illustration below. Don’t push anything larger into the sockets because that will spread the contacts and create an intermittent connection.

Closeup of toothpick with little brush on end being inserted into the connector.
Use a plastic toothpick to clean female XLR connectors.

As we saw in our Tools of the Trade blog post about interconnections, audio cables can be balanced or unbalanced, and both types have a ground or shield wire. It’s very important that this wire not be damaged, loose or frayed. There’s not a lot of real estate inside a TS or XLR connector, so if something gets loose, there’s a good chance that the wires will short, making the cable noisy or intermittent. If you suspect that’s the case, open the connector and look for broken or shorted wires. If you have any doubts, send the cable to that Great Gig in the Sky. You won’t regret it.

Closeup of the wires of an audio cable without the connector cover.
Frayed wires inside audio connectors can cause shorts.

Sniffing out these audio gremlins is not the most glamorous (or fun) part of doing live sound, but once you know what to look for, you’ll have an easier time making your PA run quiet and clean.

All photographs courtesy of the author.

 

Check out our other Tools of the Trade postings.

Major Scale Modes, Part 2: Dorian Mode

In Part 1 of this two-part posting we discussed the major scale and the process of harmonization, focusing on Ionian mode, with definitions of each of those terms. In this installment, we’ll examine Dorian mode, which puts a completely different spin on the music you create.

The Dorian minor scale is built from the second scale degree (i.e., note) of the major scale. Playing a major scale from the second note to the same note an octave higher will give you the unique intervals of Dorian mode. (Intervals are the distances in pitch between notes.) A II mi7 chord is built by selecting consecutive 3rds from the tonic of Dorian mode. (The first note of a scale is called the “tonic” and the first note of a chord is referred to as the “root.”)

The natural minor scale has a minor sixth interval, whereas the Dorian minor scale has a major sixth interval. It’s this variation that gives Dorian mode its unique, sought-after sound.

Dorian mode is often favored by rock and jazz-fusion players soloing over static or descending II mi7 – V7 chord progressions. The major sixth of the scale adds tension to the II mi7 chord, and a strong “release” and resolution of tension when it becomes the major 3rd of the V7 chord.

Moving from Ionian to Dorian Mode

Let’s start by doing a quick review of the harmony and theory presented in Part 1 for a reminder of the scale tones, chord harmony and the corresponding scale modality. We’ll continue to use the key of A major as an example.

The seven notes of the A major scale (A Ionian Mode) are:

A – B – C# – D – E – F# – G#

The seven chords that are built by harmonizing the A major scale are:

Ama7 – Bmi7 – C#mi7 – Dma7 – E7 – F#mi7 – G#mi7 (♭5)

If you take the same seven notes and chords, but start on the second degree of the A major scale (i.e. the note B), you create B Dorian mode:

B – C# – D – E – F# – G# – A

By harmonizing these notes, we create the B Dorian mode chords as follows:

Bmi7 – C#mi7 – Dma7 – E7 – F#mi7 – G#mi7 (♭5) – Ama7

As you can see, none of the notes or chords have changed from the A major scale — we’ve simply shifted the focal point for harmonic and melodic variation within the same major scale intervals.

Dorian Chord Progressions

All chord progressions consist of two or more chords. A Dorian chord progression will not only contain the II mi or II mi7 chord, but it will also resolve and sound complete and “rested” when ending on that chord. (As described in Part 1, this is called the tonal center of the chord progression.) Typically, the first chord of a sequence will be the tonal center. For example:

I:    Bmi7    I     A     E     I    Bmi7    I     A    E   :I

Obviously, playing the progression will be the ultimate test as to where our ear hears the resolution point, but in this case, it’s definitely the Bmi7 chord. Take a moment to play this progression a couple of times and end on the Bmi7. You’ll hear the chords naturally gravitate towards resolving at that point.

Melodic phrases don’t need to start on the tonic of the Dorian mode (in this case, B), but phrasing lines and licks towards the tonal center and its chord-tones will be the key to melodic soloing. The chord-tones of Bmi7 are B, D, F# and A. These are the four tones that will sound the most resolute when sustaining notes and ending your phrases.

As described in Part 1, each major scale mode has a characteristic note that evokes the flavor of that modality. The characteristic note of the A Ionian mode is the major 7th (G#). The characteristic note of the B Dorian mode is the major 6th (also G#).

It’s not compulsory to use the characteristic note within your melodies, but if you want to bring out the “flavor” of Dorian mode you may want to target and incorporate it into your phrases. Bear in mind, however, that the characteristic note may not be the best tone to sustain over a Dorian chord progression. Let your ears be the guiding factor into what works over any given series of chords.

The Video

Here’s an example of how to use Dorian mode from my “Master of Modes” series of video lessons available at RobbieCalvo.com:

This is the B Dorian chord progression I’m playing over:

I:         Bmi9       I     Asus      A       E/G#        :I

The first note of the opening phrase in my solo is C#. I’m accentuating and sustaining this note for some time, and it works really well because it’s an additional chord tone that I added to Bmi7 to create a Bmi9 chord.

In addition to the 9th, my first two phrases resolve on F# (the 5th) and B (the root of Bmi9). It’s not until the third and fourth phrases of my solo that I really start to accentuate the Dorian characteristic note of G#.

Listen to the solo a couple of times to hear the effect that the characteristic note has on the mood of the composition. I’m also repeating melodic motifs and leaving lots of space between each phrase to let the melodies breathe and stand alone as independent musical statements. (Click here to view a transcription of my solo.)

The Guitar

Electric guitar standing on a bumper of a jeep.

The guitar used in this video was developed at the Yamaha Artist Services Los Angeles (YASLA) facility and is based on the standard Revstar RS502T model, with a few modifications to the hardware and finish. The “Ice Blue” color is standard on Revstar RS320 models, but here it serves as a striking backdrop to the black Rautia humbucking pickups, tailpiece and scratch plate. While filming, I was concerned that the gloss finish would create a reflective glare, but it was perfect on camera and stayed in focus the entire time.

The neck and back of the guitar are treated with a translucent eggshell finish that allows the auburn tone of the mahogany neck and body to glow through it. The “dry” feel of the finish also facilitates effortless position shifts on the fretboard.

The Rautia pickups retain a smooth clarity when overdriven and respond beautifully to personal dynamics and the subtle nuances of single-note lines. The guitar tones sit nicely in a busy mix, making it perfect for video projects and recording sessions.

The Wrap-Up

The music we craft changes in terms of mood and emotional response when we alter the harmonic structures to resolve to the unique tonal centers found within the major scale. Even after decades of playing and teaching, I’m still amazed at how the Ionian and Dorian major scale modes can produce completely different content using the same seven notes.

NOTE: There are five more major scale modes to discover, each with their own unique flavor. If you’d like to continue your study of the major scale modes, my new video course “Master Of Modes” is available at http://www.robbiecalvo.com. The course contains eight video lessons and seven studio tracks, as well as tab, notation, scale/arpeggio diagrams and text for each of the modes.

Photograph courtesy of the author.

Check out Robbie’s other postings.

 

Click here for more information about the Yamaha Artist Services Los Angeles (YASLA) facility. Also, check out Yamaha guitars on Instagram.

How to Stream Your iTunes Songs from a Mac

It’s finally going to happen. With the upcoming release of Apple’s new operating system for Mac computers (MacOS Catalina, scheduled to arrive in late September 2019), Apple will flip the switch and shut off iTunes for good. But don’t panic. All that time and effort spent creating playlists and purchasing your favorite tracks wasn’t wasted. That music will still live on your computer (in the new Apple “Music” app that will replace iTunes), and you can keep it alive through the power of streaming … just perhaps not the way you might think.

If you’re a fan of streaming music from your mobile device to speakers throughout your home, MusicCast is your ticket to digital freedom and unleashing your iTunes library. The free Yamaha MusicCast Controller app allows you to stream music to any room of your house using a number of different options, including Bluetooth®, Apple Music® (via AirPlay) and other streaming services. You can also stream music you have stored on your device or on a local network.

If you’re using a PC computer, you’ll want to check out our blog article “How to Stream Music From Your Computer.” To stream from an Apple computer such as a Mac or MacBook, read on.

Setup Requirements

Screenshot.

In order to access your music, you’ll need to establish a connection to the iTunes collection on your Apple computer using the “Server” button on the MusicCast Controller app, as shown in the illustration on the right. This will allow you to access any downloaded or backed-up music files you have previously purchased and stored on your computer or NAS (Network Attached Storage) device such as a thumb drive or external hard drive. A third-party service is required to connect your streaming capabilities via MusicCast with the stored content on your Mac. There are a number of free and paid software options to choose from to accomplish this. We recommend you do some research online to find the service that’s right for you. For the purposes of this tutorial, we’ll be using the free media server software called Plex.

Using Plex

1. First, find and download Plex Media Server to your Mac. Then, under the Plex Media Server drop-down menu, select “Mac OS”:

Screenshot.

2. You’ll be prompted to give a name for your stored media folder. Keep it simple:

Screenshot.

3. Now you’ll be asked to add your iTunes library or libraries. (You’re not limited to just one library.)

Screenshot.

4. Click Next and you’ll see the following screen signaling the end of the process. Click Done and you’ve completed the connection!

Screenshot.

5. While still in Plex, click on Settings in the left panel, then scroll down until you see “DLNA” towards the bottom of the Settings section. Click on it and look for the check box line that reads “Enable the DLNA server.” Make sure the box is checked (it should be already). This will allow the software to connect via Wi-Fi, and by extension, MusicCast:

Screenshots.
iPhone screenshot

6. Finally, go back to the MusicCast Controller app and click the Server button, which, as shown in the screenshot on the right, should now be showing the folder you shared through Plex. And that’s it! You can now listen to your collection of stored music through MusicCast and enjoy all the versatility that comes with it.

Aside from connecting to your iTunes library, Plex also scans for all music files on your computer that can be enjoyed with the MusicCast Controller app, including AAC, ALAC, E-AC3, FLAC, MP3, M4A and WAV. Click here to learn more about Plex Media Server and its capabilities.

 

For more ways to enjoy music at home, check out these blog articles:

How to Stream Music From Your Computer

Smart Home Integration – From DIY to CI Guy

How and Why to Bi-Amp Your Speakers

 

Click here for more information about Yamaha MusicCast.

Click here for more information about the Yamaha MusicCast Controller app.

Reflections on Being Colleagues and Friends — Eric Shin and Jauvon Gilliam

In Jauvon Gilliam and Eric Shin: Performers, Teachers and Entrepreneurs, we outlined how percussionists Jauvon Gilliam and Eric Shin balance teaching, performing and running their own businesses.

We asked them to share their thoughts on each other as colleagues and friends.

Eric on Jauvon

“Jauvon’s spirit is so strong. He’s the coolest dude in the world and one of the most positive people I’ve ever met in my life. I feel fortunate to have known him for some time now. He’s just so consistently positive, no matter what’s going on in his life, and I have so much respect for him and his ability to do that.

“No matter how tough times are or things get, he’s just Jauvon. He’s got that insurmountable force of positive energy. It’s truly a rare thing.

“He’s just a great, great guy. His spirit is a great reminder for me to always be positive no matter what’s going on. I’m the luckiest guy in the world that I get to work next to him almost every day.”

Jauvon on Eric

“Eric is a great colleague, a great musician and my closest friend in D.C. We have similar teaching styles. I love how driven he is and how smart he is with managing his time. He’s just very intelligent. Period.

“The greatest thing I learned from Eric is how he deals with conflict: resolving it quickly in the easiest, most thorough way. I want to resolve it thoroughly, too, but I have no problem engaging, and that doesn’t always work out well. Eric’s smart about reverse-engineering to get a result that is most advantageous.

“We both want to make each other look good, which is why we work together so well on stage. When one of us makes a mistake, we’re both really quick to say, ‘My bad.’ When something’s wrong, we look internally first, not looking to lay the blame at someone else’s feet.”

photo by Rob Shanahan for Yamaha Corporation of America 

 

This article originally appeared in the 2019 V2 issue of Yamaha SupportED. To see more back issues, find out about Yamaha resources for music educators, or sign up to be notified when the next issue is available, click here.

Case Study: Summer Percussion Camp in Fort Worth

You can feel the enthusiasm and hear the reverberating sound of music and movement. Every summer, 75 high school students in Fort Worth, Texas, hone their percussion skills.

The Nancy Lee and Perry R. Bass Performance Hall, an opulent and beautiful, European-style performing arts venue, is home to the Fort Worth Symphony Orchestra and the Fort Worth Opera as well as the Texas Ballet Theater. It also hosts Broadway shows, concerts and more. But Bass Performance Hall is much more than a stage. It is a champion of arts education and serves as the “classroom” for its Children’s Education Program, which offers tickets to matinée shows and four summer camps to area students — all free of charge.

The summer camps — two choral, one percussion and one theater tech (in which students learn about backstage mechanics) — are underwritten by Performing Arts Fort Worth (PAFW), which operates Bass Performance Hall, and made possible through private donations and foundations.

A Village of Partners

group photo of participants and instructors of the Bass Hall High School Percussion Camp

The five-day High School Percussion Camp brings 75 students from Title 1 schools to Bass Performance Hall. The camp is built on a strong partnership between PAFW and the Fort Worth Independent School District (FWISD). Local educators support the camp while sponsors such as Yamaha, Innovative Percussion, Marimba One, Sabian and Remo provide financial support.

Oftentimes, the camp participants have no dedicated percussion instructor on staff at their schools. “They [have] never worked with a professional musician other than their band director or choir director,” says Sue Buratto, The Children’s Education Program director.

The camp recruits well-regarded local educators as volunteer instructors. “We have an amazing staff of top educators from around the Fort Worth area who teach at the camp,” says Dr. Brian A. West, the camp’s director as well as the coordinator of percussion at Texas Christian University. “These include university professors and public school educators from FWISD and from other local school districts.”

The camps also receive support from friends, family and foundations. “Our development department has been very successful in finding families and foundations in the area that want to help with these kinds of programs,” says Buratto, who started The Children’s Education Program 20 years ago.

Most camp participants are in the free or reduced lunch program at their schools, so PAFW feeds the students as well as transports them to and from the camp. Feeding 75 campers can be an expensive undertaking. Luckily, area food banks and college cafeterias are always searching for ways to keep their staff employed during the summer. They donate sandwiches and bottled water to the camps. Corporations donate snacks. “It is a total partnership; it truly takes a village,” Buratto says.

West advises music directors who want to form similar camps to partner with local educators, school districts, universities, performing arts organizations, local music vendors, music corporations and anyone else who could support their endeavor. “Having support from a broad variety of sources is very helpful with this kind of project,” he says.

Blood, Sweat and Volunteers

Emmnauel Flores portrait

Emmnauel Flores
Brian A. West

PAFW and FWISD staff members work together to coordinate the transportation of campers to and from Bass Performance Hall, meeting throughout the spring to strategize on pick-up and drop-off locations and bus routes. Logistics, Buratto says, is one of the most laborious facets of running the percussion camp.

Each year Emmanuel “Manny” Flores, director of percussion at Southwest High School in Fort Worth, secures all the equipment necessary to run the camp. He is also one of seven volunteer instructors. “Without Manny, our camp would have a very hard time running,” West says. “While the camp does own a wonderful set of Yamaha drums, we need many more instruments for the students to perform on. We borrow instruments from some of the FWISD schools. This is a key partnership and a large part of our success.”

West and the instructors are not the only volunteers on hand for the week. Over the years, a dedicated core of volunteers, some of whom have grandchildren in the camp, work to distribute music, paperwork and food during camp hours. They also guide students to sectionals.

“[Volunteers] create a safe environment for students, so all they have to worry about is making music,” Flores says.

Steady Growth

students on stage playing instruments during Bass Hall High School Percussion Camp

Buratto started Bass Performance Hall’s summer percussion camp in 2014 after learning about the frustrations of band directors, who “felt that many times the rhythm section, which is, after all, the backbone of a large ensemble, was a little lost in the shuffle of trying to get the clarinets to play on pitch and getting the trumpets to attack together,” Buratto says.

Only 25 students signed up that first year. “Students didn’t want to give up a week of their vacation,” Buratto says. Now percussion camp is “a thing to do,” she says.

The camp has been successful for two reasons, according to Dr. Jim Yakas, who directed the camp until 2016.

First, Bass Performance Hall and FWISD bought into the concept from the beginning. “This made the job of the camp directors and staff very easy,” says Yakas, who is now the director of percussion studies at VanderCook College of Music in Chicago.

Second, the camp’s staff comprises local music teachers, who then encourage students to attend. “We understood the importance of providing a great experience for the students the first year, so the word would get out that this was an amazing camp,” he adds.

Yakas advises young teachers to connect with students outside of their own schools. “Find ways you can use the power of the arts to have a lasting, exponential effect on your community,” he says.

More than Just Music

students playing instruments during Bass Hall High School Percussion Camp

Music instruction is not the only thing that the percussion students receive during their week at camp. “The staff at PAFW, the camp staff and all of the volunteers shower these students with attention, education and love,” West says.

The Children’s Education Program summer camps have served more than 4,000 students since their inception. The success of the percussion camp, however, is not measured solely by the number of students it has served. Campers grow as musicians and as individuals, rising above challenging personal situations.

“We work hard to discuss leadership skills, professionalism and a much broader array of topics,” West says. “We’ve seen so many students grow into leadership positions at their schools and continue to develop as young adults.”

Some students, says Flores, come from schools that don’t have percussion directors, making their percussion units auxiliary to the band. “When they come to camp and start to really dig in, they see all the great things that percussion provides,” he says.

group photo by Kayce Pulliam; all other photos by Brian A. West 

 

This article originally appeared in the 2019 V2 issue of Yamaha SupportED. To see more back issues, find out about Yamaha resources for music educators, or sign up to be notified when the next issue is available, click here.

Letter to Myself: Douglas Droste

Yamaha Master Educator Douglas Droste is the Director of Orchestral Studies at Baldwin Wallace University Conservatory of Music in Muncie, Indiana.

Below, he pens a letter to his younger self, sharing advice, anecdotes and inspiration for a fulfilling career in music education.

 

Dear Younger Doug:

As I reflect on my 23 years as a music educator, I want to share my knowledge and give you six pointers that will help you as you start your career.

Stay Organized: Keep a constant to-do list and write things down so you don’t forget. Stay ahead of your classes and always be prepared for rehearsal.

Delegate: Find tasks (setting up chairs and stands, organizing music, etc.) that responsible students or parents can handle to free up your time to prepare for rehearsal. Use (or organize) a parent booster group to help with fundraising and other support.

Communicate: Make sure to communicate with everyone more than once. Your students, colleagues, coaches, administrators and parents are juggling a million things. Consistent reminders of concerts, extra rehearsals and trips ­— through different channels (website, email, letters home, face-to-face meetings, etc.) — will help. Sure, you will always have kids say, “I didn’t know we had a major festival performance this weekend,” but they will be the minority.

Yamaha Master Educator Doug Droste

Stay Positive: You will lose your cool early on and get frustrated with students who don’t seem as interested or intense about music as you are. You just graduated with a degree in music education, landed your first job and are ready to change the world in small-town Ohio. But you have to understand that students have a lot going on in their lives. If they have a bad attitude, it could be a personal issue at home, hormones, hunger, being scared or intimidated, … and often it has nothing to do with you or music. Stay positive and calm. Take a deep breath and realize that these are children who are still learning how to deal with their emotions. You most likely will win them over, but as Theodore Roosevelt said, “Nobody cares how much you know until they know how much you care.”

Document: It’s vital to document everything, especially disciplinary situations or difficult meetings with students or parents. Stay professional during parent meetings — listen without interrupting, speak with a caring tone and cite your documents if needed. (My principal once told me this very thing after a parent meeting.) You are there to help the student, not prove who is “right” or “wrong.”

Keep Growing and Learning: Last but not least, keep growing as a musician! Observe fellow directors as much as possible, score study more advanced music, keep working on piano and other instruments you teach, make time to play and perform on your primary instrument, go to concerts and listen to great music.

Remember, you have chosen one of the greatest and most rewarding professions in the world.

Good luck!

Douglas in 2019

 

This article originally appeared in the 2019 V2 issue of Yamaha SupportED. To see more back issues, find out about Yamaha resources for music educators, or sign up to be notified when the next issue is available, click here.

7 Ways to Help Band Directors Tackle Strings Education

Even the most accomplished band directors can feel a bit out of their league when teaching strings for the first time. Both Dean Westman, performing arts department chair and orchestra director at Avon (Indiana) High School, and Glenn Fugett, director of bands and orchestras at the Nashville School of the Arts, remember having an uneasy feeling when they were asked to create new orchestras at their respective schools. However, both successfully extended their achievements in band to build extraordinary strings programs.

Dr. Paula Krupiczewicz, an accomplished viola player who has performed with artists such as Placido Domingo, Joshua Bell and Sir James Galway, started from the beginning when she was asked to teach orchestra. At the time, she didn’t have an education background but instead leveraged her talents as a musician to advance students’ skills. Now Krupiczewicz has spent more than 10 years as the orchestra director at North Cobb High School in Kennesaw, Georgia.

Westman, Fugett and Krupiczewicz share their tips for teaching strings with success.

 1. Surround Yourself with Mentors

Dean Westman portrait
Dean Westman

Find a mentor, whether a private lesson teacher or an orchestra director who also started with a band background, and “start picking their brains,” Westman says.

Westman launched the Avon orchestra program in 2007 with just 40 6th-grade beginners. Since then, it has grown to more than 600 students in grades 6 to 12. In 2018, the symphony orchestra won its first Indiana State School Music Association Concert Orchestra Championship, and Westman was inducted into the Bands of America Hall of Fame.

In 2015, when Fugett began teaching strings at the Nashville School of the Arts, he turned to Westman for advice. “Find somebody you can reach out to as a mentor, somebody who speaks your language, who you can hang out with and talk [to], preferably somebody who has done this,” says Fugett who spent the previous 29 years developing successful band programs at two Texas schools — Westlake High School in Austin and Legacy High School in Mansfield.

2. Take Lessons

Acquire a fundamental understanding of string instruments by taking lessons, which will also foster an appreciation for the difficulty of learning how to make a great sound, Westman says. He took violin lessons years ago with his daughter when she was in elementary school to observe the teaching method while learning as a beginner himself.

“Going through that process was a game changer for me to have the most basic level of understanding,” he says.

3. Start with the Basics

Paula Krupiczewicz portrait
Paula Krupiczewicz

Last summer, when Krupiczewicz taught a symposium to band teachers, many of them said they were told they would have to teach string instruments in the fall. Krupiczewicz, who regularly performs with the Georgia Symphony Orchestra, set them at ease.

Producing the right tone is a big challenge for students, Krupiczewicz observes, and the right sound starts with instrument setup and hand position. “I tell my students, ‘It’s like pulling water out of the well; pull the sound from the bottom of your instrument,'” she says. “It’s a happy medium of bow weight, bow speed and the left arm pulling down to let the strings vibrate and the instrument resonate to create a rich, warm, big sound.”

4. Do Daily Warmup Exercises

Practice and warmup exercises are key. Fugett suggests using the book “Daily Warm-Ups for String Orchestra” by Michael Allen. The first exercise in the book focuses on tuning, which Fugett uses for the first six weeks. “I use the book to develop sound quality, tuning, articulation and stylistic bowings,” Fugett says.

5. Hire Top Clinician

Bring in the best string players and clinicians to work with students. Guest artists not only help students improve but also inspire teachers to study how the experts rehearse their students.

“To become the best, surround yourself with the best” is an adage that Westman lives by. He says, “Make [your students] as great as you can.”

Encourage students to take private lessons and use the competitive All-State process in your area to further develop individual musicians, Fugett suggests. Intensive training for students allows them to become better players. “If they master those etudes, they’re becoming a fine high school player,” he adds.

7. Give Yourself Credit

Glenn Fugett portrait
Glenn Fugett

And finally, remember that band director skills apply to teaching strings. Westman says that he was afraid that students wouldn’t want to join the orchestra because he was a tuba player. He soon realized that they didn’t care what he played; they were all making music together.

Fugett agrees. “If you’re successful as a band director, you’re going to be successful with strings as well. Music is music.”

This article originally appeared in the 2019 V2 issue of Yamaha SupportED. To see more back issues, find out about Yamaha resources for music educators, or sign up to be notified when the next issue is available, click here.

Jauvon Gilliam and Eric Shin: Performers, Teachers and Entrepreneurs

Jauvon Gilliam and Eric Shin aren’t well acquainted with the oft-repeated saying, “When one door closes, another opens.”  For this powerhouse percussion duo, opportunity repeatedly knocks, and doors keep opening wide. Shin’s and Gilliam’s plates are more than full. Both are percussion lecturers at the University of Maryland School of Music, where Gilliam is also co-director of percussion studies. Both are principals — Shin on percussion and Gilliam on timpani — for the National Symphony Orchestra (NSO) in Washington, D.C. Both are also fairly new successful entrepreneurs, and both have equally successful spouses and young children.

There’s no big secret behind their success — just an old-fashioned com­bination of passion and grit as well as “uncompromising determination and a positive attitude,” Shin says. “I like doing many things at once and being engaged in them all at a deep level.”

Gilliam’s philosophy — “working harder and smarter, so that when the time comes, your average is better than everyone else’s best” — worked well for him when he landed the NSO timpanist position.

In 2009, he packed his drums into a rented minivan and made two 26-hour cross-country trips once for the initial NSO audition and a second time for the callback. He prepared for the latter by contacting and playing for several major timpanists between Winnipeg, Manitoba, Canada, and Washington, D.C.

In the Music Room

Gilliam won his first national piano competition at age 11 and received a full scholarship in piano performance to Butler University in Indianapolis, but he switched to full-time percussion at the urging of Jon Crabiel, one of his teachers.

Shin started off playing the piano too, but it didn’t capture his imagination like the drums.

Gilliam and Shin met in 2001 at the Cleveland Institute of Music, where they both studied with renowned timpanist Paul Yancich, a “perfectionist who has figured out every technical aspect of playing timpani and at the same time is a total natural,” says Shin.

“[Paul] instilled in me this ‘sponge’ mentality,” says Gilliam about his teacher turned friend and colleague. “He is a very cerebral man of few words when it comes to teaching, but he knows so much. You have to listen up. It might be subtle, but he’ll teach you what you need to know. You learn more by watching him than during lessons because he’s so good.”

In the Classroom

Eric Shin playing drumsYancich and other early mentors helped mold Shin’s and Gilliam’s teaching styles.

Gilliam figures out what makes students tick and uses that to fuel their individual fire. The most successful students are those who soak everything up, he says.

“I’m a pretty enthusiastic, all-in, hands-on, engaging teacher,” Gilliam says. “I like to dive deep into the hows, whys, wheres and whens — the synesthesia of it all — hearing colors and seeing palettes. All these things create an atmosphere of timpani culture, and my students just eat it up. They’re fast, eager learners who immerse themselves in the culture, attend concerts, listen to recordings and ask the right questions.”

Gilliam’s definition of professional success is simple. “I want my students to achieve excellence with a happy heart,” he says. “I have a great passion for music, obviously, but also a passion for showing students how awesome it is to do what you love. As long as they’re happy and decent human beings, then I’ve done my job.”

Shin describes his teaching approach as “relaxed,” but says that he can be very demanding. “If you take what [students] bring to the next level, they’re refreshed, energized and curious, and they return prepared to learn more,” says Shin.

He reminds his students to nurture their curiosity and passion for music and seek musical experiences to keep them focused and engaged. It’s easy for students to get stressed, so Shin encourages them to recast their mindset to “busy” rather than “stressful.”

“Everything becomes easier as soon as a student views something as positive,” Shin says.

Shin tells his students to connect with music by attending a performance or using their time in a practice room “almost as meditation, an escape.” He emphasizes the importance of practice and often repeats the famous words of Vince Lombardi, the legendary Green Bay Packers coach: “Practice doesn’t make perfect — perfect practice makes perfect.”

Shin values honest, transparent commu­nication with his students. “It’s a balance as educators that we’re all trying to achieve.I will always work with [students] and respect where they are mentally,” he says.

In the Front Office

Eric Shin making food at his restaurant, SEOULSPICE
Eric Shin at SEOULSPICE

If performing and molding future pro­fessional musicians weren’t enough, both Gilliam and Shin work overtime as successful business owners.

Shin became a restaurateur in 2016 with SEOULSPICE, a fast-casual Korean restaurant that now has three locations and is soon to be franchised. It serves as a way for Shin to flex his artistic muscles in different ways, from creating the menu and designing interior spaces to launching the website, and creating branding elements, marketing and more.

Opening day was a little insane. About 30 minutes prior to opening, a line wrapped around the block, so the fire department was there. To make matters worse, they ran out of food in four hours. “It was crazy, exciting, fascinating and busy in all the best ways,” says Shin.

Jauvon Gilliam in front of percussion equipment at his business, Capitol Percussion
Jauvon Gilliam at Capitol Percussion

Shin adds that the diversion of opening SEOULSPICE served a definite purpose. “I had only been with the orchestra a few years,” he says. “Being an orchestra musician can be very stressful, especially when you’re a principal. You have all these responsibilities. I found that having other commitments eased that pressure.”

Gilliam’s Capitol Percussion, founded in 2014, offers instrument, backline and sound equipment rentals, which is perhaps a more logical, natural extension for a musician. But he, too, makes no bones about the hard work that’s required. “Educators and business owners have to be good time managers,” he says. “You can’t half-ass anything. If you don’t do the work, nobody else will. You just put your head down and do it.”

In the Cloud

Jauvon Gilliam working on his laptop

Both Shin and Gilliam use various tools to keep it all together.

“You grow a business, then you hire people who are smarter than you to eventually do the things you don’t need to do,” Gilliam says. “I’m getting to that point. I’m a busybody, and I embrace it.”

Gilliam also emphasizes the importance of technology. “Having the tools in front of you to be able to do what you need to is vital,” he says. “The fact that I’ve held the NSO job for a while gives me some leeway to put more energy into my business. I’m up early. I’m up late. I work during orchestra breaks and lunch hours. Everything is mobile; my business is on the cloud. I work whenever I can to reach out to a client, send an invoice, ensure we have the right equipment or talk to my operations manager.”

Shin also harnesses the power of technology to help manage his time and keep everything running smoothly. “Apps and calendar alerts are my lifelines,” he says. “I also use a free web-based program called Trello for the restaurant, and I use Google Drive to plot out orchestra stuff in advance and share it with my colleagues and NSO management.”

In Personal Spaces

Eric Shin standing with one hand under his chin

No one man can go it alone, and both Gilliam and Shin know this.

Teamwork among family, colleagues, friends and employees help make the dream work, according to Shin. “Surround yourself with the best employees, and take better care of them than yourself,” he says. “Respect fellow musicians, spend quality time with friends and family, and be consistent with sacred times together. It’s important to be connected with everyone in your life.”

Strong human connections keep Gilliam going as well. “I surround myself with people and mentors who know more than I do,” he says. “That’s how I grow. Also, a mantra from Nelson Mandela works well for me in business and in the orchestra: ‘It is better to lead from behind and to put others in front, especially when you celebrate victory when nice things occur.’ I try to be in the moment where I’m at, but the hustle never sleeps.”

Both strongly believe that their music backgrounds make risks less intimidating.

“So many of my friends said I was crazy to open a restaurant,” Shin says. “They said it was risky to enter an industry where so many fail. My response was ‘What possibly could be riskier than going to school and getting a music degree and trying to land an orchestra job?'”

 

JAUVON GILLIAM AT A GLANCE

 

ERIC SHIN AT A GLANCE

 

photos by Rob Shanahan for Yamaha Corporation of America

This article originally appeared in the 2019 V2 issue of Yamaha SupportED. To see more back issues, find out about Yamaha resources for music educators, or sign up to be notified when the next issue is available, click here.

Find a Mentor

An act of kindness can spark a decades-long mentor relationship. Dr. Reginald McDonald remembers when Herb Cox, a former band director, stepped up to help him tune his middle school concert band.

Reginald McDonald

McDonald says that several of his students were not sitting correctly, making tuning stressful and labored.

“[Cox] just politely asked me, ‘Do you mind if I do it?’ [and] … he just came off so subtle and demonstrated to me and the kids how different they sounded,” recalls McDonald, now the director of bands and orchestra and associate professor at Tennessee State University. “I respect him, and I appreciated [his] approach to taking a stressful situation and calming the waters.”

McDonald still considers Cox a friend and mentor 25 years later, and he has tried to learn something new from Cox every time the two see each other.

Between the valuable insight, strong support and lasting friendships, mentor relationships are a must for new music educators.

Matching Mentors and Mentees

Mark Nicholson

Professional associations can be great places to locate mentorship opportunities. For example, the California Music Educators Association (CMEA) created a mentorship program in 2015.

“If you’re teaching English or math, there tends to be several teachers in that subject area, but if you’re the music teacher, oftentimes you’re the only music teacher on that campus,” says Mark Nicholson, CMEA mentorship program chair. “So, many times they feel as if they’re on their own island, and they don’t have anyone to call upon who has that particular music expertise and background. That’s why we find it so necessary to offer this support that’s not there right now.”

After mentors and mentees apply, CMEA pairs the individuals, paying close attention to their disciplines, goals, teaching philosophies, backgrounds, experiences and geography.

“Maybe a music teacher has to lead a guitar class and isn’t familiar with that situation, so it’s important to find a mentor who has specific experience in guitar ensembles,” Nicholson says. “It’s also important that we find a mentor who’s fairly close in proximity to the mentee, so that they can get into the classroom and develop more of a personal relationship.”

New teachers can also find their own mentors through their prior student teaching, current school district, music conferences and other national organizations. A good resource is the Music for All Interstate-65 Corridor Project that helps urban music educators along I-65 in the Midwest and South share resources, network and participate in professional development.

For relationships to prosper, mentors and mentees must have communication and trust. Through CMEA’s program, educators sign a partnership agreement that includes their goals, expectations and communication strategies. They also sign a confidentiality agreement, something band directors say is a must to facilitate open and honest discussions without fear of repercussions.

Mentors must also assure their mentees that they are on “equal footing” and are approachable, says Michael Stone, CMEA’s past president and its current music supervisors representative.

Guiding the Next Generation

Michael Stone

Even though college classes and student teaching equip new educators with several tools, some situations must be learned in the field, and mentors can fill those gaps, says Zachary Harris, concert band director and low brass instructor at William Carey University in Hattiesburg, Mississippi. For instance, mentors can coach young professionals on how to set up their events calendar, plan their trips, create budgets, pick music for their performances and work with band parents.

McDonald adds that a mentor can also “minimize the depth of mistakes” when new teachers do make errors in their classrooms.

New teachers shouldn’t expect one person to provide all the help they need. Stone, who is also the visual and performing arts coordinator at Bakersfield (California) City School District, says he learned different lessons from different mentors. One offered advice on how to inspire his students and community while another helped Stone learn the details of various instruments, and a third mentor helped him develop his philosophies about music education.

Recognize What Works for You

Zachary Harris

A mentor’s advice may not always work with the new teacher’s program or community, notes Harris, who also chairs the Urban Education Advisory Committee that oversees the I-65 Corridor Project. If new teachers “try to model after this person, and your community isn’t accepting the way they do it, then that could be damaging to your program,” he adds.

While mentors should listen and give advice, they should also let new teachers spread their wings and learn what works for their music programs. For example, teachers can provide general advice on tuning a band correctly but let the new teachers experiment with different warm-up techniques for tuning, Harris says.

Mentorship relationships typically don’t evaporate into thin air once new educators gain their footing. Harris still has weekly or monthly conversations with two of his mentors. “Once you establish that relationship, you have it for life because you never stop learning,” Harris says. “There’s always going to be something new or something different.”

 

This article originally appeared in the 2019 V2 issue of Yamaha SupportED. To see more back issues, find out about Yamaha resources for music educators, or sign up to be notified when the next issue is available, click here.

The Morning After Test

For every piece of music that somebody loves, somebody else will feel indifferent towards it. You can drive yourself crazy trying to please everyone. But then again, creating art to please others is not the point of art.

When we sit down to create, who are we really trying to please, and why?

The answer to the “who” is: yourself. I’ll get to the “why” shortly.

When we look back, art that will be remembered is art that was created from a deep need to express oneself without the influence of an outside force or opinion.

Listeners can intuitively sense authenticity — something personal yet universal and unique. Those are the songs they keep close to their hearts and eventually sing to their children.

Woman in a tank top sitting at a piano.
Here I am, getting in the zone.

Admittedly, I’ve written some songs that I’ve tried to convince myself I like because:

1.      of the time I invested in writing them

2.      I don’t want to disappoint my co-writer, who thinks it’s the best thing since the Smartphone

But if I’m not excited to revisit those songs, tweak them or finish them, then I know that something is up. So I’ve come up with a way to measure whether I’m truly in love with what I’ve created. It’s called The Morning After Test, and it goes like this:

When you wake up the day after you compose a piece of music, is it the first thing you think about, even before coffee or a kiss?

If the answer is yes, you’re golden. It’s that simple.

All those outside opinions from people who mean the world to you can really mess you up. Thing is, if you’re making your own album, it’s going to represent you even after you’re gone from this earth. So write and choose wisely.

And now for the “why.”

No matter what, there’s never any guarantee that your album is going to be a success. If you record only the songs you believe in and the record doesn’t get the critical attention you dreamed about, you’ll still have your soul intact. You’ll still have had that irreplaceable feeling of creating and sharing something real that you’re proud of.

But if you let other peoples’ opinions dictate your path and then the album doesn’t fly, you’ll have, for lack of a better word, failed with a body of work that you didn’t believe in to begin with. Not a good feeling at all. Life’s too short.

Back in 1971, Rick Nelson (the former teen idol known as “Ricky” Nelson) played a concert in Madison Square Garden. He was received well initially, when he played some of his old hits, but when he moved on to some newer material, he was booed — a traumatic experience, but one that inspired him to write the hit song “Garden Party,” which revived his career a year later. Like Rick, I’ve learned my lesson well: You can’t please everyone, so you’ve got to please yourself.

So have fun, experiment, explore, make mistakes — it’s all part of “songwriting cardio.” But when the time comes to choose your babies, get a good night’s sleep and then wake up and see what’s on your mind. Hopefully your favorites will reveal themselves before the coffee. Or the kiss.

Photo courtesy of the author.

 

Check out Shelly’s other postings.

Transporting the Drumline for the Bass Performance Hall Percussion Camp

In Case Study: Summer Percussion Camp in Fort Worth, we learned about the hard work and logistics required to put on the Bass Performance Hall High School Percussion Camp in Forth Worth, Texas.

two box trucks with ramps to the open back cab

Coordinating the transportation of 75 students to and from Bass Performance Hall is a challenging task. But that feat may pale in comparison to coordinating the transportation of the equipment that those 75 students need in order to participate in the five-day camp.

For the past four years, that job has belonged to Emmanuel “Manny” Flores, who is director of percussion at Southwest High School in Fort Worth and a volunteer instructor at the camp. Flores starts by taking inventory of the equipment that he can access at Southwest High School. His inventory includes four Yamaha Acoustalon marimbas, two xylophones, four vibraphones, two glockenspiels and a full set of Yamaha marching equipment. What Southwest can’t supply, Flores borrows from a middle school he works with and then adds his own personal equipment.

As the first day of the percussion camp approaches, Flores gets a handle on exactly what equipment he needs. “We start to really look at numbers,” Flores says. “We look at instrumentation. How many snare drummers are coming to the camp? How many bass drummers? Then I start filling in the gaps. If I’m out of equipment, I start reaching out to other percussion directors in the school district. [My goal is to] make sure that every student has an instrument by the time camp starts.”

Percussion directors around the Fort Worth school district are always willing to help Flores with his instrument needs. “They’re on board with the Bass Hall Percussion Camp,” Flores says. “They have students attending. Even those who don’t have students attending, for whatever reason, are at full support.”

The weekend before the camp meets, Flores rents two 26-foot box trucks. One carries front ensemble equipment like keyboards, auxiliary equipment and stands. The other carries the battery percussion.

Flores enlists the help of Southwest High School students and percussion instructors from around the district to load the trucks. “We literally just put it inside those two trucks,” he says. “It’s worked every year getting all that equipment in those two trucks.”

Flores and another percussion director drive the two trucks to Bass Performance Hall on Sunday. When Monday rolls around, Flores and the campers unload the trucks and get to work.

When the percussion camp is over, the various pieces of equipment are loaded up and returned to their original schools.

This article originally appeared in the 2019 V2 issue of Yamaha SupportED. To see more back issues, find out about Yamaha resources for music educators, or sign up to be notified when the next issue is available, click here.

Budget for Success

Responsible financial planning by the booster club is critical to the short-term and long-term success of your music program.

To optimize the budgeting process, I recommend involving someone who knows the organization and someone who has finance experience.

Take the First Steps

Start early — at least six months before the year starts. Don’t rush the process.

Organize a budget committee in order to gather fresh views and share the workload. Up to six people would be the optimal size for the group as too many opinions can cause timelines to stretch and create more ideas than the organization can fund.

Budget the income first, so you can then prioritize expenses. Consider income that will be generated from individual fees, donations, fundraising and other sources. Budget fundraisers based on realistic targets, not stretch goals. Use financial history when applicable — but always anticipate new situations.

Be Realistic

calculator and pen on top of budget paperwork

One of the most challenging elements of the budget process is anticipating uncollectible fees. The board and staff need to have honest and open conversations about this topic: Does your organization exist to educate and train all interested students or only the students who can afford to participate?

Use a financial aid process to assist parents who cannot afford the fees. The financial aid may be funded by sponsors, alumni programs or other sources. The budget process must capture all of the variables related to this area.

Be supportive of the directors’ needs, but realize that the booster organization has a fiduciary duty to track and spend funds in the most responsible way for the program. Be prepared to offer alternatives or tradeoffs to requests, if needed, and always work hand-in-hand with the director on final decisions.

In order to stretch the funds further, consider secondhand dealers for uniforms or equipment. Many large programs that have incredible funding will buy uniforms every five to 10 years, and their “old” gear can be a great investment.

Discretionary line items for supplies and for the director to use should be included to provide flexibility because every single item cannot be identified before the year starts. Put proper controls in place for approval of these items to have appropriate oversight on spending decisions.

Look at the Horizon

Budget for reserves. Accumulate funds for future large purchases such as uniforms, instruments or trips. The capital purchases process must have a multiyear view and involve input from several stakeholders. It requires discipline by all involved but is a better approach than trying to use special fundraisers for these large purchases.

Build the expense budget based on the needs of your organization and not based on what other programs do in your region or state. Each program is different and must operate within its means. Your program must clearly define success, so that everyone understands what the budget is trying to accomplish.

Remember all Stakeholders

A strong relationship with the school system administration is critical. Administrative support can often save large sums of money for boosters. For example, the school district may offer insurance, maintenance on vehicles, staff and facility use for performances and fundraisers. Quantify the dollar value of this school system support, so the organization understands the monetary impact from the administration.

The budget data should be presented in summary to the entire booster club. If certain stakeholders have interest in details, they can discuss matters with the booster club treasurer in a private meeting.

Determine key milestone dates to review actual results compared to budget expectations. Often there are timing differences, but if a variance is not going to align to budget expectations, the disparity needs to be identified and managed. If revenue is below budget or expenses are over budget, adjustments must be made in areas that are not yet committed in order to balance the year.

A sound financial plan can lower stress and allow more time for the booster club and directors to focus on musical objectives rather than balancing budgets.

This article originally appeared in the 2019 V2 issue of Yamaha SupportED. To see more back issues, find out about Yamaha resources for music educators, or sign up to be notified when the next issue is available, click here.

Setting Up a Mix Template, Part 2

In Part 1 of this two-part article, we described the importance of creating templates in Steinberg Cubase and walked you through the initial steps of how to do so, including creating “model” audio tracks. Now we’ll finish up the Template by adding effects, virtual instrument tracks and more.

Insert an Effect

Let’s start by adding the effects that are typically used on a track when mixing, such as a favorite compressor or EQ plug-in. (Cubase tracks already include a 4-band EQ, which you can use if you’d prefer.) By pre-configuring these essential plug-ins, you won’t have to load them into each track every time you record a new one. If you don’t have effects that you use regularly, don’t worry about it: you can always add them as needed later on.

There are a couple of different ways to add effects to a track. First, let’s Insert an effect. With the Left Zone open (Command+Option+L on Mac or Windows+Alt+L on PC), select a track in the Track List, click on the Inspector tab, and open the Inserts tab. There you’ll see empty insert slots for adding any effect(s) you’d like to have on your track:

Screenshot.
Channel Insert slots in the Inspector.

Now all you have to do is click and release the empty Insert slot to reveal the list of effects in your computer, sorted by manufacturer name. Click on the effect you want, and it will load into that slot.

Another way to insert an effect is to open the Right Zone (Command+Option+R on Mac or Alt+Option+R on PC) and select the Media tab. You’ll see an Icon for VST Effects. Open it and choose the effect you want to add, then drag it into the middle of the track in the Track List (make sure the green arrow points inside the track header):

Screenshot.
Dropping an effect into a track.

Set Up an FX Channel

Most likely you’ll want to include a reverb or two, and possibly a delay, in your Template. It’s usually best to put ambience effects like reverb and delay on FX Channels, which can be accessed from multiple tracks via a Send; this also has the advantage of saving CPU resources. (Reverbs, especially, tend to consume a lot of CPU.)

To set up an FX Channel, right-click in the Track List and choose FX Add Effect Track. That will once again bring up the Add Track window — this time set up for effects — where you can choose the effect you want and select its stereo/mono and output configurations:

Screenshot.
The Add Track window for FX Channels.

You’ll also see an option called Folder Setup. This allows you to choose whether you want your FX Tracks to be stored inside a dedicated FX Channels folder in the Track List (“Create Inside Folder,” where any subsequent FX Tracks would also be added), or outside as separate items (“Create Outside Folder”). Track Folders let you organize multiple tracks in a single container that can be collapsed to save space.

Screenshot with options circled for emphasis.
FX Tracks in the FX Channels folder.

Next, open the Inspector for one of your audio or instrument tracks, and click on the Sends tab. (You can also use the track’s Sends tab in the Mix Console.) This will open a window that shows the name of the effects in the FX Channels you’ve created. Click on the one you want for that send, then right click on it and choose Activate Send. Repeat this process for any other send effects that you want on that track.

Screenshot.
First choose an FX Channel (A), then activate it (B).

At any time during recording or mixing, you can click on the Send and drag upward to increase the amount of signal being sent, or downward to decrease it. Send levels can be saved in your Template too.

Virtually Certain

If you use virtual instruments a lot, it can be handy to have your “go-to” instruments pre-loaded in your Project Template. The setup options are similar to Insert effects: Right-click in the track List and select Instrument Track. This will open the Instrument Add Track window, where you choose the instrument and its output configuration:

Screenshot.
The Add Track window for Instruments.

You can also add an instrument by clicking on the VST Instrument icon under the Media tab of the Right Zone and dragging the instrument to the Track List. Cubase will then automatically configure its track and output settings.

Whichever method you choose, once an Instrument Track has been created, you have the option to select any sound from the instrument’s collection, and it will be there, waiting at your fingertips, whenever you load a Project Template:

Screenshot.
You can even include a particular Instrument preset in your Template.

Ready to Rock

If you’ve been following along, you now should have a Template with your “model” stereo and mono audio tracks configured — which you’ll copy and paste as needed during recording or mixing — as well as your favorite effects and virtual instruments.

You can also configure your Project Template to open with a custom window setup. For example, if you want a separate Mix Console window to open in addition to the Project Window, simply open it, resize it (if needed) and place it where you want it to go, before you save the Template. When you next load the template, the windows will open exactly as you saved them.

Save It and Load It

As we described in Part 1, the save process for templates is simple: Just go to the File menu and select the Save as Template option. This will bring up the Save as Template dialog box, where you can name your Template, add a description and even assign it to a category. You can also rename the Template and delete the ones you no longer need.

When you’re ready to start a new project, simply choose File/New Project (or press Command+N on the Mac or Alt+N on the PC). The Steinberg Hub will open. Click the More tab, and you will see a list of your saved Templates. Select the one you want and press the Create button to get started.

Bear in mind that we’ve only scratched the surface in this two-part article: A Project Template can actually contain just about any customization you create, from special routing to track colors to mixer settings and much more. As you get more facile with Cubase’s deep feature set, you’re sure to find other items you want to include.

 

Check out our other Recording Basics postings

Click here for more information about Steinberg Cubase.

How to Stream Amazon Music from Your Smartphone or Sound Bar

The world of streaming music can sometimes seem a bit bewildering. After all, there are so many services out there, each with its own unique feature set, usually related to audio quality and ease of use.

If you shop online, you’ve likely used or are at least familiar with Amazon. The company offers literally thousands of products for sale (not just books!), including high-tech items such as Kindle e-readers and Amazon Echo devices, with low prices and a Prime membership option that adds fast, free shipping and numerous benefits, including Amazon Prime Music.

Yes, you already have free access to over two million songs as part of your Amazon Prime membership. If you’re not a Prime member — or if two million songs isn’t enough to satisfy your deep craving for great music — you can get 58 million more (for a total of 60 million songs) for $9.99 a month by signing up for an Amazon Music Unlimited membership.

One big advantage of Amazon Music is that it allows you to listen to your favorite songs offline without the need for Wi-Fi or using cellular data: simply download any music you want to take with you before leaving home. This is great if you’re facing a long plane flight and don’t want to have to listen to the chatter or snoring of those around you.

To use Amazon Music, simply download the Amazon Music app from the iTunes® Store or Google PlayTM. To play a single song, log in and pick the song you want to hear, then press Play. Or you can create a playlist by clicking My Music, then Create New Playlist:

Side by side screenshots highlight how to manage "Create playlist" function in app.

You can stream Amazon Music directly to any of your MusicCast devices from the MusicCast app. Just pick Amazon Music from the Sources screen. You’ll be asked to log in to your Amazon account, then you can stream away!

Two smartphones showing menu options.

To make it even easier to stream music with Amazon, Yamaha has built Amazon Alexa directly into the YAS-109 and YAS-209 sound bars. This allows you to use Alexa to interact with Amazon Music directly instead of having to use your mobile device.

 

Check out some of our other blogs regarding streaming services available through MusicCast:

Perfect Together: MusicCast and Spotify® Connect

How to Use Yamaha MusicCast with AirPlay 2

How to Stream High-Res Audio at Home

How to Use Actions on Google with Yamaha MusicCast

What’s All That Noise?

We live in a noisy world.

Everywhere around us is cacophony — small and large movements of air caused by a variety of stimuli, from street traffic to the leakage of high frequencies from the earbuds of the person sitting next to you on a bus; from the roar of jet planes to the thrumming of cicadas; from the hammering and sawing of building construction to what Joni Mitchell so aptly termed the “hissing of summer lawns.”

And then there’s the sweet sound of music.

What is it that differentiates between the two?

According to Merriam-Webster, music is an “agreeable sound,” one which has “rhythm, melody or harmony.” Noise, on the other hand, is an “undesired” sound that “lacks agreeable musical quality or is noticeably unpleasant.”

Fair enough. But so subjective! In fact, depending upon the listener, almost any sound can be said to have some degree of musicality. Furthermore, what one person may consider agreeable, another may consider undesired and noticeably unpleasant.

Graphic showing a man's face in profile and a hand cupping his ear and there are lightning bolts hitting the ear.

Then there’s the issue of loudness. Pretty much any sound, no matter how soothing it may be at a moderate volume, turns into nasty, irritating — even painful — noise when it gets cranked up too loud. This has nothing to do with personal taste: it’s pure physiological response — the body’s natural defenses when it senses that it’s under attack. How loud is too loud? According to the Hear the World Foundation, exposure to as little as 90 dB of sound — the approximate background level of a crowded restaurant with poor acoustics — can cause hearing loss if sustained over a short period of time.

I recently came across an article called “The Many Colors of Sound,” in which author Megan Neal describes the scientific differences between white, pink, brown, blue, gray and other varieties of noise. White and pink noise were familiar terms to me — they’re random (or at least quasi-random) signals used by audio engineers and audiophiles to align sound systems, and are also employed by noise machines used as sleep aids. I was not familiar with the other varieties, but the article provides definitions for each that make logical sense. Especially fascinating is the description of brown noise, which is not named after the color but instead because its changing frequency content resembles that of Brownian motion, the random movement of particles in liquid.

Much as recording engineers disdain noise, taking great pains to eliminate things like drum pedal squeaking and mic stand rumble, musicians shouldn’t think of it as being a purely bad thing. For centuries, classical composers have been inspired by the sounds of nature — sounds that many of us might consider noise in a different context. Think Vivaldi’s The Four Seasons, which incorporates bird calls in Spring, swarms of wasps in Summer, hunters’ horns in Autumn — even the narrator’s chattering teeth in Winter. Think Rossini’s Storm (from the William Tell Overture), which evokes the fury of an approaching squall, or Debussy’s La Mer, with its rolling waves of music that depict the motion of a swelling sea.

Man-made “noise” can serve as an inspiration too. In recalling the genesis of his groundbreaking composition Rhapsody In Blue, George Gershwin said, “It was on the train, with its steely rhythms, its rattle-ty bang, that is so often so stimulating to a composer — I frequently hear music in the very heart of the noise … And there I suddenly heard, and even saw on paper, the complete construction of the rhapsody, from beginning to end.”

In the early 20th century, “modernist” classical composers such as Edgard Varèse began to explore the use of noise-based sonorities in an orchestral setting — work that would prove to be a major influence on a young Frank Zappa. These would evolve into compositions known as “noise music” that challenge the distinction between musical and non-musical sound. Examples include works by Stockhausen, LaMonte Young, Glenn Branca and John Cage — all precursors to the so-called “industrial music” of the ’70s introduced by artists like Throbbing Gristle and Cabaret Voltaire. In popular music, guitarists like Jimi Hendrix and Jeff Beck made “noise” elements such as distortion and feedback an integral part of their sound — a tradition that continues in today’s thrash-metal bands and the like. Even mainstream rock musicians such as The Beatles (in the tracks “Tomorrow Never Knows” and “Revolution 9”) and Lou Reed (in his double album Metal Machine Music) have dabbled in this interesting, if at times obtuse, genre.

The bottom line is this: What is and isn’t noise — and whether or not you consider it intrusive or inspiring — comes down to individual perception.

I personally venerate the absence of noise. I live in a rural setting, on many acres of land, with the nearest neighbor barely visible and rarely heard. Whenever I travel, ear plugs are a necessity. My in-laws, on the other hand, live in a busy suburban cul-de-sac, with next-door neighbors that have approximately 47 SUVs in their driveway (OK, I exaggerate … a little), any one of which is being started up every few minutes, or so it seems. When my brother-in-law comes to visit, he has to bring a white noise sleep machine because he finds our house too quiet.

When it comes to noise, it’s like apartment house sense and apartment house rents — as Paul Simon’s memorable lyric says: “Remember, one man’s ceiling is another man’s floor.” So keep your ears open to the possibility that something “undesired and noticeably unpleasant” may in fact serve as your next musical inspiration.

 

Check out Howard’s other postings.

Exploring the Yamaha Signature Basses

I used to be cynical about the idea of a signature bass. The concept struck me as a marketing ploy whereby a star player put their John Hancock on the headstock of a marginally different version of a familiar bass design, in exchange for some cash.

All that changed when I laid my eyes and hands on the three Yamaha basses bearing the names of Billy Sheehan, Nathan East and John Patitucci.

It didn’t take long for me to realize that these instruments are made with intent, each one wholly unique, and each embodying the qualities, characteristics and idiosyncrasies of their namesakes. There’s no missing the fine contours, the quality materials and the glistening finishes. But it’s when you plug in and feel the resulting sound that their true character shines through.

In fact, the more you play these instruments, the more insight you gain into how each of these great players thinks about the bass. And with that realization comes the reward of directly benefitting from their years of painstaking work, in partnership with the luthiers at Yamaha, to create what they believe to be the perfect bass.

Let’s take a closer look at each.

Attitude Limited 3

Tall slim man in his 40's holding a bass guitar.
Billy Sheehan with the Yamaha Attitude Limited 3.

Niacin bassist Billy Sheehan has deservedly built a reputation as a melodic and explosive player whose blistering technique pushes the limits and tolerances of what a normal bass is capable of withstanding.

As you might expect, the Yamaha Attitude Limited 3 bass he co-designed is anything but normal, but perhaps not for all of the reasons you might think. Sure, you can’t help but notice those high-register scalloped frets for the G and D strings. And then there’s the stock D-tuner for dropping the E string. But what helps give the bass its unmistakable mojo is essentially hidden, explains Sheehan.

“It’s that neck-to-body joint. One of the big problems I had with my old P-bass was that when I bent the neck and pushed from behind for some dive-bomb vibrato at the end of a song, the neck would shift in the pocket,” he says. “So I had to pound all kinds of shims in there and stand on it with my full body weight to push the neck and body together, then take a giant screwdriver and torque those four screws down with everything I had.” Instead of all that rigamarole, the Attitude boasts a five-screw miter-bolted neck joint that creates a rock-solid connection between neck and body for extraordinary resonance and (even) Sheehan-proof structural integrity.

Preferences for neck profiles are subjective, but for my tastes, this neck nails it — fast and comfy from top to bottom, with a factory set-up that was awesome out of the case. Marry that neck and neck joint up with an aggressive-sounding split-coil front pickup in the traditional position and a thunderous rear humbucker, and you’ve got … well, attitude to spare.

The controls are intuitive but powerful, and there are recessed stereo output jacks (switchable to mono) for splitting the instrument’s output to separate amps. No surprise there, given that the overarching idea behind Sheehan’s design was to use the front pickup for the harmonic content, and the rear pickup for the deep bass, each through its own amp. The bottom line: Innovation and individuality shine through in Sheehan’s playing and his sound, and both come through loud and clear in this bass.

BBNE2

Smiling man with hand on hip holding a bass guitar.
Nathan East with the Yamaha BBNE2.

Not just any musician can jump between gigs with Eric Clapton and Phil Collins to Herbie Hancock and Daft Punk, but humble, unassuming Nathan East has done just that, establishing himself as an A-list session and touring player thanks to his unshakeable sense of groove. Simply put, the man is like his bass lines, and so is his signature bass, the Yamaha BBNE2.

“This bass took a few different incarnations to get where we are today,” says East. “I had come from the J-bass world, so I started with that tighter, tapered spacing but added the fifth string. And we did lots of research and development on the pickups and the scale length. Those were priorities, but balance was an important part of what I wanted out of this particular instrument.”

“There are a lot of beautiful basses out there where the woods and the shapes and everything about them is so sexy — everything except the functionality,” he adds. “I wanted to prioritize functionality, and being that I was going from different genres and going from the studio to live settings, I needed a one-size-fits-all bass that I could play anywhere and everywhere.”

To which I would add: this is a beautiful bass. So beautiful, in fact, that other musicians in the store where I demoed it kept interrupting me to talk about how sexy it is. The one I played had a sumptuous white finish, and the neck-through design, individual bridge saddles, upper cutaway contours and sleek control knobs provide aesthetic appeal, in addition to the important functional roles they play.

But East’s top priority was creating a utilitarian bass, and the BBNE2 delivers. First of all, there are gobs of tone. From remarkably tight lows to growling mids and slinky highs, you can carve pretty much any sound you want here, despite the instrument being surprisingly light in weight. I can also say without hesitation that it is the most perfectly balanced bass I’ve ever played, without the slightest hint of neck dive or heaviness on the shoulders.

My hands are on the small side, and so the necks on five-string basses can sometimes feel too chunky, but the BBNE2’s neck offers familiar spacing and low action up and down the fretboard. It obviously tapers outward as it meets up with the body, but I wasn’t conscious about readjusting my left hand to reach the upper frets across the strings, and to me, less thinking and fewer awkward stretches equate to better playing. This may be a streamlined bass, but it packs extraordinary tonal diversity and playability into a seemingly simple but deceptively seductive design.

TRBJP2

Man holding the neck of a guitar.
John Patitucci with the Yamaha TRBJP2.

To understand John Patitucci’s impact on the bass, you only need to take a look at the company he keeps. Best known for both his upright and electric bass playing in jazz circles (and as a teacher too), Patitucci has recorded and performed with great musicians across all genres such as Wayne Shorter, Dizzy Gillespie, B.B. King, Pat Metheny, Sting and Carly Simon, just to name a few. His association with Yamaha dates all the way back to 1985, when he was playing with keyboardist Chick Corea’s Electric Band. Soon thereafter, he began working with the company’s luthiers, with whom he co-designed a number of basses (including the workhorse TRB) before starting work on the 6-string Yamaha TRBJP2.

“Flexibility was always the goal,” he says. “We decided to make it a bolt-on neck so that we didn’t lose that core sound that a lot of the old 4-string basses have … that sound people are attached to, which I love, too. The solidity of the bolt-on neck affects the bass’s resonance and helps with the bottom and the foundational frequencies.” Other areas of focus included the TRBJP2’s oversized double-coil Alnico pickups and creating a proper cutaway for slapping. “On a 6-string, it’s hard to do,” he explains, “but we’ve got a little cutaway under the string so you can get your fingers in there.” The instrument’s active preamp is another important factor in delivering the kind of bottom end that you rarely get from a 6-string model.

There’s no mistaking the quality of this instrument the moment you see it. When I opened the case and spied the brilliantly figured top of the four-ply laminated body and attractive inlays along the ebony fretboard of the super long 35-inch scale neck, I felt like I was jumping into a sports car. That wide 26-fret neck seemed a bit intimidating at first to a 4-string player like myself, but its shallow and flat profile, immaculate fretwork and gloss polyurethane finish actually make it very easy to play. In addition, there are a ton of controls (master volume, pickup balance and a 3-band EQ), so it was easy to dial in the sounds I was after.

Like a precision racecar, the TRBJP2 offered full-throated performance and responded as if it were a part of me, delivering crisp, chiming highs, earthy mids and deep lows, with lots more left in the tank for those players who really want to push the limits.

 

So there you have it: Three great players, three great instruments. I highly recommend you give them a test-drive at your local music retailer!

Thanks to The Music Zoo in Farmingdale, NY for providing access to these instruments.

 

Click here for more information about Yamaha basses.

Stranger Things: Top 10 Scenes from The Upside Down

There’s a lot to celebrate this July 4th.  Not only is it Independence Day, it’s also the debut date of Season 3 of the Netflix hit show Stranger Things. When you’re done barbecuing and watching fireworks, you can settle down to watch this memorable cast of characters as they deal with life, love and the paranormal — not to mention some downright scary monsters — in the made-up town of Hawkins, Indiana in the 1980s.

To get you revved up for the debut, here are ten of the best scenes from Seasons 1 and 2 to enjoy in your home theater. Dim the lights, crank up those subwoofers and surround speakers, and prepare to be terrified! (Note: there are spoilers galore in this article.)

1. Season 1, Episode 3: Will Tells Joyce to Run

12 year-old Will Byers has been kidnapped and brought to “The Upside Down,” a parallel dimension filled with demonic creatures. Joyce, his mother, has been desperately searching for him. She becomes convinced that her son can communicate to her through electricity and so she rigs her house up with Christmas lights, including some that correspond to letters in the alphabet, which she’s painted on her wall. After some initial flickering, he sends her an ominous one-word message: “Run.” Then all heck breaks loose. This scene has no music, just some incredible sound design … and it will send shivers up your spine. Check it out here.

2. Season 1, Episode 6: Mike Jumps Off a Cliff

Will’s buddies Dustin and Mike are accosted by a pair of bullies who threaten Dustin with a knife unless Mike jumps off a cliff into a gorge. After trying to decide what to do, he finally jumps … but as he’s falling, their new friend Eleven uses her psychokinetic powers to stop him in mid-air and save his life. Music is building throughout, helping to ratchet up the tension, but it stops completely when Mike jumps, and the contrast between its intensity and the near silence of the fall adds an extra touch of drama to the spectacular visuals. Check it out here.

3. Season 1, Episode 7: Eleven Flips a Van with Her Powers

The friends are riding their bikes when confronted by the evil Dr. Brenner (Matthew Modine), who arrives with a crew of men in white vans. After a short chase scene, our heroes are cornered, and it looks like they’re about to be captured. Just in the nick of time, Eleven uses her mental powers to flip one of the vans in the air, blocking the other two as it lands and allowing the kids to escape. There’s a fantastic slow-motion shot of the van flying through the air backward, underpinned by powerful audio. Check it out here.

4. Season 1, Episode 7: Building a Sensory Deprivation Tank

Eerie synth music and sound effects accompany the protagonists as they finish building a sensory deprivation tank in a small swimming pool — something that will allow Eleven to enter The Upside Down to look for Will. After she gets into the water, there’s a crack of thunder guaranteed to shake your subwoofer … and suddenly Eleven is alone in the other dimension. Check it out here.

5. Season 1 Episode 8: Fighting the Demogorgon

Will’s older brother Jonathan and his friends Nancy and Steve wait in the house, hoping to trap the monster known as the Demogorgon. Eventually the creature appears and a close-quarters fight ensues. The terrifying fracas features fast edits, monster roars, gunshots and even the sickening sound of Steve’s baseball bat studded with protruding nails hitting the Demogorgon’s stomach. Finally, they light the monster on fire in a spectacular ending to the scene. Check it out here.

6. Season 1, Episode 8: Will is Found

Joyce and Jim Hopper (chief of the Hawkins Police Department) are walking inside The Upside Down wearing protective suits and helmets, looking for Will. What you mostly see is darkness, punctuated by moving flashlight beams, all underpinned with spooky low frequency sound effects. They find a dead body (at which point you hear a huge, subwoofer-rattling synthesizer chord), which fortunately isn’t Will. When they do find him, however, he’s not in great shape, and Hopper has to pull a disgusting looking bug-like creature out of Will’s mouth to help save him. Check it out here.

7. Season 2, Episode 1: Will Sees the Shadow Monster

In the Season 2 premiere episode, Will is standing by himself (or so he thinks) in the hallway at the laboratory where The Upside Down was discovered. He suddenly sees the Shadow Monster — a giant swirling, gaseous thing — coming at him through the walls. He runs outside to escape, but the monster emerges from the building as a vast apparition that towers over Will, filling the sky. It doesn’t end well for Will, as the monster catches him, infiltrates his body and takes over his mind. The scene features both astonishing visual effects and massive monster sounds. Check it out here.

8. Season 2, Episode 6: Steve Fights the Demo-Dogs

The kids hide inside an old school bus, hoping to trap the creature that was once “Dart,” a lizard-like animal that could fit in the palm of Dustin’s hand but is now a giant dog-like monster. When their original bait doesn’t work, Steve steps outside with his spiked baseball bat, hoping to draw out the creature. This dark and tense scene builds in tension as first one, and then two other creatures appear. Pulsing synths and brilliant sound effects — notably the crash of the monster throwing itself against the bus — make this scene a scary, audio-visual feast. Check it out here.

9. Season 2, Episode 8: Escaping the Building

The Demogorgons have gone on a killing spree at the laboratory, wiping out much of the staff in horrible fashion. The kids, who were inside the building at the time and somehow survived, manage to escape with Chief Hopper’s help … but Joyce’s boyfriend Bob is still stuck inside. Lab director Dr. Owens (Paul Reiser), who is trapped in the facility’s video monitor-equipped security room, gives Bob instructions via radio, guiding him out of the building and helping him avoid the monsters — well, almost. Fantastic action, animation, sound effects and an unexpected ending make this nightmarish scene truly unforgettable. Check it out here.

10. Season 2, Episode 9: Steve and Billy Fight

For once, it’s not human versus monster, but human versus human as Steve and the thuggish outsider Billy duke it out in the living room. Steve gets the worst of it and is getting a serious (slow-motion) beatdown until Billy’s sister Max stops her brother in his tracks with a hypodermic needle to the neck. Compelling visuals and a deft mix of music, dialogue and sound effects help make this scene memorable. Check it out here.

 

Netflix is offering higher quality audio than ever before. Learn how to get the best sound from Netflix.

 

Click here for more information about Yamaha home theater and audio products.

2019 Music Education Advocacy

“It’s sad that music has been cut from our public schools” is a sentiment that, unfortunately, is heard all too often these days. But I’m happy to report that the winds are changing.

In my role as partnerships and alliances manager for Yamaha Corporation of America, I’ve had the opportunity and privilege to partner with The National Association of Music Merchants (NAMM) and other organizations at two annual events aimed at improving state and federal funding for music education. The first of these focuses on state legislators in Sacramento, California, while the second provides an opportunity to meet members of Congress in Washington, D.C., to appeal for maximum funding for music education under the federal Every Student Succeeds Act (ESSA).

The goal at this year’s Sacramento event was to urge the state of California to meet or exceed the national funding average ($12,252 per pupil) in order to provide high-quality standards-based music programs — along with visual and performing arts programs — taught by credentialed teachers. The day of advocacy included delegate training and musical performances by eight student ensembles, along with meetings with the governor’s staff and state lawmakers. One of the highlights for me was an incredible performance of the “Star-Spangled Banner” by the Consumnes Oaks High School‘s vocal ensemble — one of the best renditions I have ever heard.

A week and a half later, I flew to Washington, D.C., for the 2019 NAMM Music Education Advocacy Fly-In. There, I joined delegations from 39 other states — a total unmatched in the Fly-In’s history — to amplify the team’s collective voice. The size of the audience was also unprecedented, with the 40 combined state delegations holding a record number of 230 meetings with U.S. Representatives and Senators and their legislative staffs. The California delegation alone visited 19 such offices, and I’m happy to report that all the officials and staff we met with received our team warmly and were receptive to our message, which was this: Increasing ESSA grants to the maximum allowable level gives schools more resources and flexibility to build and improve their music curricula and programs.

four men talking and standing in congressional office with American flag in background
Left to right: Joe Lamond, President and CEO, NAMM; David Jewell, Yamaha; Jonathan Gilbert, Legislative Director for Congressman Mike Levin; Congressman Mike Levin, 49th District, California.

Each year the Fly-In brings together a group of delegates that believe in the power of music and its benefits. As part of our discussion with federal legislators, we relate stories of how music has impacted particular individuals. One very special story came from California Delegate Rebecca Apodaca about an elementary school-age deaf girl who found that playing the violin with her friends helped her come out of her shell. Not only did it give her the confidence to eventually join the high school cheerleader team and go on to win Miss Deaf America, but the vibrations from the violin on her jaw as she practiced ignited her senses to the point where she regained partial hearing! Playing the violin was life-changing for this young lady, who went on to become an actress.

When I last attended the D.C. Fly-In in 2017 — an experience I wrote about here — our theme was “Get It Done.” And we did indeed get it done: $700 million funding was approved in fiscal 2017-2018 and $1.1 billion for fiscal 2018-2019.

This year, the theme was “Let’s Be Clear: Let’s Be Perfectly Clear” because our mission was to persuade Congress to boost funding to $1.65 billion — the maximum amount authorized by the statute. Time will tell if that amount is approved but hopefully our federal legislators will share our vision of a world in which the joy of making music becomes a precious element of daily living for everyone; a world that nurtures in every child a deep desire to learn music and a recognized right to be taught.

My son is a recent college graduate and he’s a perfect example of why I advocate for music education. He was the product of public-school music education, and I consider that one of the reasons for his success. So get involved!

I serve on the Anaheim Elementary School District’s Creative Council. Five years ago, our district had zero music instruction. Today, all 23 elementary schools have a full-time music teacher. I’m proud to have played a small role in that success story and am determined to do all I can to keep the momentum going.

To learn more about ESSA or the Fly-In, please visit the sites for the National Association of Music Merchants and the National Association for Music Education.

Photo by Kris Connor/Getty Images for NAMM

 

Yamaha is an active advocate for music education. We want to empower you as music educators to strengthen your programs in any way we can. Please register for the Yamaha Educator newsletter to read up on advocacy, professional development, instruments, resources, partnerships in education. Join the Yamaha Music Educator Community on Facebook. Email us at educators@yamaha.com.

 

Super Articulation, Part 1: Saxophone Voices

Super Articulation voices are a category of special sounds contained in select Yamaha keyboards* that allow you to access different sonic effects depending upon how you play the keys or use the pedals. Suddenly, breaths, taps, slides and knocks are available to the keyboardist in a real time!

In Part 1 of this two-part series, we’ll focus on typical articulations that can be applied to a saxophone voice; in Part 2, we’ll explore guitar and clarinet articulations.

Voice Categories

If you look carefully at voice selection screens on certain Yamaha instruments, you’ll sometimes see thumbnails to the left of each voice, with labels like Natural, Sweet, Live, Cool or S. Art:

Screenshot showing categories of sounds.

Here’s what these categories mean:

Natural

– acoustic classical instruments

– stereo sample

– classical focus with a natural ambience

Sweet

– solo acoustic instruments

– mono sample with recorded vibrato from actual instrument

– modern focus with ambience

Live

– ensemble acoustic instruments

– stereo sample

– modern focus with ambience

Cool

– electronic instruments

– stereo sample

– recorded through an electric amplifier

We’ll be focusing on the last category — the “S.Art” (short for Super Articulation) voices, including the “S. Art2” ones:

Screenshot showing categories with two of the descriptors indicating super articulated circled.

What Is “Super” Articulation, Anyway?

In music, the word “articulation” usually refers to the transition or continuity between notes.  This is often reflected in specific instrument performance techniques when going from one note to another, such as staccato, legato and slur.

Call up the “S. Art” Saxophone voice on your instrument and let’s try it out!

An image of a saxophone with the words "Main Saxophone" and in the corner, an indication that this is "S.Art" (short for super articulation).

Polyphonic versus Monophonic

All Super Articulation voices are unique because they can be either polyphonic or monophonic (usually called POLY or MONO), depending upon how you play on the keyboard.

For example, when you play a chord (i.e., several notes at the same time), you will hear all the notes sound at once (POLY):

Graphic representing portion of keyboard with three keys (a chord) highlighted.

However, with a Super Articulation voice, if you hold down one note first, and then play a second note while holding down that first note, the instrument automatically switches to MONO, allowing you to only play one note at a time. So to play a very clean, very fast trill, simply hold down one note and then repeatedly play another note, over and over:

Graphic representing portion of keyboard with two keys highlighted and an arrow indicating in which order to be played.

Using this technique, you can create some of the best executed trills you’ve ever heard!

Breathing

When you select any Super Articulation Voice, the function of the pedals is switched automatically to control articulation effects.  One of the most basic and simple articulations is the breathing of a musician before they start playing. On many S. Art voices, pressing the center pedal creates the sound of a musician “breathing in,” as though taking a breath for the note they are about to play:

Graphic of piano pedals with middle one marked for use.

To use this effectively — especially in quiet passages — play a few notes on the keyboard, then stop playing completely. In the silence, press the center pedal to hear the long breath, then start playing again. (Note: Pressing a pedal for a S. Art saxophone voice produces breath noises, but for some other brass or woodwinds sounds, it creates key noises instead.)

Legato (Slur)

Many Super Articulation voices allow you to create a realistic legato when going from one note to another. This is an effect whereby the musician does not “re-tongue” their instrument when playing a new note, thereby slurring from one note to the next.

In “S. Art” voices, this is automatically generated when you play two notes in a legato manner on the keyboard; i.e., keeping the first note held momentarily while playing the second note, as opposed to lifting your hand up between notes. In the case of the Super Articulation saxophone voice, if you play a C note and then an adjacent D in this manner, you will hear the note change seamlessly, as though a saxophone player played it in a single breath.

Contrast this to lifting up your hand between these two notes, where you can distinctly hear the note being “re-tongued” by the player. The reason they sound so different is that they are actually two completely different samples of a saxophone!

 

* Genos, Clavinova CSP-150, CSP-170, CVP-701, CVP-705 and CVP-709/709GP, and the PSR-S775, PSR-S975 and  PSR-A3000. 

 

Explore other types of super articulations for guitar and clarinet voices.

It’s Make Music Day!

In 2006, I came back from a summer trip to Paris with an amazing story to tell.

On one day – it happened to be June 21 – thousands of musicians started showing up on street corners, taking out their instruments, and playing. As I walked across the city, an endless procession of music came into my ears: individual accordion players, a brass quintet, kids playing Suzuki pieces on a digital piano, some kind of Scandinavian rock band, a hip-hop cypher, a choir of retired women singing pop songs, with hints of even more music around every other corner. It was impossible to miss. The city had turned into a huge open-air stage for what’s known as the Fête de la Musique (or Faites de la Musique, which translates as “Make Music”). All this, I learned, was taking place that day not just in Paris, but in every city in France … and it had been going on for decades.

Group of men in matching t-shirts playing instruments on the street. Man in foreground is playing a large cymbal. Man in in background is playing some form of a horn.

A few days later, I landed back home in New York. Instead of hearing music on the streets, I heard the familiar sounds of sirens and horn honking. But it didn’t have to be this way. Surely, I thought, New York is teeming with musicians – amateurs and professionals of the most diverse kind – who would love to come outside for a day to meet each other, play together and share their music, if given the chance.

Large gathering of people on a sidewalk in front of a park playing acoustic guitars and singing.

I started telling people about the “Make Music” day that I had witnessed, and how we should do it in New York in 2007. I talked it up to my musician friends, old colleagues, cultural institutions, music schools, city officials, community organizers, media outlets, and everyone else I could think of.

Group of young men sitting at a sidewalk cafe playing acoustic guitars while others in background watch and listen.

What surprised me most were the blank looks. Even among cosmopolitan New Yorkers, almost no one had heard of the Fête de la Musique. I showed pictures I had taken of performances in Paris, recited statistics from the French Ministry of Culture, and still there was a feeling of disbelief. It almost seemed too simple. You mean, you tell people they can come outside and play music? And then … they do?

All the way up to June 21 that year, I spoke with hundreds of people making plans for the first “Make Music New York” day and I felt that same hesitation. An older woman in a Harlem apartment building was going to wheel her upright piano into the elevator, and down onto the street for a Make Music New York block party. That sounded amazing, but a heavy lift for someone barely five feet tall. Would she really go through with it? I told her about Carnegie Hall’s plans for the event, and about all the young rock bands coming out in Williamsburg. The message I was trying to convey was: You are not alone! You’re not going to be the only one at the party! But even I wasn’t sure what to expect.

And then the big day came. I brought my saxophone over to a West Village street that had been closed off for Make Music Day. More than a hundred musicians had gotten there before me, and had already started playing Terry Riley’s In C. On the sidewalk near my office, some teenage tap dancers set up and had a recital. A friend reported that a Brazilian Samba band had been briefly rained on but they went under some scaffolding and had a terrifically loud time. An official from City Hall told me that she had seen a woman playing an upright piano that had been wheeled out onto the street in Harlem. All in all, 560 outdoor musical events took place for the first Make Music New York. It was not as many as in Paris, but it was a start.

Percussion and horn band playing on a sidewalk with a large crowd enjoying the show.

Over the following years, Make Music New York grew in size, reaching a peak of 1,355 participatory musical events in 2014. Each year, the blank looks became less blank. Now that people had seen it, the idea seemed straightforward, even obvious.

And as word got out about the New York event, and the NAMM Foundation started to promote it, Make Music Day began to expand across the country. It is now celebrated in over 85 cities in the United States on June 21st, encompassing over 5,000 events. Make Music China began in 2016, adding another 4,000 events to the calendar. Make Music Day UK, Make Music Argentina, Make Music Australia, and Make Music Lagos each launched in the last few years and are growing quickly.

Singer accompanied by electronic piano performs for a group of people on a sidewalk in front of a large brick building.

Every year, this holiday is spreading to more and more of the world, taking the form of the local musical culture everywhere it goes. (Editor’s note: We mark the day each year with performances by local bands comprised of our employees and a friendly “Yamaha Idol” competition.) You no longer need to go to France in order to experience every kind of music on June 21. Just grab an instrument, step outside, and follow your ears!

Photos by Kris Connor/Getty Images for Make Music Day and Brad Barket/Getty Images for Make Music Day

 

Click here for more information about Make Music Day.

Appreciating the Artistry of Elton John

Elton John in concert singing at a piano

When the dust has settled and the history of 20th and 21st century pop music has been written, there’s no doubt that Yamaha Artist Elton John will go down as one of the most influential artists and composers of the era. His catalog of recordings spans fifty years and counting, and includes 33 studio albums, 120-plus singles, eight soundtracks, and more than a dozen compilations, combining for sales of more than 200 million units worldwide. More importantly, the man has given us some amazing songs. Here are my top ten picks, in chronological order.

1. “Rocket Man” from Honky Château, 1972

A great story about an astronaut who’s homesick, “Rocket Man” features tasty instrumental and vocal contributions from Elton’s backing band of the era (guitarist Davey Johnstone, bassist Dee Murray and drummer Nigel Olsson), all wrapped in a stunning production by Gus Dudgeon. Check out the shimmering acoustic and slide guitars in the chorus, and the way the reverb on the lead vocal subtly grows in intensity as the song fades on “I think it’s gonna be a long, long time …” Listen here.

2. “Daniel” from Don’t Shoot Me I’m Only The Piano Player, 1973

Elton’s performance is both understated and fragile in this atmospheric song about a returning Vietnam war veteran coping with a disability and seeking anonymity. It’s also one of the few EJ recordings in which he plays an electric piano as opposed to an acoustic piano. Listen here.

3. “Funeral for a Friend / Love Lies Bleeding” from Goodbye Yellow Brick Road, 1973

Imagine the nerve of a pop artist opening an album with an instrumental that’s almost six minutes long! With its spooky synth effects, it starts like the soundtrack to a horror movie, but just when you’re not sure where this epic track is headed, the band segues into the rocker “Love Lies Bleeding,” providing a hint of what’s to come on the masterpiece that is Goodbye Yellow Brick Road. Listen here.

4. “Saturday Night’s Alright for Fighting” from Goodbye Yellow Brick Road, 1973

If this song doesn’t get your adrenaline pumping, you might want to see a doctor. The band revs up pretty hard on this one, which has been a staple of FM radio since its release. Elton spits out the aggressive lyrics with a serious dose of attitude, accompanied by rapid-fire piano playing that might have left the keys smoldering. Listen here.

5. “Grey Seal” from Goodbye Yellow Brick Road, 1973

This may be one of the lesser-known EJ songs, but it kicks butt right from the count-off, with an uplifting chorus and a pumping bass that somehow never gets in the way of the piano. Listen here.

6. “Don’t Let the Sun Go Down on Me” from Caribou, 1974

This iconic ballad begins with just piano and a ticking hi-hat supporting the heartfelt vocal. Tension builds through the first verse until the whole band kicks in on the chorus, with lush backing vocals that wouldn’t be out of place on a Beach Boys album — not surprising given that they’re supplied by, among others, Carl Wilson and Bruce Johnston. When Elton sings “These cuts I have, they need love to help them heal” in the last verse, there’s not a dry eye in the house. Listen here.

7. “Ticking” from Caribou, 1974

A heart-wrenching tale of a disturbed youth who goes off the rails, Elton’s exquisite rendering of this hidden gem alternates between quiet desperation and rage. The bare-bones arrangement consists almost entirely of voice and piano, supplemented by a touch of synth that builds to a powerful climax as the song ends. Listen here.

8. “Someone Saved My Life Tonight” from Captain Fantastic and The Brown Dirt Cowboy, 1975

When this nearly seven-minute track was released, the record company wanted to edit it down to a radio-friendly length, but EJ wasn’t having it. Good for him, because it became a hit anyway, and good for us since we all got to hear every emotional note of this amazing song. The slowly building dynamics and the desperation heard in Elton’s voice when he sings “Thank God my music’s still alive” still make the hairs on the back of my neck stand up every time I hear it. Listen here.

9. “Believe” from Made in England, 1995

This song is heavy, not so much because of the instrumentation but because of the combination of the message — a testimony to the power of love — and Elton’s defiant performance. Yes, the snare sound may be a bit dated, but the rest of the production’s big-ness stands up well. Listen here.

10. “The Ballad Of The Boy in The Red Shoes” from Songs From The West Coast, 2001

This album may not have been EJ’s best-known, but there’s not a bad song in the bunch, with this one being the standout for me. It has the vibe of a track that could have been on his 1969 debut album Madman Across The Water, yet it still sounds contemporary. Listen here.

 

Put on a great pair of headphones or listen through a quality audio system to best appreciate these masterpieces. No doubt you’ll come up with some favorites of your own!

 

Curious about Elton John’s Million Dollar Piano? Click here.

The Benefits of Recording Drum Practice and Performance

The first time I heard a recording of myself playing drums with a band was an ear-opening experience. It wasn’t terrible, but it sounded nothing like the way I imagined it in my head. Every song sounded like we played it so fast! Surely, there was something wrong with the playback (this was in the days of tape).

There wasn’t.

It was actually me. I was playing just about everything too fast, and I guess the band didn’t mind or notice it because they went along for the ride. It only became apparent to me when I stepped back from playing and listened from a different point of view. That’s when I realized how important it was to record — not just performances, but practice sessions as well.

What’s Goin’ On?

When you’re playing — especially with a band — there are a lot of things happening simultaneously. There’s the physical aspect of playing the drums, such as stick movement, coordinating your limbs and keeping time. Then, there are the mental aspects: You’re trying to lock in with the bass player, while listening to other band members for cues on the arrangement. Or you might be distracted and thinking about paying the bills when you get home.

That’s some serious multitasking, and that’s why it becomes difficult (if not impossible) to judge your own performance while you’re playing. Recording your rehearsals and gigs is a great way to “get outside yourself.” It gives you an objective way to listen, so you can evaluate and analyze your performance without any distractions.

How to Record

There are many different ways to record your drums. Most smartphones have built-in audio and video recording capabilities, and that’s probably the easiest way to get started. You may, however, run into problems with distortion because the microphones built into most phones are not designed to handle the loud volumes produced by an acoustic drum set. And even if they can handle the level, they don’t sound very good. Plus, if you’re playing electronic drums, you’ll need some sort of adapter cable to patch the output of the sound module to the input of your phone.

Other options include the use of external mics and/or third-party recording apps for your smart device, or using DAW (Digital Audio Workstation) software on your computer, but that’s going to get complicated and expensive really fast.

Fortunately, there are a number of affordable and easy-to-use practice tools available to make recording your drums easier. For example, the Yamaha EAD10 is a combination electronic/acoustic drum module that incorporates stereo microphones for recording your kit, along with some important practice features such as a metronome and a music player. You can use a pair of isolating headphones such as the Yamaha HPH-MT7 Studio Monitor Headphones to monitor your drums through the EAD10 microphones along with a metronome or music track. (Make sure the headphones are set to a safe volume level to protect your hearing!)

Front face of a small piece of electronics with vents and part of side showing.
The Yamaha EAD10.

Not only will you be able to record your performance, you’ll be able to overdub your drums to any song that’s been loaded in the EAD10 from a USB flash drive. (Overdubbing is the process of recording a new part while listening to playback of an existing recording). When you’re done recording, you can play back the file and hear your performance along with the song. This will allow you to concentrate on listening to your drumming in an objective manner, without the distractions that happen while you’re actually playing.

Record and Share with Rec’n’Share

If you have an iPhone®, iPad® or iPod Touch®, you can use the free Yamaha Rec’n’Share app to record audio and video and easily share the files with your friends. Rec’n’Share is compatible with the EAD10 and DTX-PRO modules as well as with Yamaha DTX6 Series, DTX402K, DTX432K and DTX452K electronic drums. It allows you to overdub your drums to a song and then play back the recording with separate control over the volume levels of the drum track and the music.

In addition, when you import a song into Rec’n’Share, the song file is analyzed for tempo and a click track is generated, making it easier for you to play along. If you have a tough time hearing a fill or deciphering a particular section of the song, Rec’n’Share can slow down the tempo and/or loop any section so you can play it over and over again. Rec’n’Share also makes it quick and easy to upload files to social media for your friends to see and hear, so you can get feedback on your performance.

Screenshot with soundwave and other controls.
The Yamaha Rec’n’Share app.

Improve Your Track Record

An important benefit of recording practice sessions is that it allows you to monitor your progress. Record your first attempt at learning a song — even if you don’t know it very well — then save that performance with a date and time so you can continue to work on it. You don’t need to record every run-through, but after you feel you’ve made some progress, record another take. Compare that take with the first one. Listen to the newest take and ask yourself the following questions: Am I playing the parts correctly? Am I rushing or dragging the fills? Am I following the dynamics of the song? How does it feel? Are my drum and cymbal hits creating flams with the original drums? (That would indicate that you are behind or ahead of the original track). Make notes and continue working on the song.

Most importantly, don’t be discouraged if your first recording doesn’t sound as good as you expected — that’s the whole point of learning! You’ll improve as you continue to practice.

 

Click here for more information about the Yamaha EAD10.

Click here for more information about Yamaha DTX6 Series electronic drums.

Click here for more information about the Yamaha Rec’n’Share app.  

 

Future-Proof Your AV Gear With HDCP 2.3

The upside of technology looks something like this: It’s cool. The downside? It doesn’t always work. Or, worse: your gear ages faster than you’d like and becomes obsolete.

Plugging it back in repeatedly doesn’t work. No matter how many times you shake the remote, you can’t get a pulse. Why? It could very well be that the hardware and software of the gear itself wasn’t built to scale with the latest technologies.

Meet HDCP. Your home theater components have it, whether you know it or not. But your gear’s ability to support the latest version, HDCP 2.3, could make all the difference in enjoying your 4K content and more. Here’s why.

What is HDCP?

Protecting copyrighted material is a big deal. That’s why HDCP — an acronym for High-bandwidth Digital Content Protection (the “b” is silent) — came along. It’s a security feature that encrypts digital signals from one product to another. Think of it as a digital handshake that creates a secure connection between a source and display.

HDCP requires compatibility between products in order to ensure that the digital content being communicated is protected. If there’s no compatibility, there could be no signal.

Products with HDCP can be grouped into three buckets:

Diagram with graphic icons representing a blu-ray disc player, an AV receiver and a TV. The words below each, left to right, are "Source (4k blu-ray)", "Repeater (AV receiver)", and, "Sink (TV)".

1. Source. This is where the signal starts. It could be a gaming console, 4K Blu-ray player, cable box or media streamer. You get the idea.

2. Repeater. These are the products that take the HDCP signal from a source (say, a 4K Blu-ray player) and send it to the sink (TV). AV receivers, sound bars, splitters, repeaters, switches and wireless transmitters are the most common.

3. Sink. This is where the source signal is going. TVs and digital projectors are the frontrunners.

What About HDMI?

HDCP is different than HDMI, but they do work hand-in-hand.

HDMI is the optimum connection for delivering high definition content between sources, sinks and repeaters. You have to crank up the specifications to HDMI 2.0 in order to pass 4K content to TVs and components.

And that’s where HDCP comes in. It’s the encryption technology that was designed to prevent illegal copying of 4K Ultra HD content as it’s transmitted via HDMI. HDCP 2.3 is the latest version. It provides the most secure digital handshake between a source, sink and repeater.

Why Compatibility Matters

If your gear doesn’t have the latest HDCP encryption technology, you could have some compatibility issues down the road. A product with HDCP 2.3 can send a signal to any HDCP-compliant device through HDMI. A product with older HDCP encryption technology can’t necessarily scale up. Think of it as a first-generation iPhone® trying to run an app only available for iOS 10 and higher. It’s not going to happen.

Some TVs, AV receivers or sound bars, for example, only support the HDCP encryption technology that came as factory standard with them. As encryption standards evolve, not all of them are built to receive a firmware update to the latest standards (currently, HDCP 2.3.)  If this seems like a big deal, it is. Here’s why: the signal may not pass through, and you might miss out on enjoying your 4K content. Sure, you could cobble things together without HDMI connections, but you wouldn’t be enjoying the full potential of your gear, let alone 4K content.

Yamaha Products With HDCP 2.3

At Yamaha, we focus on both quality and performance. In fact, over two generations of our AV receivers — plus our latest sound bars — were designed to be compatible and updateable to the latest HDCP encryption technology. The following products have received a firmware update to HDCP 2.3:

AV Receivers

CX-A5200

RX-A3080

RX-A2080

RX-A1080

RX-A880

RX-A780

RX-A680

RX-A3070

RX-A2070

RX-A1070

RX-S602

RX-V685

RX-V585

RX-V485

RX-V385

RX-V683

RX-V583

RX-V483

RX-V383

RX-V781

RX-V481

RX-V379

TSR-7850

TSR-5830

 

Sound Bars

MusicCast BAR 400

YAS-108

 

HDCP 2.3 isn’t the only enhancement to Yamaha products. Click here to learn more about the new music steaming services and voice control capabilities that our latest products received.

How to Change Timpani Drum Heads

Timpani heads do not need to be changed very often – we recommend every 1 to 2 years – but it’s still important for band directors to know how to change them. Unfortunately, many directors don’t know how or think it’s too difficult. Yes, changing drum heads on timpani is more involved than it is for tom or snare drums, but anyone can do it. Here’s how.

Determine the Head Sizes You Need

Unlike other concert drums (i.e., tom, snare or bass drum), timpani heads typically need to be two inches larger than the actual timpano. This is because they extend beyond the edge of the bowl. When purchasing a replacement head for a 32″ timpano, you need a 34″ head; a 29″ timpano requires a 31″ head, etc.

Unlike other concert drums (i.e., tom, snare or bass drum), timpani heads typically need to be two inches larger than the actual timpano. This is because they extend beyond the edge of the bowl. When purchasing a replacement head for a 32″ timpano, you need a 34″ head; a 29″ timpano requires a 31″ head, etc.

You can, of course, determine the diameter of your timpano head with a measuring tape, but identifying it on Yamaha timpani is extremely easy. Just find the model number of the drum, which is on the badge located under the counterhoop directly above the pedal.

On the badge, you’ll see a set of numbers like TP-3323, TP-4323, TP-6323 or TP-7323. “TP” stands for timpani. The first two numbers indicate the Series. The last two numbers are the size of the timpani. So, TP-3323 is a 23″ timpano in the 3300 Series.

Depending on when your timpani was purchased, the first two numbers may be different than those listed here, reflecting older Yamaha lines. Regardless, the only numbers with respect to the size of the timpani are the last two.

Once you know the model number, you can find a list of appropriate timpani heads from Remo or Evans. You can also use an iPhone app called TimpHeads.

Determine the Type of Heads You Need

There are several types of timpani heads. Whichever one you choose, it is important that all your timpani have the same type of head so that they match in sound and appearance.

aerial view of timpani

There are several types of timpani heads. Whichever one you choose, it is important that all your timpani have the same type of head so that they match in sound and appearance.

Timpani heads can have an aluminum insert ring, a steel insert ring or no insert ring around the collar of each head. Insert rings raise the head above the counterhoop by a small amount.

We recommend heads with an aluminum insert ring. For one thing, they provide a thinner bearing edge for the head to rest upon, thereby increasing tuning consistency and making the head seating process easier. In addition, aluminum insert rings will not rust when taken outdoors.

Yamaha timpani come with Remo RC-Series Renaissance® Hazy Aluminum Insert heads. Remo makes timpani heads in both clear and hazy versions, but the hazy version is stronger and has a darker fundamental with a more focused tone.

Collect the Necessary Tools and Materials

Here are the tools and materials you will need to change timpani heads:

supplies needed to change timpani head -- mallets, rags, tuning key, lithium grease, steel wool, teflon tape, etc.

  • Timpani mallets
  • Rags
  • Timpani tuning key
  • Lithium grease
  • Steel wool
  • Tape measure
  • Marker
  • Softball or block of wood
  • DrumDial, a tool that allows equal amounts of pressure to be measured at each tension rod to ensure even tuning.
  • Teflon tape

Change the Heads

    1. Put the pedal to the lowest position (heel down) and place a softball or block of wood under the pedal.
    2. Using a timpani drum key, loosen all of the tension rods.
    3. Note the position of the counterhoop — when you put it back on the drum, it must be in thesame position. One you’re satisfied you know exactly how it is positioned, remove the counterhoop and set it aside.
    4. Remove the old head.
    5. Wipe out the bowl and clean the bearing edge with a rag.
    6. Apply Teflon tape to the bearing edge.
    7. Put on the new timpani head. Make sure that the logo is opposite the playing area, with the seam 90 degrees (3 or 9 o’clock) from the playing area.
    8. Inspect the counterhoop and clean with rags if necessary. If there are any rough spots on the bearing edge, smooth them out with steel wool. Make sure the tension rods are free of dirt and are properly lubricated with lithium grease.
    9. Put the counterhoop back on and finger-tighten all of the tension rods.
    10. Use the tape measure to center the head on the bowl.
    11. Place your foot on the heel of the pedal and remove the softball or block of wood.
    12. Slowly raise the pedal to the highest position.
    13. Tighten the tension rods to tune the top note of the range of the drum.
    14. Use the DrumDial to make sure there is even tension on all of the tension rods. This is also known as “clearing” the head.
    15. Let the drum sit for a couple of days and then check the range.
    16. Clear the head again.

For more information, Remo offers a detailed video series showing how to change timpani heads.

Perform Regular Maintenance

Performing regular maintenance is important for both the timpani and their drum heads. Every other week, check to make sure the drums are in the correct range. The chart below shows the standard tonal ranges for Yamaha timpani:

Plastic heads stretch, and if the timpano is not in the correct range, the pedal will slip or not stay in place. While you are checking the range, use the DrumDial to make sure that the head is still cleared (i.e., that there is even tension at all of the tension rods).

In addition, you should lubricate all moving parts with a lithium grease spray every month. At the same time, clean the base and struts with a dry cloth to remove dust or excess dirt. For more information, refer to our Timpani Maintenance blog post.
We suggest changing timpani heads every 1-2 years, depending on how much the timpani are being used. It’s a longer process than changing standard drum heads, but it will definitely improve the sound of your ensemble!

Click here to learn more about Yamaha timpani.

Teach Your Children Well

I’ll never forget my first guitar. It was purchased by my parents at a small local music store in New Jersey when I was about 13 years old. I remember seeing it hanging on the wall next to all the cool records. Being inspired by KISS at the time, as well as other friends who played guitar, I decided that was the instrument I wanted to play. Who knew that little three-quarter size Yamaha FG-45 would send me on a path to a lifetime of music?

The guitar came in a cardboard box, and that’s what I kept it in. Since this was before the internet and online lessons, my parents got me a guitar teacher who came to the house every week. It was a starter instrument, so it was hard to play at first, but I didn’t care about the deep grooves the strings were carving into my fingertips. I was more interested in the musical grooves I was creating as I practiced hour after hour.

After a few years on that FG-45, it was time to step up. By then, some of my friends were already in bands playing covers of Led Zeppelin, Pink Floyd and Aerosmith tunes, and so my folks eventually gave in to my incessant lobbying and got me a beginner’s electric guitar and a small amp.

Working with the same teacher, I started moving on from the basics and began to seriously study different musical genres: jazz, blues, rock and reggae. That teacher, who now plays in a successful reggae band, is still a friend of mine, and I often sit in with his band when I see him.

My parents could clearly see (and hear) that I had a knack for the instrument, and so they stepped up again and bought me a professional model electric guitar — one that I still own and play. I have a vivid memory of how proud I was showing it to my friends when I first got it, and the fact that it still gets used in my work makes me even prouder.

Despite the fact that they were not musical at all, my parents could also see that the guitar kept me focused. But what I’m betting they did not realize at the time was that, in addition to getting better as a player, I was improving skills that would serve me well for the rest of my life.

I didn’t know it at the time, either. But it hit me all of a sudden me when I viewed the TED-Ed animation “How playing an instrument benefits your brain.” Neuroscientists, according to author Anita Collins, have determined that playing a musical instrument engages nearly every area of the brain at once — especially the motor, visual and auditory ones. As with any other workout, a structured disciplined practice in playing music strengthens those brain functions, allowing us to apply that strength to other activities. And because crafting music also involves understanding its emotional content and message, musicians often have higher levels of executive function, which is a category of interlinked tasks that include planning, strategizing and attention to detail.

As I get older, I find myself increasingly appreciative that my parents let me study guitar and supported me with instruments and lessons; they also let me rehearse in the basement with my band, and even set up a recording studio there so I could further learn my craft. You never know what doors might open when you apply yourself, and when you encourage others. For me, a lifetime of music all started with that first Yamaha FG-45.

 

Check out Rich’s other postings.

 

The Role of Remote Control

One of the problems with mixing live sound is that you can’t always put the Front of House console in the best mix position. Yikes! It’d be nice to have an area smack in the middle of every club where you could set it up, but that isn’t always possible. Sometimes there isn’t enough room, or a club owner might not want to give up space where patrons can be seated.

Of course, if you’re playing in the band that you’re mixing, you need to keep the console on stage with you. Actually, when you think about it, there are a lot of good reasons to have it there. The stage is where the instruments and microphones are located, so why go through the hassle of running cables out into the house? This way, you can keep the cables short (which is always a good thing) and avoid the need for an expensive (and heavy) snake. Also, it’s easier to hook up your stage monitors because all of the connections are nearby, where they need to be.

Either way — whether your mixing console is located onstage or in a less-than-ideal spot out in the room — you’ll be walking back and forth between the audience area and the mixer all night, making adjustments, going out to listen, making more adjustments, and on and on. (At least you’ll get your daily exercise at the gig!)

What a pain! Wouldn’t it be great if you could instead control your mixer remotely?

If it’s a digital mixer, there’s a good chance that you can. (Most analog mixers cannot be remote controlled.) Many current Yamaha digital mixers, including the TF-Rack and all of the mixers in the TF Series, can be controlled via an iPad®. Some digital mixers have built-in Wi-Fi routers, but most that can be remote controlled also provide a wired network connection — usually an Ethernet port — on the rear panel:

Closeup of connections.
Rear panel Ethernet port on the Yamaha TF-Rack.

How Does Remote Control Work?

You’ll need a wireless access point to create a control network for your digital mixer. That’s not as scary as it sounds: you really just need a Wi-Fi router, because most routers have a built-in access point. Yamaha recommends a router that’s at least 802.11g, 2.4 GHz compatible, but for the fastest communication you’ll want one that can use the 802.11n wireless mode at 5 GHz. Most routers have this information printed right on them. The network you set up is referred to as a VPN (Virtual Private Network). You’ll also need a CAT5 (Ethernet) cable for connecting the router to the mixer.

The final piece of the puzzle is software for your tablet or smartphone. Yamaha offers two options: TF StageMix™ for the iPad, and MonitorMix for the iPhone®, iPad or iPod Touch® — both available free of charge from the Apple® App Store. Once you’ve installed the software on your mobile device, simply configure the network settings the same way you would to access your Wi-Fi network at home. It’s a good idea to use a password for your control network so that unauthorized people can’t access your PA system. (The mind boggles at the possibilities!)

Closeup of panel.
Yamaha TF StageMix.

Once you have the network configured, you’ll be able to control your mixer from your smart device. An iPad running StageMix gives you access to most every parameter of a Yamaha TF Rack or TF Series mixer, including EQ, aux sends, dynamics, effects and libraries:

Closeup of panel.
Controlling EQ from Yamaha TF StageMix.

This will make your life easier in many ways. First, you’ll no longer need to worry about where to set up the mixing console. Wherever it’s located — even if it’s onstage — you’ll be able to walk around the room while actively mixing. This is really valuable because, due to the nature of acoustics, the sound at the mix position can often be very different than it is in other parts of the room. By using remote control, you’ll be able to hear what other people are hearing from their various locations around the room, which will give you the ability to optimize your mix for the majority of listeners.

Plus, in many cases (for example, when using TF StageMix to remotely run a Yamaha TF Rack), you’ll see screens on your remote device that are similar to those when running the mixer from its front panel, so there’s little or no learning curve involved.

Control Your Monitor Mixes Too

It’s not just FOH mixes that can be controlled remotely. Adjustments to the monitor mixes can also be made while you stand onstage in front of a monitor — even during a show — instead of trying to mix monitors from a position in the house or off to the side of the stage. You can give separate control of these mixes to performers for adjustments too!

For example, mobile mixing apps such as Yamaha MonitorMix allows individual wireless Aux mixing of CL/QL/TF Series mixers from up to ten iPhone, iPad, iPod Touch or Android devices simultaneously.

Closeup of screen.
Yamaha MonitorMix.

As described in our Tools of the Trade blog post about aux sends and returns, you can use a separate aux send for each musician’s monitor mix to give them control over their individual level. With apps like MonitorMix, they can control that send wirelessly from their smartphone.

Some remote control apps provide a very simple interface whereby there are faders for a stereo mix of the band plus just one or two specific vocal or instrument channels that can be used if a performer wants “more me.” More advanced apps like MonitorMix allow control over every channel of the monitor mix. As you’d expect, changes made in one musician’s monitor mix does not affect the others, nor does it affect the Front of House mix. MonitorMix can also simplify the mix process by creating personal groups of instruments such as drums or backing vocals, and providing remote control over the group with a single fader. You can even create individual device passwords so that musicians don’t have access to each other’s monitor mixes — something that could otherwise result in a lot of shenanigans (not to mention confusion!) on stage.

Using mobile devices to control your digital mixer can help your shows run a lot smoother. Remote control rules!

 

Check out our other Tools of the Trade postings.

 

How to Stream Music from Your Computer

You like music. Maybe you’ve been downloading music for years. You might have even gone through the arduous process of digitizing your CDs and cassette tapes. They now reside on your computer. You’d like to stream them. But how?

The Yamaha MusicCast Controller app doesn’t discriminate between streaming sources. Whether it’s one of the nation’s most popular streaming services or music you have stored on your device or on a local network, you can share it with every room of your house. Want to know how? Read on.

The Server Button

Smartphone screen with app visible and the icon for and word "server" circled.

The purpose of the “Server” button in MusicCast Controller (shown on the right) is to allow you to access music files that you have downloaded or backed up. Those files are usually located in a particular folder on a hard drive — either one inside your computer or an external storage device like a thumb drive. With MusicCast, you can play those files back in any or all rooms in your multi-room home audio system.

Don’t touch that Server button just yet, though! Before MusicCast can see this content, you need to activate a feature on your computer called media file sharing.

Media File Sharing

There are several methods for accessing your music depending on how your network is set up. For instance, if your router has a USB port configured as a NAS (Network Attached Storage) input, you’re ahead of the game. Simply connect a high capacity USB thumb drive or hard drive with all your music stored on it (or as much as you can fit on the drive). Touching the “Server” button in MusicCast Controller will give you access to all the music stored on the drive.

If that feature is not available on your router, you can add a dedicated NAS server to your network. Here’s how to activate media sharing on a PC that’s running Windows 10:

1.      First, you’ll need to turn on the sharing function of your PC. From the search bar, type “Control Panel”:

Screenshot.

2.      From the icon view, navigate to the “Network and Sharing Center”:

Screenshot.

3.      Select “Change advanced sharing settings”:

Screenshot.

4.      Click on “All Networks”:

Screenshot.

5.      Click “Choose media streaming options”:

Screenshot.

6.      Click on the “Turn on media streaming” button, then hit OK:

Screenshot.

7.      Type in a name for your media library, then use the tick boxes to decide which devices will have access to the media stored on your PC’s music folder. Finally, hit OK:

Screenshot.

8.      Finally, close out all windows. MusicCast Controller can now see the music stored in your Music media folder.

 

For more ways to enjoy music at home, check out these blog articles:

How to Stream Your iTunes Songs from a Mac

Smart Home Integration – From DIY to CI Guy

How and Why to Bi-Amp Your Speakers

 

Click here for more information about Yamaha MusicCast.

Major Scale Modes, Part 1: Ionian Mode

The major scale is one of the most commonly used scales in western music. Famous composers have used this scale for centuries to write incredible masterpieces, including Mozart’s Piano Sonata No.16 in C Major:

On left, there is a photo of a painting of Mozart, a young man in profile in a formal jacket and ruffled shirt. On right is a photo of one of his handwritten music manuscripts on notation paper.

A major scale consists of seven notes with a consonant and uplifting tonality that evokes positive and happy emotions. (In other words, it sounds harmonious and resolute, as opposed to a dissonant tonality that sounds discordant and unresolved.) When inverted to start on the sixth step (“degree”), it becomes a natural minor scale, sometimes referred to as the “relative minor” to the major scale. For example, starting on the note “A” in a C Major scale results in an A Minor scale, which, like C Major, has no accidentals. A relative minor scale shares the same key signature as its major scale “cousin” but, in contrast, it sounds sad and melancholy.

Why do these two interrelated scales evoke completely different musical flavors and emotional content? The simple answer is that, despite consisting of the same seven tones, they have different tonal centers.

A tonal center is the resolution point and resting place of a chord progression, and it’s crucial to understanding the major scale modes. (Modes are simply alternate scales created by starting at different steps within a scale.) Because each mode has its own distinct set of intervals, each has its own characteristic tonality.

Let’s dig into a little harmony and theory in the key of A to give you a visual overview of how it all works.

Harmonizing The A Major Scale to Create Chords

Every major scale consists of seven tones, and we use those tones to build chords — a process known as harmonization.

The first chord of a scale is created by stacking every third tone. In the case of the A Major scale, it looks like this:

A – B – C# – D – E – F# – G#

The resulting chord is an A major seventh, referred to as an Ama7, or Amaj7. (Note that simple three-note “triad” chords without the seventh omit the “ma” or “maj”; such a chord in the key of A would simply be called an “A.”)

The second chord of the scale is built by stacking every third tone from the second degree. In the case of the A major scale, this would be B:

A – B – C# – D – E – F# – G# – A

The resulting chord is a B minor seventh, referred to as a Bmi7 (or simply Bm7).

We continue this process until we have seven chords, each having one of the seven major scale tones as its root note. For example, the seven major scale chords in the key of A are as follows:

Ama7 – Bmi7 – C#mi7 – Dma7 – E7 – F#mi7 – G#mi7(♭5)

Chord Progressions

Chord progressions are created by choosing two or more of the chords derived from a scale. Typically the first chord will be the tonal center of that progression.

For example, when we have a four-bar progression that consists of the three chords shown below, we can assume that the tonal center of the progression will be A Major. We can confirm this by playing the progression and listening to where the chords sound “rested” and resolved.

II:    A     I     D    E7     I     A     I     D    E7   :II

Now that we’ve determined the tonal center of the chord progression, we can use the A Major scale to improvise over the progression. Phrasing your lines and licks towards the tonal center chord (in this case, A) and resolving to those notes (in this case, A, C#, E) is the key to making the melodies you play over this progression sound strong and resolute.

Resolving to the first chord this way is called playing in the Ionian mode. “Ionian” is simply a Greek word used to denote the first mode of the major scale. Each major scale also has a characteristic note that evokes that mode’s unique tonal flavor. The characteristic note in the Ionian mode is the major 7th (that is, the seventh degree of the major scale). Targeting the major 7th (in the case of the A Major scale, the note G#) will evoke the Ionian modal sound.

The Video

Here’s a video I shot recently as part of my new “Master of Modes” series of lessons available at RobbieCalvo.com:

This is the chord progression I’m playing over:

II:    A/C#   D5/2     I    E/G#   A5/2     :II

(Note: A 5/2 “slash” chord contains only the root, fifth and second, with no third.)

As you can hear, this progression continues to resolve to the first and last chords (both are A Major chords). Listen carefully to my performance. It’s in Ionian mode, with my phrases resolving to all three chord tones of the A Major chord (A, C#, E). You’ll also notice that I’m periodically flavoring my solo lines with the Ionian characteristic note of G#.

The Guitar

Electric guitar stood up against a door.

The Yamaha guitar used in the video is one of eight instruments produced to display at the 2019 NAMM show. It’s a Revstar 502T with an Ice Blue finish (same as the stock model RS320) but with custom black hardware, Grover locking tuners, Rautia Guitars pickups and a wonderful satin finish on the back and neck. In my opinion, it’s visually stunning and sounds just as good.

These very special instruments are built by master luthier Pat Campolattano at the Yamaha Artist Services Los Angeles (YASLA) facility to help Yamaha Guitars evaluate tonewoods, hardware, pickups and finishes … and sometimes just because they look cool!

The Wrap-Up

Literally millions of classic songs have been written with the seven notes of the major scale. But by simply inverting the scale to resolve to each of its seven tones and chords, we can compose music with new harmonic and melodic variety, color and mood. I sometimes wonder if all of the musical permutations have been thought of … and then I hear a new piece of music that sounds totally fresh, unique and inspiring. Perhaps with a little creativity, we can discover even more magic within those same seven notes!

Click here for Part 2: Dorian mode.

 

Photograph courtesy of the author.

Check out Robbie’s other postings.

 

Click here for more information about the Yamaha Artist Services Los Angeles (YASLA) facility. Also check out Yamaha guitars on Instagram.

Writing Up

When I first decided I wanted to be a professional songwriter, I would have done anything to get in the room with writers who were better than me. It was something they — the mysterious “they” who know everything — called “Writing Up.” I imagine this would apply not just to songwriting, but to film composing, guitar shredding, even tennis playing! Everyone, in fact, should strive to Write Up, no matter what level you’re at. That’s how you improve your game.

That’s why I was so stoked back in 1990-something when, during a meeting at a record label, Jay Landers, the A&R man in attendance, put a call in to Albert Hammond (who wrote “It Never Rains in Southern California” and “Nothing’s Gonna Stop Us Now,” among other classic songs) and asked if he would consider co-writing with an unknown.

Albert didn’t flinch.

A week later I showed up at his door in Reseda, California with a couple of song “starts” (the seed of an idea) and a smile. Albert suggested I sit at the keyboard and freestyle while he sat by my side in a red velvet high-backed chair (like a king on a throne) and considered my moves — basically blocks of four-chord progressions with an occasional syncopation thrown in randomly. “Eighth-note-heaven” was another go-to maneuver. Very sophisticated … NOT. Who ever said you had to be a virtuoso to write a song? I’d be in a lot of trouble if that were the case.

Albert was directing me this way and that: “Go here! No, go there! Use the IV chord!” Who was I to question him? He of many huge copyrights. Me of no-name.

I did my best. When you get in the room, that’s what you do. (Actually, what am I saying? You should always bring your best.)

Man and woman smiling into camera.
Albert and me, circa 2013.

At the time, it felt like I was doing the heavy lifting. But for every chord progression I put forward, Albert pulled out a hook. Amazing. How does he do it? I remember thinking. Hopefully, from him I will learn.

Working with Albert definitely made me better. And, reciprocally, I choose to believe that I offered him something of value as well — if not decades worth of experience, then perhaps a little songwriting cardio. 🙂 He enjoyed it. It was obvious. We had a whole lotta fun. And we got that song recorded, too. Here it is! (The production is admittedly a little dated, but 25 years later it’s still bringing in some $$).

In order for a coupling of a newbie and a seasoned pro to thrive, the pro, in my opinion, has to be willing to play the roll of mentor. It’s not the same dynamic as a one-on-one with a peer of equal skill. That said, every new collaborator — young or old, green or uber-successful — draws something different out of their partner, just like the color red looks different next to blue than it does next to yellow. Even if you’re a jaded journeyman, you still may discover something new within yourself that you never realized you had before.

Funny thing is, I used to be that newbie. But over time, roles change. I am now the more mature and accomplished veteran (how does that happen?) just like Albert was for me. And because we vets came of age with a guitar in hand (or a piano at our fingertips), we usually bring singer-songwriter style contributions — an idea, an angle, some irony at the end of a story. Whereas a younger writer, who’s more in touch with modern arrangements (and algorithms) tends to have the tricks up their sleeve — sound bites, catchy phrases, mainstream structure. They often take my idea and put it in a trendier “package.” And let’s face it: No matter how stellar my concept is, if I want my song to get covered, I have to consider incorporating something contemporary into it.

A generation gap in a writing room can be just what the doctor ordered. Looking back, I think Albert needed some fresh blood in his creative life. And now, at least once in a while, I do too. So let’s keep trying to Write Up. If everyone does their job it can be a rewarding and productive experience. Don’t worry, the tables will turn soon enough. And hopefully everyone will get a chance to sit on the other side.

Photograph courtesy of the author.

 

Check out Shelly’s other postings.

How to Get the Best Audio from Netflix®

Alfonso Cuarón’s black-and-white masterpiece Roma won the 2019 Oscar for Best Achievement in Cinematography, among many other accolades. But did you know that this visually stunning movie was also nominated for best sound mixing and sound editing? To hear why, watch this clip.

If you have the right setup, you can hear Netflix® streaming that same great audio in Dolby Atmos® — the three-dimensional surround sound technology used in movie theaters — right to your home theater. As we explained in a previous blog posting, Dolby Atmos is object-based, which means that individual sounds can be programmed to move around the room — even above and behind you —independent of the speaker configuration, thus creating a truly immersive entertainment experience. Netflix has been streaming Dolby Atmos since 2016, but the big news is their recent upgrade to streaming high-quality audio.

Netflix defines their high-quality sound as being “perceptually transparent,” meaning that at 768 Kbps for Dolby Atmos content, even though the sound is compressed to conserve bandwidth, you can’t tell the difference between it and the original source.

Netflix also adopted a strategy they use for video called adaptive streaming. With adaptive audio streaming, the bit rate of the audio is automatically adjusted based on the quality of the internet connection, and in a seamless way that avoids rebuffering. The result is better sound even when your network is struggling.

To enjoy the full benefit of Netflix’s high-quality audio and Dolby Atmos, you need:

1. Dolby Atmos content. If you have a Dolby Atmos capable system and a Netflix plan that supports streaming in Ultra HD, available titles will display this icon next to their description:

Logo for Dolby Atmos.

2. A Netflix streaming box that is Dolby Atmos-capable, such as an Apple TV® 4K. Alternatively, you can use any Dolby Atmos-capable TV that supports both eARC and Dolby Atmos audio with Netflix. (A list of compatible devices can be found here.)

3. A Dolby Atmos-capable AV receiver such as a Yamaha AVENTAGE model manufactured since 2017.

As the race for audience share heats up, content providers must not only offer new binge-worthy series and must-see movies, but also raise the quality of their streaming to make the in-home viewing experience rival that of the movie theater. Dolby Atmos’ three-dimensional surround sound puts you right in the center of every epic battle. In any competition between content providers, home theater enthusiasts are the winners!

Setting Up a Mix Template, Part 1

Imagine this: A brilliant song idea suddenly comes to you, and you want to record a rough demo of it while it’s fresh in your mind, so you launch your DAW and create a new empty file. Then you think it through a little more and decide that you should probably generate a few audio tracks in advance to use for recording vocals, guitar and bass, as well as some virtual instrument tracks for the drums and keyboards. Then you realize that you’re also going to need a reverb, and maybe a delay or two; perhaps a chorus or a flanger as well …

In some DAWs, by the time you get everything set up, your muse may have deserted you altogether. Wouldn’t it be great to instead be able to open your DAW with all of those tracks and instruments and effects pre-configured so you can dive right into recording? By giving you the ability to create something called a Project Template, Steinberg Cubase lets you do just that. Better still, you can create as many of them as you want, so you can instantly start making music the next time inspiration strikes. (Templates are handy for users of all levels, by the way; for example, many composers rely on them for immediate access to different instrument and sound configurations they use regularly.)

Here are the steps for building your own Project Templates.

What’s the Hub, Bub?

By default, the Steinberg Hub screen appears when you launch Cubase. It shows you the latest news and info from Steinberg on one side and Project information on the other. The latter includes icons for Recording, Scoring, Production and Mastering. Clicking on any of these will open lists of factory Project Templates, any of which you can use as is, or as starting points for creating your own template. (Note that the Project information area offers the same choices as the Project Assistant window, which you can open by pressing Command+N on a Mac® or Control+N on a PC.)

Let’s instead create a new Project Template from scratch. To do so, simply click on the Create Empty button in the bottom right-hand corner of the Project area of the Hub screen, as shown below:

Screenshot.
The Hub screen.

An empty Project will appear, which will serve as your blank canvas. Next, go to the Project Menu, choose Project Setup (Shift+S), and a window will open that lets you configure numerous settings for your Project — or in this case, for your Project Template:

Screenshot.
The Project Setup window.

Ready Get Setup

The critical settings in the Project Setup window are all under the Record Format category, so don’t worry about the others for now. Here, you’ll choose the bit depth and sampling rate for audio in your project, as well as the type of audio files that will be generated by Cubase. As a general rule, higher bit depths and sample rates offer better quality, but create larger files and tax your computer’s processors more. In addition, your audio interface might limit the bit depth and sampling rate choices you can make, based on what it supports. In most cases, you’ll probably be satisfied with the quality of 24-bit or 32-bit Float files at 44.1kHz or 48kHz.

For Record File Type, the default is Wave File. You might want to switch it to Broadcast Wave File, which is the same except for extra timing information stored in their headers — something that can be useful when moving files from project to project.

Tracking Your Tracks

The idea of a template is to build as “typical” a setup as possible. Rather than trying to estimate how many mono and stereo audio tracks I’ll need for a typical recording, I find it easier just to create one of each, which I’ll refer to here as “model tracks.” From these, I’ll make as many copies as necessary during my recording by using the Duplicate Tracks command, which is available by right-clicking in a Track in the Track List. (If you’d prefer to set up multiple mono and stereo tracks, wait until after you’ve fully configured your model tracks first, including adding any effects, which I’ll explain in Part 2.)

To create a track, right-click (or Control-click on a Mac if you don’t have a two-button mouse) in an empty part of the Track List, then choose Add Audio Track from the resultant menu. That will bring up a dialog box that lets you specify a stereo or mono track, configure inputs and outputs, and more:

Screenshot.
The Add Track window.

For the first one, choose Mono as the track type and fill in whatever is typical for your setup in the input field. (Most likely it would be input 1 on your interface, but you can change it during recording if need be.) Leave the Audio Outputs box set to Stereo Out, which sends it to your master output. You can also name your track here. For now, call it Mono Audio. Next, repeat the process, but this time, create a stereo track.

Further down the Add Audio Track menu is a choice called Using Track Preset, circled in red in the screenshot below:

Screenshot.
The Add Audio Track menu.

This opens the Choose Track Preset window, where you can find pre-configured tracks of all types, including mono and stereo audio tracks that are set up for various instrument types and genres and even have effects already added. If you like, set your model tracks up using these; you can always customize them later.

Screenshot.
The Choose Track Preset window.

To save the template you’ve created thus far, go to the File menu and select the Save as Template option. This will bring up the Save as Template dialog box, where you can name your template, add a description, and even assign it to a category. You can save as many templates as you want. You can rename them, and delete those you no longer need from either the Save Template dialog or the Project Assistant window (Command+N or Control+N, depending upon whether you are running Cubase on a Mac or a PC).

Screenshot.
The Save Template dialog.

In Part 2, we’ll add effects, MIDI instrument tracks and more to our template.

 

Check out our other Recording Basics postings

Click here for more information about Steinberg Cubase.

Anatomy of a Vibraphone

The vibraphone (also known as the vibraharp or vibes) is the most recent addition to the lineup of orchestral percussion instruments, with its early beginnings dating back only to the 1920s vaudeville era.

The vibraphone can produce a variety of timbres, from dark and mellow to shiny and bright. The sound comes from a series of tuned tone bars being struck by mallets, with a general range of three to four octaves, depending on the model. Aluminum is used for these bars because it has a much longer decay time than the wood or synthetic wood type product used in marimba or xylophone bars. Metal resonators (sometimes called resonator tubes or resonator pipes) are suspended beneath the tone bars, with the length of each resonator varying depending on the pitch of the tone bar; the lower the note, the longer the resonator.

One of the most distinctive aspects of the sound of a vibraphone comes from motor-driven rotating disks (called “fans”) situated at the top of each resonator. When engaged, this causes a small fluctuation in pitch, resulting in a vibrato effect (hence the name “vibraphone”), along with some volume change, resulting in a tremolo effect. As the motor speed is adjusted from slow to fast, these effects become more pronounced.

Here’s an annotated illustration of a typical vibraphone, followed by a description of the main components in alphabetical order:

Annotated diagram of a vibrophone instrument.

Casters. These allow for easy transport and can be locked for stability.

Controller. This provides the user controls for the motor. A quiet motor with silent pause and fan speed slider controls allows musical expression without unwanted noise. Some controllers offer a “memory pause” feature that remembers where the fans are when you turn on the motor so that they stop or start in the same place when the motor is paused or removed from pause.

Driver. Another name for the motor that drives the fan belts.

Fan Belt. A rubber belt that rotates the resonator fans.

Frame. A durable frame with horizontal legs is best for stability, and therefore playability. In some vibraphones, the frame is height-adjustable, allowing you to set the most comfortable playing position.

Pedal. Similar in function to a sustain pedal on a piano, its wide surface allows pedaling of the instrument from all playing positions on the keyboard.

Pedal Stay. Stabilizes the frame and holds the pedal in place for easy movement.

Resonators. The length of these metallic tubes is specific to each note, thus optimizing the projection of each tone bar.

Tone Bars (Natural / Accidental). These are made of aluminum and come in various finishes, most usually anodized matte silver, glossy gold or matte gold. The bar sizes also vary. Non-graduated bars help to keep vibraphones compact, while thicker bars allow for more projection and full tone.

Here are some additional considerations when it comes to the care and maintenance of your vibraphone:

Never strike the tone bars with glockenspiel mallets or any other solid objects. Doing so can dent or scratch the tone bars or alter the bar pitch.

When moving a vibraphone, do so gently, avoiding shocks and impacts. Ensure that the power adapter is disconnected, and the caster stoppers are unlocked. Lift the instrument slightly whenever moving it over surfaces that are not smooth or flat.

When transporting a vibraphone by car, first dismantle the entire instrument and pack it securely in a soft case. Be sure to always transport the bars in a separate bar bag.

Tone bars can be cleaned using a silicone cloth or any soft, dry cloth. Stains that are still visible may be wiped off with a small amount of ethyl alcohol applied to a soft cloth. Never use thinner, benzene or a wet cloth.

Also check out our blog posting What’s the Difference Between Vibraphone, Glockenspiel and Chimes?

 

Click here for more information about Yamaha vibraphones.

The Connected Disconnect

Most days when the weather is cooperative, I like to take a midday break by bringing my young German Shepherd to nearby Vassar College. The world-famous liberal arts school is just a short drive away, and Sophie loves roaming the expansive lawns and greeting students as they make their way from one stately building to the next. It’s good exercise for the two of us — both physically and mentally — and something we very much look forward to as part of our daily routine.

The 150-year-old campus is exceptionally beautiful. Dotted with soft alcoves under shady trees, and stone benches inscribed with inspirational poetry, it was clearly designed to promote scholarly thought. One can well imagine a young Edna St. Vincent Millay or Meryl Streep reveling in the peaceful surroundings as they lay on the grass or sat on one of those benches, studying their textbooks or perhaps just dreaming of the life that lay before them.

Today? Not so much. In fact, it’s rare to see even a single student not staring at their phones zombie-like as they walk along Vassar’s winding pathways or sit on one of those benches or stretch out on one of the verdant lawns. Now, I understand the importance of being connected 24/7 to many people these days — especially millennials, for whom it seems to be almost an obsession — but where does it leave the space for the quiet contemplation necessary for a mind (especially a young mind!) to blossom?

It’s not just Vassar, of course, and it’s not just college campuses. Walk the sands of any beach as waves lap gently upon the shore; hike through dense forests or to the top of distant hilltops for a glimpse of vistas rarely seen; enter the hallow halls of a museum to gaze upon a painting or photograph or sculpture by a master artist; attend any concert, any performance, any undertaking intended to uplift the spirit. Doesn’t matter where or when or how life-changing the event could be: I guarantee there will be somebody gaping at their phone, taking pictures, shooting videos, sending texts, posting to social media, or, worst of all, talking loudly. It is as if documenting the experience has become more important than having the experience. What a pity.

Young german shepherd dog running towards the camera with a leash on his face. There are trees in the background.
Sophie photobombs.

Smart as she is, there’s no question that Sophie does not possess a fraction of the intellect of any of the students at Vassar. But I would argue that in those moments when she is playfully tossing a pine cone in the air or sniffing the breeze to try and catch the scent of another dog, or chasing in vain after a bird flitting from bush to bush, she is infinitely more connected than those students who, though surrounded by a paradise of sorts, choose to instead immerse themselves in a virtual reality of meaningless texts and social media updates.

I know there are some who will view this as a rant by some aging, out-of-touch guy. But I see it more as a lament — a longing for something that seems to be lost more and more with each passing day, something that used to be such a vital part of who we are as human beings.

“Take the time to smell the roses” is amongst the hoariest of hoary old clichés, but I would submit that it, and all of its corollaries (i.e., “take the time to enjoy the view,” “take the time to listen to the music”) is perhaps the most important of all of life’s lessons, for we all eventually reach the point where memories are pretty much all we have. Why limit those memories to a view of the world through a tiny glass screen?

 

 Check out Howard’s other postings.

Smart Home Integration — From DIY to CI Guy

What makes a smart home smart? It’s not just the integrated connectivity between devices; a lot of the brain power comes from human planning — determining how all the components will work together, and then implementing that plan in a seamless way. Some advanced options require the services of a professional custom integrator (the “CI Guy”). But you can certainly create the foundation of a smart home experience on your own before calling in the cavalry. Here are some tips to get started.

Begin with Audio

A great way to integrate your audio system with your smart home is by using MusicCast, a wireless technology developed by Yamaha that allows you to seamlessly connect multiple devices on the same Wi-Fi network. You can link MusicCast-enabled devices in order to play different music in individual rooms (or the same music in all rooms simultaneously) and even create a wireless 5.1-channel surround setup to maximize the sonic experience of your favorite content.

To begin, download and open the MusicCast Controller app, then click on the settings button in the top right corner:

Screenshot.

Choose “New Device,” then select the device you want to add and follow the steps to completion. MusicCast Controller will do the rest!

Add Voice Control

Voice control has become an integral part of every smart home. From coffee makers to thermostats to window shades, you can control it with your voice. Your experience with audio can be the same.

To set up voice commands within MusicCast, go to Settings and scroll to the bottom. Since all Amazon Alexa and Google Assistant devices are compatible with MusicCast, you’ll see both options:

Screenshot.

Choose the one you want and follow the setup instructions. (They’re slightly different for each.) For example, here are the instructions for Google Assistant:

Screenshot.

There are two types of skills that can be downloaded for Alexa: MusicCast Smart Home skills, which include basic commands like “Alexa, turn on the Living Room” and MusicCast Skills, which are more complex and require an additional invocation of “ask MusicCast to” (i.e. “Alexa, ask MusicCast to turn on the kitchen”).

Actions on Google commands on MusicCast require a similar invocation, such as “Ok, Google, ask MusicCast to set volume to 30 in the den.”

For a complete list of voice control commands for both devices, click here.

Lights, Cameras, Action

There are plenty of ways for the DIYer to round out their smart home experience — lights, for example. Instead of having to walk up to a lamp and physically switch it on, simply connect it to a smart plug and control it with your phone or with any Google Home or Alexa device using voice commands. There are also smart bulbs you can place directly into the lamps themselves.

For home safety (and to avoid having to pull your keys out of your pocket every time you come home!), there are a number of smart lock solutions on the market, not to mention video doorbells, thermostats and wireless cameras. Some manufacturers offer multiple devices that all work with one another and are easily voice-controlled by both Alexa and Google Home devices.

Every day, more and more convenience-based products are being introduced. Bear in mind, however, that the more devices you add to your smart home, the more work you might have to do to get them all installed and set up. Sometimes less is more, especially when it comes to technology.

Helping Hands

If you’re looking for a more advanced smart home options that fall outside your DIY wheelhouse, consider consulting with professional automation companies such as Josh.ai or Control4. Learn more about custom integrators and where to find them here.

 

For more information on voice control devices and how they work with MusicCast, check out these blog articles:

How to Use Actions on Google with MusicCast

How to Use Alexa with MusicCast

 

Click here for more information about Yamaha home audio products.

Meet the French Horn

The French horn has the widest tonal range of all brass instruments. Its extremely rich, soft timbre gives it a special quality somewhere between brass and woodwinds, enabling it to blend well with the sound of many other instruments. It is also one of the more expressive instruments, thanks to the player’s ability to alter the tone and fine-tune the pitch by putting a hand in the bell.

Want to learn more? Read on.

History

The original horn was simply an animal horn. It’s likely that people from ancient times turned the horns of their prey into musical instruments. This description both explains the origin of the instrument and the etymology of the word “horn.”

Drawing of a small horn with a circular wrapped body that has a cord handle wrapped around the curve of the body of the horn.

Until the middle of the sixteenth century, the horn was used by hunters as a means of communication during the hunt, and thus the body of the horn was wound in large coils so that it could be carried on the shoulder and sounded while riding a horse. In addition, the bell faced to the rear to keep it from getting in the rider’s way.

The horn is very similar to the trumpet in that sound is produced through the vibration of the lips. Maybe that’s why the horn has a history of development almost identical to that of the trumpet. Horns made up to the middle of the nineteenth century are called “natural” horns because of their basic structure, which consists of a large bell, a single coiled tube and a mouthpiece.

The pitch of these instruments could only be changed by changing the vibration of the lips, and even then it was only possible to produce a tone within the natural harmonic … meaning that it cannot play chromatic scales. This state of affairs led eighteenth century horn players to come up with the idea of sticking a hand in the bell to produce tones outside the instrument’s natural harmonic — a technique that came to be known as hand-stopping.

Despite this new technique, the range of tones possible with the horn was still very limited. In addition, the tones and pitches were unstable, and the timbre of hand-stopped notes had a muffled quality. The resolution to this problem came in the mid-nineteenth century with the development of what was known then as the “valve horn” — a horn whose effective length could be altered instantly by opening one or more valves like those on today’s modern instruments.

With the arrival of the valve horn, horn players could finally (and easily) play a stable chromatic scale. The end of the nineteenth century saw the invention of the double horn, which combined two tubes of different lengths, and in the twentieth century, the triple horn was invented. Today, there are other musical instruments that include the name “horn” (i.e., “Alto/Tenor horn,” “Baritone horn,” etc.) but the instrument that directly evolved from the original horn is commonly called the French horn.

The French Horn Family

The F single horn

This is the F single horn, sometimes simply called the F horn. Single horns like these are lightweight and less complicated than double horns, making them ideal for new horn students.

A french horn.
Yamaha YHR-314II F single horn.

The B♭ single horn

The pitch of the B♭ horn is a fourth higher than the F horn, and so this instrument has a brighter, clarion tone. However horn music is written in the key of F, and so transposition is necessary when playing the B♭ horn.

Here are two audio examples that allow you to contrast the timbre of an F single horn with that of a B♭ single horn:

As mentioned above, hand-stopping is one of the techniques that is unique to the French horn. However, sometimes the pitch becomes slightly higher when a horn is hand-stopped, with no appropriate alternate fingering. For that reason, the B♭ single horn and the B♭/High F descant double horn (see below) has an extra valve called a gesttopft key to alter the pitch slightly.

A french horn.
Yamaha YHR-322II B♭ single horn.

The F/B♭ full-double horn

The F/B♭ full-double horn is the most common and widely used horn today. It includes both the F and B♭ “sides” of the French horn (and their respective timbres) within a single instrument. There are also F/B♭ semi-double horns that consist of a B♭ single horn with both a B♭ and a supplementary F crook, making it as light as a single horn.

A French horn.
Yamaha YHR-567 F/B♭ full double horn.

The B♭-High F descant double horn

The B♭-High F descant double horn has the same basic structure as a full-double horn, but the F side of the horn is pitched one octave higher than that of a full-double horn. This allows the instrument to perform in a higher range.

A French horn.
Yamaha YHR-881 B♭-High F descant double horn.

The triple horn

The triple horn is really a full-double horn that also includes a high-F horn for playing in the higher ranges. Although the overall range of the horn is technically unchanged, the high-F side of the horn allows it to be more stable in the higher range.

A French horn.
Yamaha YHR-891D triple horn.

Here’s a chart showing the range of the different types of French horns:

Chart showing the range for each of the types of French horn.

 

This posting is excerpted from the Yamaha Musical Instrument Guide.

For more information about Yamaha French horns, click here.

The Importance of Saxophone Mouthpieces

Music educators should not overlook selecting a proper saxophone mouthpiece for students in saxophone method classes and for beginners.

Students and parents might assume that because mouthpieces typically come with the purchase of new saxophones (and in many cases, resale saxophones), the mouthpiece that is included is the best choice. This is not necessarily true!

So, what mouthpiece should student saxophonists, including those in university-level saxophone method classes, utilize? Music teachers should stress that appropriately selected, professional-level mouthpieces will often dramatically improve the general playability of high-quality, student-level saxophones. Students will likely experience far better results in response, tuning, articulation and tonal-dynamic control.

Student-model saxophones do not typically come with professional-level mouthpieces. However, when schools purchase quantities of instruments for class instruction, music directors should try to negotiate the inclusion of medium-faced, professional mouthpieces as part of the purchase. This could increase the total purchase price – professional mouthpieces are, after all, more costly – but the money will be well spent!

Visual Evaluation 

Students in saxophone methods classes and beginners may not know how to evaluate mouthpieces, but this is a skill they should learn because it will be extremely useful if they choose to be music teachers themselves!

Examples of basic visual mouthpiece inspection include:

  • the exterior of the mouthpiece, including the table, should be clean and free of chips and other damage.
  • the chamber of the mouthpiece, including the baffle, arch and walls, should be clean and free from damage.
  • the tip rail should be symmetrical and free from scratches, chips and other obvious damage.
  • the side rails should be identical and symmetrical, and free from chips and other damage.

Some saxophonists put a self-adhesive patch on the top portion of their mouthpieces. These patches, which are widely available in a variety of thicknesses and types, protect the mouthpiece from the teeth, minimizing scratches and dents. Some players say that it is more comfortable playing with their teeth making contact with a “textured” patch versus the hard and sometimes slippery surface of the mouthpiece.

Perhaps the most significant consideration when choosing mouthpiece patches is the thickness of the patch. This is purely a personal comfort decision. Thinner patches preserve the basic feel and size of the mouthpiece itself while still providing some added comfort. Thicker mouthpiece patches may feel “spongy” to some saxophonists. Students should experiment with different patches to find the right thickness and texture for them.

Tone Quality — What’s Your Desired Sound?

It is common to credit the mouthpiece with the tone produced by a saxophonist. Quality saxophone mouthpieces play a vital role in allowing a player to achieve desired results. The key word here is “desired.”

The most important factor that determines tonal quality (or tonal “style”) is the model of tone that a player has in his or her mind’s ear before blowing the instrument. This is the conscious or subconscious “desired” tone and can be referred to as a “mental concept” of a tone prior to producing it.

The saxophone can produce a wide range of tone qualities, and depending on the player, this can be positive or negative. The flexibility of the saxophone tone, especially when subjected to the myriad of mouthpieces and facings available, can be a help to the experienced player and a hindrance to the uninitiated. Proper instruction with a saxophone specialist as well as listening to live, high-quality saxophone performance is invaluable.

Don’t Be Afraid of the DI

Historically speaking, DI signals from acoustic guitars (that is, the “Direct Inject” signal coming from the instrument’s internal pickup system) tend to have a bad reputation. In some instances, the sound they deliver can be overly nasal and midrangey, sometimes to the point of being completely unrealistic.

Fortunately, technology has evolved over the years, and the Yamaha AC5M guitar is a perfect example of this, with an advanced pickup system designed to deliver great sound. In this posting, I’ll tell you about a recording technique I’ve developed for the instrument that embraces both its internal electronics and the use of an external microphone. The end result is a clean, clear and full acoustic sound perfect for every application.

The Guitar

Acoustic guitar.
Yamaha AC5M ARE guitar.

The AC5M ARE is a concert body cutaway guitar with a solid mahogany back and sides, a solid Sitka spruce top and interior scalloped bracing. Features include Gotoh open-gear tuners, an African mahogany neck, and an ebony fingerboard and bridge. Like other guitars in the AC5 (and AC3) series, it includes Yamaha SRT2 electronics. This flexible system offers both a piezo-type pickup and  digital models of vintage studio microphones, with the ability to create custom blends of the two. The “ARE” in the name stands for “Acoustic Resonance Enhancement,” a proprietary process developed by Yamaha that delivers the warm tonality of aged wood.

The Technique

While this guitar is stage-ready right out of the case, I wanted to take it for a spin in the studio and use it on some TV sessions. After a little experimentation, I discovered that combining the AC5M’s pickup system (both the piezo and the mic models) with an external omnidirectional mic gave me the best results. This setup also has the bonus of offering maximum sonic flexibility when it comes time for mixdown.

For my first cue, I tuned the AC5M to a D-A-D-G-A-D tuning, and placed a capo on the 4th fret. This gave me a nice open sound from which to work. For the first pass, I used the SRT2 Mic2 setting (a model of a Royer R122 active ribbon microphone), enhanced with a small amount of added room reverb, courtesy of a plug-in on my DAW. Here’s what it sounded like:

At the same time, I also placed one of my omnidirectional microphones a few inches from the 12th fret and recorded it on a second track. In this next audio clip, you can hear a blend of both the external mic and the AC5M mic model:

As I mentioned in a previous blog posting about recording TransAcoustic guitar effects, I often double my parts in order to get a bigger guitar sound. I don’t just copy and paste the first one — I play it again. While there will be slight imperfections between the two passes, they help create a subtle, natural-sounding chorus.

Accordingly, for the second pass, I played the part again, this time just using the DI from the AC5M piezo pickup. While not as natural-sounding as the mic models, it still adds a certain midrange characteristic that I quite like:

Then I added the sound from my omnidirectional mic (again, recorded on a separate track) to help thicken things up:

Finally, I combined both takes and panned them to opposite sides:

This technique yielded four tracks (AC5M mic model, external mic, AC5M pickup, external mic) that I could mix and match to get the tone that best fit the production. The end result was a bigger, cleaner, punchier acoustic sound than I could have achieved using either an external mic on its own or any of the three DI options (piezo pickup, mic model 1, mic model 2) offered by the AC5M SRT2 system.

Curious as to what the final result sounded like, with all the other instruments added in? Here it is:

So don’t be afraid of the DI, especially when it sounds this good!

 

Click here for more information about the Yamaha AC5M ARE A Series acoustic guitar.

Buying New Timpani? Here’s What You Need to Know

The process of purchasing timpani for your music program may seem like a difficult undertaking for many different reasons. For one thing, it’s a major investment. In addition, these large percussion instruments take up a lot of floor space and so storage may be an issue. Moving them can be problematic, there are a lot of moving parts to keep in good repair, and at the end of the day probably only a few students will end up playing them anyway.

So where does one begin? The good news is that with a little knowledge you can easily determine what you require to support the needs of your program. As you begin gathering information, here are a few tips to help make the process as easy as possible:

1. Understand the purchase process. For a middle school or high school, buying a set of four or five timpani may be the largest single purchase the music program will ever make. That’s why it’s particularly important to meet with your principal or fine arts administrator to understand the process. Be clear on who has the final say on the procurement. This is important to ensure that what is purchased is what you are recommending. The last thing you want is for a lower-priced model with undesirable features to be swapped in at the last moment by an administrator just for the sake of saving a few dollars.

2. Know your budget. Timpani are not inexpensive, so do your research. Get a sense of what you can afford and whether you need to fundraise additional money. Money can be saved if you get only what you need and do not overspend in buying beyond the needs of the program.

3. Don’t be afraid to ask for advice. Ask your collegiate band director and percussion friends for the brands they prefer or used in college. Was the company sales representative available when needed? Were the timpani easy to tune? Do the timpani stay in range? Only previous owners/users can answer these questions accurately.

4. Consult with your local music dealer. Local dealers are a great resource, especially if they’ve been in business for a long time. Ask them which timpani manufacturers they like to work with when buying stock for their store. Which instruments hold up over time? Which manufacturers can provide parts without delay? How long does it take to get delivery? In addition, ask the dealer if they will help you unbox the timpani and get them tuned up upon delivery.

5. Choose the correct bowl type. Most timpani are made of copper, while other models are made with aluminum or fiberglass. Copper timpani are suitable for levels at high school and above, while hammered copper bowls are intended for collegiate level and professional use. Aluminum and fiberglass are utilized in portable models designed for beginning band, worship services and community theatre applications.

6. Choose the correct head type. Be sure the heads that come installed on your timpani are not an off brand. A top tier branded timpani head will be much stronger and will last longer in outdoor environments and bad weather. If the timpani are used for both indoor and outdoor applications, plan on replacing the heads at least once a year.

7. Check the pedal operation. Every brand of timpani has a pedal that varies in comfort. Most pedals are either spring-fed or hydraulic. The action of the pedal should be tested for smoothness of operation prior to purchase. A pedal that creaks when moved can be unnerving. Be sure to try the pedal from every brand so you can get a feel for each pedal type.

8. Ensure that the timpani you purchase come with proper casters. Large casters are needed to navigate the terrain to and from the band room, the practice field, and the performance hall, and if you are moving timpani often, durable casters are a necessity. In addition, you want casters that lock and will tilt each timpano towards the player. These kinds of casters keep each drum from moving side-to-side or back-and-forth during play. Adjusting the tilt of each timpano allows the playing angle to be adjusted for the needs of each player.

9. Protect your investment. To keep each timpano in optimum shape for years to come, ensure that your timpani come with head covers and drop covers to protect them from the damage that heat and moisture can cause. (Make sure to place these covers on each timpano after every use.) And remember, timpani should never be used as a table!

 

For more information, check out these other blog articles:

Anatomy of Timpani

Timpani Maintenance

How to Change Timpani Drum Heads

Caution! Are You Moving Your Timpani Correctly?

A Brief History of Yamaha Timpani

 

Click here for more information about Yamaha timpani.

How to Clock Your Mouthpiece

Brass players are always looking for ways to be more consistent and to improve their performance. Not enough can be said about the value of hard work and practice, but there is a simple procedure that will improve your instrument’s response and tonal quality, in addition to helping players be more consistent. It does not involve any tricks or accessories, nor is it even difficult to do.

What’s the secret? Simple: Clock your mouthpiece.

Why Is It Important?

Your mouthpiece and the way it is set into a receiver has a large impact on how an instrument develops sound. Most players just take their mouthpiece, plug it in, and play. But how it is inserted in terms of its rotational position can make a big difference sonically … and that’s what “clocking” a mouthpiece is all about.

Let’s start with the basics. In a brass instrument, sound energy is created by the player buzzing into the mouthpiece cup. This energy then travels through the mouthpiece before entering into the instrument’s leadpipe. The rotational position of your mouthpiece will affect the amount of sound energy, response, and even the amount of harmonics present in the sound. In a favorable rotation, more of the sound energy is used to develop sound, hence greater efficiency; in a less favorable position, there is less efficiency, meaning that the sound energy is dampened. Dampening slows response, lessens clarity, and reduces the number of harmonics defining the sound, thus making it less bright.

For every player, there is a mouthpiece rotational “sweet spot.” When you find that sweet spot, you are discovering the most efficient way to play your instrument. Most musicians honestly do not know how well their instrument can perform until they discover the optimum mouthpiece rotational position via a procedure called clocking the mouthpiece.

How to Clock Your Mouthpiece

Closeup of a mouthpiece for a brass instrument.

The first step is to pick an identifying mark or stamp on your mouthpiece. This can be the first letter of the manufacturer’s name or a number that indicates the size. Next, you’ll be playing a short selection of music (such as a scale or étude) repeatedly as you rotate the mouthpiece to different clock positions. Start with your mark at the 12 o’clock position and play your selection, then rotate to the 3 o’clock position while paying close attention to the response and sound. (It can be helpful to have someone else listening during the test, as judging your own sound can be difficult.) Repeat this process, going between the 12 and 3 o’clock positions to understand the difference between the two. You will find that one position plays and sounds better. (Most players are surprised at this; even professional musicians often cannot believe there is a difference.)

Once you decide which one is better, continue the process, this time comparing between the 3 and 6 o’clock positions, then the 6 and 9 o’clock positions, and finally, the 9 and 12 o’clock positions.

Next, with your mouthpiece at the best rotational position you’ve discovered, try playing a musical phrase you find challenging. You should soon learn where you play the best — and, more importantly, which rotational position is the most difficult for you. No one purposefully sets out to make their instrument harder to play, but you may have been doing this inadvertently for years without knowing it!

We have found one consistent thing about clocking a mouthpiece: When a player finds a favorite spot, the next favorite spot will invariably be directly opposite (that is, 180 degrees away). Conversely, the two spots 90 degrees from the best one (i.e., a quarter turn left or right) are normally the ones that are harder to play.

The benefit in clocking your mouthpiece goes back to what we discussed earlier, about the way that sound energy is generated. Controlling that energy flow and maximizing its efficiency will enable you to play even better!

 

Click here for more information about Yamaha mouthpieces.

How and Why to Bi-Amp Your Speakers

Ever wonder why there are two sets of terminals on some wired speakers? For starters, it gives companies like us something to blog about. But beyond that, there’s an even bigger benefit for you and your home theater.

One set of terminals is required, of course. After all, that’s the way you send sound to a speaker. But having an additional set of terminals isn’t just icing on the cake — it can quite literally be music to your ears. That’s because a second set of terminals means you can separate the high and low frequency signals coming from your AV receiver and route them selectively to the woofers and tweeters in your speakers — a process called bi-amping. And using the bi-amp capability of your system results in noticeably better sound.

Put Those Hidden Extras to Work

Here’s why: An audio signal contains the entire spectrum of audible frequencies. High frequencies, low frequencies and mid frequencies are all required to recreate the full tonality of music. But when both high and low frequencies travel down the same wire at the same time, they can interfere with each other in unexpected ways.

Many multichannel AV receivers have seven or more built-in amplifiers — one for each (potentially) connected speaker. However, because of limited space and other considerations, most home theaters (and most music listening environments) can only comfortably accommodate a standard 5.1 layout — that is, five speakers and one subwoofer. This means there are excess amplifier channels in your receiver that are not being used. And that’s the perfect excuse to bi-amp your main speakers, using two amplifiers and two sets of wires to drive each.

The Physics Behind It

When an electrical current (i.e., audio signal) flows through a speaker wire, a small magnetic field is generated. Conversely, when a magnetic field is passed through a wire, an electrical current is generated.

Low frequencies such as the sound of a bass drum need large amounts of current to move the woofer in the speaker and push air across the room (thus producing sound waves we can hear). The signals that are sent to the tweeters in speakers (such as, for example, the “ting” of a triangle) require much less electrical current to make the small dome of the tweeter move. Nonetheless, both cause magnetic fields to be generated in the wire.

The problem is this: If that thud of a bass drum and the ting of a triangle are sent down the same wire at the same time, there is potential for audio degradation of the sound of the triangle. That’s because high frequency signals (with their relatively low currents of electricity) are susceptible to being unduly influenced by the higher-current low frequency signals (and their associated magnetic fields) simultaneously being sent through the same wire.

The solution is to separate the two signals via bi-amping — something that greatly reduces interactions between the two signals. The internal crossover network in the speaker restricts low frequencies from traveling through the high-frequency wire, thus smoothing out the signal path for the tweeter. It’s like driving on a newly paved road versus a dirt road. You’ll get there either way, but traveling on the paved road will get you there in better shape.

By the way, you may think that bi-amping seems like a good way to make your speakers louder. After all, two 100-watt amplifiers powering a speaker should make it sound twice as loud, right? Wrong. Thanks to the laws of physics (which state that there’s an exponential relationship between power and loudness), in order to hear something “sound” twice as loud, a speaker needs to receive ten times the power. Simply the doubling the power only produces a small increase in level, so bi-amping really doesn’t make the sound any louder … but it definitely makes it better, with cleaner, solid bass and more detailed highs.

How to Do It

Many speakers and receivers have the built-in ability to be bi-amped. To determine if your speakers have this capability, simply look at the back of the speakers. If there are two sets of terminals, you’re good to go:

Close-up of the back of a speaker where wires attach.
Any speaker with two sets of terminals can be bi-amped.

To see if your receiver can be configured to bi-amp, simply check the owners manual. All Yamaha AVENTAGE receivers and many RX-V receivers offer this capability, along with clearly marked “bi-amp” speaker terminals on the rear panel.

If everything checks out, follow this step-by-step process to bi-amp your speakers. For more connection details, be sure to reference your owner’s manual:

1. Remove the jumper cables or bridging bars from the rear of the speakers. This disconnects the high and low frequency portions of the crossover network.

Close-up of back of speaker with wires and related elements.
Speaker jumper cables (L); speaker bridging bars (R).

2. Through its internal menu system, configure your receiver to its bi-amp setting.

3. Locate the terminals on the back of the receiver intended for bi-amping:

Closeup of terminals on back of receiver.
The speaker terminals on the right can be used for bi-amping.

4. Connect one pair of wires from the left bi-amp terminals on the receiver to one set of inputs on the back of the left speaker. It is important to be consistent with the + and – (red/black) terminals on the amplifier and the speaker. (Note: Often the two sets of terminals on the back of the speaker are not labeled high and low frequency since it matters little which one is connected to which amplifier.)

5. Connect the receiver’s Main (front) Left speaker output to the second set of connections on the left speaker.

6. Repeat the process for the right side.

7. Enjoy listening to your awesome bi-amped system!

 

Learn more about Yamaha AV products.

Introducing the New Generation of Yamaha Red Label Guitars

Ready to check out our new FG Red Label steel-string folk guitars? Inspired by the iconic Yamaha “red label” guitars of the 1960s — the instruments that were onstage at the original Woodstock — they blend modern inspiration with a timeless design for an authentic vintage aesthetic.

There are lots of features that make these guitars special: A solid mahogany back and sides. A premium solid Sitka spruce top treated with our proprietary Acoustic Resonance Enhancement (A.R.E.) process for genuine aged-wood tone and sustain. A new scalloped-bracing design for warm tonality along with plenty of volume. And a groundbreaking Atmosfeel™ three-way pickup system with built-in microphone that delivers a natural acoustic sound when amplified. The end result? A guitar that sounds and feels like you’ve been playing it for years — right from the very first note.

The music for this video was composed and produced by Joshua Ray Gooch and Cory Churko. All of the guitar tracks were recorded with the FG Red Label.

 

Click here to find out more about Yamaha FG / FS Red Label guitars.

A Brief History of Yamaha Timpani

For more than three decades, Yamaha timpani have been widely used by ensembles of all shapes and sizes in venues from concert halls to football fields.

While various options have changed over time, a number of player-oriented features introduced by Yamaha have remained constant, making these instruments not only accurate and easy to tune but also exceptionally portable and durable. These features include suspended parabolic bowls and extended collars, as well as the usage of Teflon taping to the edges of the kettles so that the heads move quietly over the bearing edges. Yamaha timpani also utilize a unique balanced spring design so the set pitch is maintained even if the player removes his or her foot from the pedal, making pitch changes across the entire range smooth and easy. In addition, all the mechanisms (plus the spider) are located under the base for added protection, with the spring tension adjustment screw placed under the pedal to eliminate unintentional adjustments.

But our timpani have evolved as well. Here are some of the innovations added over the years as different lines have been introduced:

1985

600 Series. Though there were only four sizes (23″, 26″, 29″, 32″), these timpani featured full suspended, deep-drawn copper parabolic bowls, polished on the inside for maximum projection, excellent tonal characteristics and wide tuning range.

1987

6000 Series. This series added a 20″ option to the sizes offered by the 600 Series.

1990

4000 Series. This series consisted of four sizes (23″, 26″, 29″, 32″), with Fiberglass Reinforced Plastic (FRP) bowls. Many of the same features from the 600 Series, such as the removable third wheel and spider mechanism concealed under the base, were also included.

1995

6100 Symphonic Series. These copper timpani were nearly identical to 6000 and 600 Series models. Upgrades were made to the removable third wheel, and a matte black tuning gauge with a red arrow indicator was included.

4100 Concert Series. Nearly identical to the 4000 Series models, these fiberglass timpani provided a good alternative when portability and budget were of concern. As with the 6100 Series, upgrades were made to the removable third wheel, and a matte black tuning gauge with a red arrow indicator was included.

Double page brochure with written specifications on the 6100 and 4100 series timpani drums. Top of page is an image of a set of 5 timpani drums.
A 1995 product sheet for the Yamaha 6100 and 4100 Series timpani.

1998

7100 Professional Series. These timpani included all the features in the 6100 Series, but with hand-hammered copper bowls and chrome hoops.

2001

3000 Series. The first portable timpani offered by Yamaha, these featured fiberglass bowls, retractable legs and a fold-up pedal.

2002

During 2002, the entire lineup was redesigned, with the addition of a matte black base, a black pedal and a black hoop for a refined and consistent look across all Yamaha timpani.

6200 Series. New features added to these copper timpani included accidental tuning indicators to offer better tuning accuracy; a redesigned Pedal Adjustment Clutch (PAC); and a reinforced third wheel attachment.

7200 Series. Identical to the 6200 Series except these timpani featured hand-hammered bowls and had options for 24″ and 27″ sizes.

4200 Series. These timpani included all the features of the 6200 series but had Fiberglass Reinforced Plastic (FRP) bowls that were not freely suspended. Only four sizes were available (23″, 26″, 29″, 32″).

2007

3100 Series. These were the first portable Yamaha timpani to not use FRP bowls. Instead, they offered aluminum bowls for enhanced sound and portability. In addition, these timpani had wider pedal with a smoother action. 3100 Series timpani could also be changed from a standard set-up to a German set-up (where the drums are arranged from high to low, left to right). Included were head protectors, tuning keys, a pedal adjustment wrench and a special wrench to reposition the tuning indicator.

2014

7300/6300/4300 Series. These represented a thorough redesign of the bowl and frame. All timpani in this Series featured the same frame, pedal and tuning indicator. Casters were updated to be larger and could be locked both side-to-side and front-to-back. In addition, each timpano could be tilted by adjusting the level of each caster.

2015

3300 Series. These timpani included several new features, including:

– Larger wheels for easier transportation

– A larger pedal

– A totally redesigned base

– A heavier frame to promote more resonance

– Larger casters that lock in both the up-and-down and side-to-side positions

– A retractable third wheel

Set of four timpani drums in a curved row.
Yamaha 3300 Series timpani.

2016

7300R/ 6300R/4300R Series. Minor updates included the following:

– An auxiliary brake added to the pedal caster for greater safety and security. If the performer neglects to engage the main caster brakes, this auxiliary brake can be engaged to prevent movement.

– Easier main caster height adjustment with the use of a tuning key. This can be done by a single person without having to lift the caster off the floor.

– A revised wrench key holder. In previous models, the key/wrench holder was attached with adhesive tape, making it necessary to use new tape when changing the holder location. The new holder attaches with a bolt, allowing it to be changed easily and repeatedly as needed.

– An improved tuning indicator. The width of the accidental note name markers was increased by 1.5 mm to make positioning easier, and to make them less likely to drop inside the indicator. At the same time, the width of the natural note name markers was reduced by 1.0 mm to maintain comfortable marker spacing. An “H” marker is now supplied as a standard accessory, allowing the player to choose “B” or “H” according to preference.

Curved row of 5 timpani drums.
Yamaha 7300R Series timpani.

 

Set of 5 timpani drums in a curved row.
Yamaha 6300R Series timpani.

 

Set of 4 timpani drums in a curved row.
Yamaha 4300R Series timpani.

8300R Series. These top-of-the-line timpani include most of the features of the 7300 Series, with two exceptions: The use of cambered hammered copper bowls (for extra volume as well as optimum resonance and decay) and extra flexibility when adjusting the pedal balance spring system by using a knob located on top of the spider. (The latter is also a feature of 7300R Series timpani.) In addition, the 8300R Series offers optional 24″ and 27″ sizes for expanded musical potential.

Set of 4 timpani drums in a curved row.
Yamaha 8300R Series timpani.

 

Click here for more information about Yamaha timpani.

Mastering CP

Yamaha CP73 and CP88 stage pianos feature a wide range of sounds, including grand piano, upright piano, electric piano and synth samples, plus Virtual Circuitry Modeling of vintage effects and high-end studio signal processors. They also provide authentic touch, with the CP73 offering a newly designed 73-key balanced action, and the full 88-key CP88 boasting Natural Wood keys and a tactile response that’s almost indistinguishable from that of acoustic pianos.

In addition, the CP73/CP88 offer a wealth of programming options, accessible via a user-friendly control interface that puts everything at your fingertips and allows real-time interaction for instant sound creation. And now, for those of you ready to take a deeper dive into the intricacies of the instrument, there’s a new series of online “Mastering CP” lessons from synth expert Blake Angelos.

In Menus vs Settings, Blake explains the differences between the two and takes you through a detailed exploration of the many useful functions they offer, including pedal/footswitch assignments, MIDI control settings, and live performance features.

The Basic Splits and Layers lesson provides easy directions for setting up keyboard splits and layers, along with tips and ideas on creative ways to use them. There are even links to download many of the examples via the Soundmondo social website.

The Electric Piano Section, as its name implies, focuses on the “E.Piano” section of the CP, with an in-depth look at the presets and the ways that effects can be used to enhance them, complete with audio examples. Also included is a discussion about the way the Drive control interacts with these sounds.

The CP Advanced Mode lets you put any sound in any Section, and this lesson provides a number of creative ways to use this feature. For example, you can play an upright piano sound with electric piano effects, or you can create a blend of an electric piano surrounded by synth sounds in different octaves. Directions for both can be found here, along with other downloadable examples.

 

Check the yamahasynth.com website often for new postings.

Click here for more information about the Yamaha CP73/CP88 stage pianos.

Perfect Together: MusicCast and Spotify® Connect

The streaming revolution has brought a world of convenience to music lovers everywhere. Not only can you create playlists and discover great artists you’ve never heard of before, most streaming services also allow you to download music straight to your mobile device or computer. But not all services offer the same level of connectivity options.

Yamaha MusicCast provides wireless multi-room control over music playback and streaming with the use of a free downloadable app called MusicCast Controller, available for iOS and Android™. This lets you focus on the enjoyment of your music (in both stereo and surround sound) and not on the technology behind it.

A wide range of MusicCast-enabled products — receivers, speakers, sound bars and even turntables — offer a variety of options to set up an easy-to-use networked audio system. For those who like to use Alexa, Google Assistant or Siri, MusicCast offers even more ways to take hands-free control of your music and entertainment. It also supports Bluetooth® streaming and Apple® Airplay®  … and now, with a simple (and free) firmware update, many MusicCast devices are now compatible with the latest version of Spotify Connect too, which includes the use of a Spotify free account!

This latest update provides a major advantage in that Spotify Connect streams to your system via Wi-Fi® and not Bluetooth, offering better quality audio and a wider range, with fewer dropouts. Establishing a direct connection between your receiver and the internet means that your audio system streams music from Spotify directly, rather than via your phone, which instead acts simply as your remote control. By comparison, AirPlay (which also uses Wi-Fi) and Bluetooth stream music directly from your phone to the receiving device, which unfortunately also causes your phone battery to run down more quickly.

Spotify Connect is the brainchild of Spotify, the popular on-demand music service with more than 35 million songs. There are numerous levels of service available, including Spotify free, Spotify Premium, Premium for Family, Spotify for Students and Spotify Gaming — all of which offer a variety of free or paid tiers for your music and entertainment needs. Spotify free, as its name implies, is no-cost, although there are occasional ad interruptions, whereas Spotify Premium (price plans vary by country) offers unlimited high-quality streaming and no ads. Premium for Family allows you and up to five family members to use their own Premium accounts for one fixed price, while Premium for Students offers a 50% discount for a year. Spotify Gaming will play though your PS4™ PlayStation®.

There are a few other differences between the services. Spotify free streams AAC files at up to 160kbps, while Spotify Premium members have the option to stream their music at up to 320kbps. The Spotify Web player (which works through your browser) streams the free version at 128kbps and Premium at 256kbps, whereas the standalone desktop, mobile and tablet players stream Spotify free at 160 kbps and Premium at up to 320kbps.

Whichever service you choose, Spotify Connect will stream your music to up to three linked MusicCast devices simultaneously, all at CD-quality. This drops to a compressed format once you add a fourth device (or more). Up to ten devices can be used simultaneously at that compressed format.

Bear in mind that when using Spotify Connect with your MusicCast-enabled device, you have to connect directly from the Spotify app (not the MusicCast Controller app), as shown in the sequence below:

Spotify Select Devices Part 1
Spotify Select Devices Part 2
Spotify Select Devices Part 3

Note: There may be times when your MusicCast device will not appear in the “devices available” menu within the Spotify app, even when the phone and receiver are connected to the same network. This can generally be corrected by unplugging AC power for a few seconds.

 

Click here for more information about Yamaha MusicCast.

How to Select an Electric Upright Bass

Man in a suit smiling while he plays an electric upright bass (EUB).
Nathan East playing a Yamaha SVB-200 EUB.

The Electric Upright Bass (sometimes called “EUB” for short) made its first appearance in the mid-1930s but has gained increasing popularity over the last few decades, especially in live jazz and big band performances where extra volume is needed. While it’s true that there are many pickup options for double basses these days, the fact remains that acoustic basses are somewhat fragile, especially in contrast to their more robust electric cousins.

So whether you are in the market for an EUB or are just curious about whether such an instrument would be a good alternative for you and your playing style, here are some things to keep in mind:

1. The EUB should have a similar feel to a “real” bass. Some acoustic bass players claim that an EUB does not have the same feel as a “real” full-sized bass, though this is a somewhat spurious argument given that neck sizes and shapes can vary even on an acoustic instrument. One undeniable fact is that some EUBs do not have a body at all, so getting used to holding it without the body to lean against can be a difficult thing for an acoustic bass player to adjust to. For that reason, many current EUBs have artificial bouts. This feature is helpful for those who miss that physical connection with their instrument.

2. It should provide sounds that are close to acoustic bass. Every acoustic bass has its own sound, but an EUB can offer many different sounds. Depending upon the brand and model, electronics range from simple piezo or magnetic pickups to fancier 18 volt electronics, and some instruments combine both kinds of pickups for expanded sonic possibilities. That said, some EUBs miss the mark in emulating the sound of an acoustic bass — a shortcoming that can be magnified further still by players that have not dealt with electronics and amplifiers in the past. In particular, playing with a bow or Arco on some models can result in quite a nasal sound, even if you are familiar with adjusting tone controls. Always check the sound quality of an EUB you are considering purchasing, and make sure it delivers the sonic performance you need.

3. It should have a compact design for travel. EUBs often break down into a case small enough to fit into the overhead carry-on space on a plane, which is of course the safest way for them to travel. Traveling with a real acoustic bass has become so expensive and potentially dangerous for the instrument that many people arrange to use or rent one at their destination. Every checked item is subject to extreme handling during a plane journey and many damaged instruments have been the result, even with the best travel trunk. Far better to bring your bass on board with you!

One last, but no less important factor is affordability. The prices for good acoustic basses have risen in recent years — some can cost as much as $100,000 or more — and so the risk of using them in some situations (and/or in questionable weather) has become more of a problem. Electric Upright Basses are generally much more affordable than acoustic basses, plus they allow your favorite wood bass to be saved for appropriate venues. An EUB can fare much better in close quarters in a club gig, as well as outdoors in hot or cool environments that would challenge a wooden instrument put together with water-soluble glue.

If you feel that you’re ready to expand your horizons, an Electric Upright Bass offers many advantages … not to mention the boost to your playing and creativity that comes with any new instrument. It’s an option well worth considering.

Photo by permission of Nathan East.

 

Click here for more information about Yamaha Silent™ Series Electric Upright Basses.

21st Century Composers Choose Disklavier

The composers, arrangers, and multimedia artists using Yamaha Disklavier pianos in their work today is the 21st century’s A-list of innovators in music-making.

A few years ago, the Disklavier Education Network (DEN) set out to create a database of Disklavier enthusiast-composers. We expected to mostly hear about how they were using their Disklavier as a stand-in pianist so that they could actually hear their works played on an acoustic piano. After all, not every composer is a virtuoso who can sight-read their own compositions at tempo. Even great pianists like Broadway composer Stephen Schwartz famously uses a Disklavier both to collect his own musical ideas and as an instrument in the pit orchestra.

Given that composers are the historical beta-testers of musical instruments, we also expected to find that they were using their Disklaviers for experimental works, going beyond the limits of human playability. Many of them have expressed interest in the Disklavier’s polyphony, for instance — they want to know what it sounds like to hear 20-note chords scattered across the keyboard! In fact, composer Roberto Sierra used exactly this convention in his 2017 Concierto Virtual, written specifically for the Disklavier ENSPIRE.

We were surprised, however, to discover just how many composers now list a Disklavier as prescribed instrumentation, with the expectation that it will be the exact instrument realizing their composition. The Disklavier’s unique combination of precision recording and playback, while still being an organic, wooden instrument, both inspires and defines how a performance should sound. Those qualities, added to the creative infinity of computer-aided composition, is appealing to many composers. We recently spoke with UC Irvine’s Christopher Dobrian to better articulate that perspective. Here’s what he had to say:

“Initially I was attracted by the Disklavier’s ability to play music of greater complexity and technical demands than could be achieved by a human performer, while retaining the sound of an acoustic instrument, which I found more appealing — or at least more suitable for my musical conception — than many synthesized sounds. Since those early pieces, I’ve been attracted to the Disklavier because it allows my compositions to take advantage of the virtuosity and expressivity of a live pianist while also creating an interactive dialogue between pianist and computer in an improvised, performative setting.”

Musical America’s 2016 Composer of the Year Tod Machover was an early adopter of integrating the Disklavier in his compositions. His Jeux Deux is a multimedia orchestral work in which the pianist’s playing is processed by computer software, then returned to the stage in the form of multimedia imagery.

In a similar, but more mainstream vein, pianist Dan Tepfer has practically invented his own genre of music with his “Natural Machines” series of improvised, algorithmically-driven multimedia works. Jonathan Tessero, an in-demand creative director for stage and screen, credits Disklavier in his workflow. Multimedia artist Xiao Xiao has used a Disklavier to create fanciful works that blend 3D projection with musical performances right on the surface of the keys and fall board, providing a unique way to experience both artists and repertoire.

With Disklavier pianos increasingly available in institutional composition programs, festivals and competitions, we can expect even more boundary-stretching works that merge visual arts with computing and composing as the century progresses. The International Computer Music Conference (ICMC), now in its 47th year, routinely provides a Disklavier for its competitors, and the Netherlands-based Conlon Foundation offers a prize specifically for Disklavier-based compositions — a nod to 20th-century composer Conlon Nancarrow, who pioneered the whole idea of creating works for reproducing piano.

No matter the genre, the Disklavier is an ideal composition partner for traditional composers, experimental media artists and everything in-between. Paired with today’s ecosystem of computer software and mobile devices, the possibilities are endless.

 

Click here for more information about Yamaha Disklavier pianos.

 

 

A Mother’s Love

With Mother’s Day nearly upon us, I find myself missing my mom and thinking about how her support for my endeavors cleared the way for my creative journey.

My mom was never the tiger type or helicopter variety. She didn’t hover or try to control me. Here’s what she did do: observe my delights from the sidelines and accommodate them when she could. That’s about it.

When she (and my dad) noticed I couldn’t take my hands off my toy piano, they found a way, on a very limited budget, to get a real one into the house. (I wrote about this in my recent blog posting Your Instrument Is Your Inspiration.) It wasn’t shiny or fancy. But it made music.

When I wouldn’t stop playing that one either, she found a teacher who kept me flush in sheet music. Ballet was in there somewhere, as well as baton twirling and a drama group at the local library. I jumped around a bit but I returned to the music over and over again. Pop songs were my favorite. They were my muse.

Then one day I wrote my own song. There would be many more.

We both assumed songwriting was a hobby — not a legitimate profession worth pursuing. After all, the songs on the radio were all written by the artists who sang them. Or so I thought. Secretly, I had this little dream in my head that maybe I could be one of those artists too.

That said, I went off to college and studied something else. Something safer. Something dependable. I was the daughter of an accountant and a part-time bookkeeper. Who was I to have fancy dreams? But when I graduated, I was right back at it. I got a waitressing job to support my habit. My folks never made me feel like they wasted their money. They knew a college education teaches us so much more than our area of study. I found independence, self-esteem, a larger world view than my little home town had offered.

After years of rejection I started making an actual living as a songwriter. I often wonder, if my mom had dissuaded me, would I be something/someone else today? Would I be happy? Would I be me?

One of my most vivid memories of my mother is seeing her washing dishes at the kitchen sink, staring out the window as I came up the stairs from the den where the piano resided. She’d say, “I like that number, mommi” — using the same term of endearment I would use decades later for my daughter. Then she’d ask, “Did you write it?”

Not quite a cheerleader, but a constant positive presence on the sidelines. And speaking of daughters, I like to think I’m paying my mom’s faith forward. From a young age, my girl wanted to make art. While I have no gift for the visual (and I know not where that muse comes from), I brought oils and sparkles into the house. Sketch pads and pastels and charcoal pencils. And then I left her alone. To see her so happy in her zone was all I needed to know. That was her muse.

Smiling young woman in front of a wall full of original art.

Layla graduates college this month with a degree in Studio Art. Those sparkles and crayons paid off.

To take a leap of faith where your child’s dreams are concerned is not always easy. I don’t blame any parent for wanting to protect a son or daughter from the uncertainty of a competitive career. What if they don’t succeed and are devastated by a dream unfulfilled? On the other hand, there’s risk in trying to redirect their proclivities. It’s like trying to make a righty out of a lefty or fit a square peg in a round hole. It never feels natural. And it’s a sad regret for a young person to suspect they missed their calling — to wonder what would have been if they followed the path that set their heart on fire.

As challenging as it may be, perhaps the best thing we can do for our child’s creative journey is what my mother did: simply get out of the way. Believing in a child unconditionally — even when you’re terrified — is perhaps the most powerful type of love.

Photograph courtesy of the author.

 

Check out Shelly’s other postings.

Using DSP, Part 2: Mixers

In Part 1 of this two-part blog posting we discussed how DSP (short for “Digital Signal Processing”) is used by powered loudspeakers. Here in Part 2 we’ll see how DSP is incorporated in mixers (both analog and digital).

A Rich Legacy

The Yamaha legacy of building studio-quality effects processors goes all the way back to the SPX90 introduced in the mid-1980s, and continues to be an important feature in current products. The SPX digital multi-effects processor built into Yamaha MGP, MGXU and TF Series mixers provides a wide range of digital effects including delay, echo, chorus, flange, phaser, tremolo, pitch shift and distortion. The incorporation of SPX effects in MGP and MGXU mixers marks the first time that these effects are available in Yamaha analog mixers. MGP mixers also feature the high-resolution, natural-sounding REV-X reverbs first developed for the now-discontinued Yamaha SPX2000 Professional Multi-Effects Processor.

A big advantage of DSP-based effects is that programs can be stored and recalled, allowing you to instantly change from one type of effect to another. For example, if you want a reverb on the lead vocal in the first song of a set and a delay on the vocal in the second song, you can switch between the two at the touch of a button. The MG20XU has a Program knob for recalling these effects, and a Parameter knob to adjust a characteristic of the Program such as reverb time or delay time:

Closeup of control board with knobs and gauges.
Yamaha MG20XU SPX effects.

In addition, TF Series mixers allow you to name and store your custom settings to a library for recall at a later time:

Screenshot.
Yamaha TF1 effects library.

EQ

The graphic EQ in MGP24X and MGP32X mixers is also DSP-based, and the ability to store these settings is an extremely useful feature. For example, let’s suppose that you’ve spent time tuning the EQ so that the PA sounds good in a specific club. You can store those settings so that the next time you return there you don’t have to start from scratch and do all of that work again:

Screenshot of a graph.
MGP32X graphic EQ.

Dynamics

DSP can also, of course, be used for dynamic effects. For example, the stereo channels on MGP mixers include a ducker and a leveler.

A ducker automatically lowers the level of background music when an announcer begins speaking. Creating a ducker would normally require complicated signal routing, but the internal DSP of MGP mixers makes it very easy. Simply connect a music player to one of the stereo channels and an announce microphone to one of the mono channels (see the MGP owner’s manual for details). Turn the ducker on, and when the announcement begins, the music will automatically drop to background volume.

Sometimes when music is played back from a phone or MP3 player, the volume changes from song to song. The leveler function automatically adjusts the volume in such situations, preventing sudden jumps or dips in the overall sound level.

Decisions, Decisions

With such a wide variety of effects to choose from, how do you know which ones to use, and when to use them? Let’s look at some of the digital effects available in the MGXU, MGP and TF Series mixers.

Reverb is used to create the illusion of space around a sound (for a detailed explanation of reverb and delay, check out our Tools of the Trade postings Using Reverb and Delay, Part 1 and Part 2.) Reverb can be used on just about any instrument, but you typically hear it on vocals, snare and toms, guitar, keys and horns. (You don’t usually hear reverb on bass or kick drum because it can make those instruments sound muddy and lose clarity in the low frequencies.) If you’re looking for an epic snare sound for a slow ballad, try using the MGP HALL program and turn the Parameter knob clockwise to increase the decay time. That will give you a large space with a long reverb “tail.” You can create a retro-80s snare sound using the GATE REV (gated reverb) program; here, the Parameter knob will control the apparent size of the room.

The REV-X reverbs in MGP mixers include three high-resolution, natural-sounding reverb effects: REV-X Hall, REV-X Room and REV-X Plate. REV-X Room is particularly useful when you want to create the illusion of a sound being in a room without adding length to the reverb, and REV-X Plate is a great way to make a lead vocal sound brighter and cut through a mix.

Delay and echoes are most often used on lead vocal and guitar solos. The SPX VOCAL ECHO built into the MGXU, MGP and TF mixers is one of my favorite echo effects because it adds depth to a vocal without excessive overlapping of the original sound. The Parameter knob controls the delay time (the amount of time between repeats). Try using shorter delay times for faster songs, and longer delay times for slower songs.

CHORUS and SYMPHONIC are doubling effects. They can be used to thicken up background vocals, but don’t overdo them because adding too much of these effects can make vocals sound out of tune. They’re also useful when you want to create a shimmery, doubled effect on acoustic or electric guitars, particularly when the guitar player is using a clean tone.

Programs such as FLANGER, RADIO VOICE and PITCH CHANGE are useful for special effects. FLANGER produces a swirling, swishy sound that almost sounds like a plane taking off. RADIO VOICE is great for when you want to make a vocal (or other instrument) lo-fi, like you might hear through an AM radio. PITCH CHANGE can create a comical, cartoon effect on a vocal when the pitch is raised, or a deep, scary tone when the pitch is lowered — but be careful because these types of effects can make an instrument sound like it is playing in a different key from the original key of the song!

MGP mixers provide two independent effect processors, enabling you to use a REV-X reverb at the same time that you are using an SPX effect:

Closeup of buttons and knobs.
The MGP32X has two independent FX processors.

This means that you could, for example, set the REV-X effect to the PLATE 2 program for use on the snare and toms, and then set the SPX effect to VOCAL ECHO for use on the lead vocal. That’s a huge benefit when you’re mixing a live band in that it gives you flexibility to create better mixes.

The TF series of mixers offer eight effect processors for even more creative possibilities, and all the consoles mentioned here offer a footswitch input so you can easily mute effects between songs or during spoken announcements, leaving your hands free for other duties.

Small rectangular electronic with cable attached.
The Yamaha FC5 footswitch can be used to mute effects between songs.

As you can see, DSP can help you in many ways when mixing live sound, providing a means for tuning your PA to the room, interfacing full-range speakers with subwoofers, and generating creative effects that enhance your mix. Happy tweaking!

 

Check out our other Tools of the Trade postings.

Click here for more information about Yamaha mixers.

Tech for Mom: Mother’s Day Gift Ideas

To give a Mother’s Day gift sure to surprise and delight, put yourself in Mom’s world for a moment. What does she like to do? Where does she like to do it? What would make her happy, or make her life easier? OK, most of the answers to that last question are probably free (like spending more time with her!), but if you want to make it an extra special day, consider these gift suggestions for your mom …or any other person who has played that important role in your life.

For the Mom Who Enjoys Music Everywhere

If Mom loves to listen to music or podcasts while she’s working or enjoying a favorite pastime, the Yamaha MusicCast 20 is the perfect companion. This compact wireless speaker fits discreetly on the corner of any desk or counter, but don’t let the small size fool you. It provides rich sound that can fill the room. Wi-Fi®, Bluetooth® and AirPlay® allow her to listen to the music she wants, including popular streaming services, her own music library and internet radio. The MusicCast 20 also works with Alexa and Google Assistant voice control, so she won’t have to lift a finger to enjoy it!

Small speaker on a shelf with towels adjacent plus a smartphone in the foreground showing an app screen.
MusicCast 20 wireless speaker.

For the Mom Who Loves Her Favorite TV Shows

If your mother’s idea of relaxing is binge-watching her favorite TV series, the Yamaha MusicCast BAR 400 sound bar (with included wireless subwoofer) gives her DTS® Virtual:X™ virtual 3D surround sound with a simple one-cable connection to a TV. In fact, not only can she enjoy must-see TV, but also popular music streaming services via Wi-Fi. And voice control with Alexa or Google Assistant means she’ll only have to get up to refill her popcorn bowl!

View from behind of a woman sitting on a couch watching tv with remote in her hand and a soundbar directly below the tv on the far wall.
MusicCast BAR 400 sound bar with included wireless subwoofer.

For the Mom Who Loves Hi-Fi

If Mom’s happy place includes Hi-Fi, the Yamaha R-N303 network stereo receiver has it all. From modern technology like music streaming services and Wi-Fi to Bluetooth and AirPlay — not to mention a phono input for her turntable — every entertainment choice is at her fingertips. (Or should we say beck and call?) The R-N303 also works with Alexa and Google Assistant.

Turntable and receiver on a shelf above a shelf of vinyl albums.
R-N303 network stereo receiver.

For the Mom Who Loves Vinyl

If your mother has a box of vinyl somewhere in the garage, a turntable may be just the thing to uncork all those fond memories associated with her favorite albums. After all, the best high-res audio in the world can’t take the place of holding iconic album art in your hands. The Yamaha MusicCast VINYL 500 turntable has Bluetooth, AirPlay and Spotify Connect as well as Wi-Fi, so Mom can also stream music when she runs out of vinyl to play. It also works with Alexa and Google Assistant … although you have to flip the records over yourself.

Turntable on a shelf next to a flat screen and a row of vinyl albums in their dust covers, plus other decorative items on the shelves above.
MusicCast VINYL 500 Wi-Fi turntable.

For the Mom Who Needs Her Creative Space

The Yamaha TSX-B141 desktop audio system is perfect for filling Mom’s creative space with music. Whether it’s a home office or a country chic loft, the powerful TSX-B141 can fill the room with music from AM/FM radio, a USB source, or streamed from a Bluetooth device. Despite its compact size, it boasts two full-range speakers, a bass-reflex port and a powerful integrated amplifier, plus easy-to-use alarm clock functions make it a useful addition to any bedroom.

Living room with modern arm chair in foreground and a small rectangular electronic box in background facing chair.
TSX-B141 desktop audio system.

Whatever you end up giving your mom, be sure to spend time enjoying it with her. She deserves it!

 

For more gift ideas for Mother’s Day or anytime, check out our deals.

Ambient Inspiration

In my last two postings I talked about the fact that literally everything on this planet has a resonant frequency — a vibrational pitch that our senses can sometimes detect, and sometimes not. We can hear resonance within a certain frequency range, which we measure in Hertz (Hz), while our eyes can detect it within a certain range of color, which we measure in THz (TeraHertz).

I would argue, however, that even the vibrations we cannot detect with our five senses may nonetheless resonate throughout our body, and as a result, have a profound effect on us.

The Impact of Environment

The human voice and musical instruments produce frequencies within the audible range. These are notes that we can feel and hear as musical content. But what happens when we introduce those tones to the open space around us? Will the environment in which we produce and listen to music have a noticeable effect on how we perceive it?

Entry way to a grand home with soaring ceilings and a dome with a chandelier. There is a curving staircase from main floor to upper level in background. Tucked into the large alcove created by the curving staircase and under overhang of second floor is a grand piano with lid open.

When a sound is introduced into a room, for example, it will travel through the air until it meets with a solid substrate, like a wall, floor or ceiling. The signal will then bounce off that surface, creating reverberations, which are reflections of the original sound. Taken together, this is the ambient sound added to the original signal, and the type and degree of ambience depends upon factors such as the room dimensions and surface materials. In music production, the word “reverb” is used to describe this kind of ambience.

Digital simulations of reverbs have been used for decades in both live performance and recording to create artificial replications of environments such as generic rooms, halls, chambers, cathedrals, etc. There are also usually controls that enable you to make virtual alterations to the dimensions — and even sometimes to the virtual materials — in that space. This amazing technology allows us to capture the sound of an instrument or vocal in one environment and make it sound as if it had occurred in a completely different space. Imagine having the option of recording your acoustic guitar in Salisbury Cathedral or on stage at the Royal Albert Hall. Using devices such as the Line 6 Helix and HX Stomp, these days we can do just that … without the expense of traveling or other logistical challenges.

Small electronic controller with three toggle switches and a small screen in foreground and a larger electronic element in background with many controls and a screen displaying a flowchart and the words "Helix" and 12A Blue Solo 2".

Producers and mix engineers use time-based effects like reverb and delay to place instruments within the soundstage, thus enhancing our listening experience and adding dimension to the songs we listen to. Instruments with less ambience will sound more present and “in your face,” while those with more ambient effect added will appear to sit further back in the mix.

Change Your Location

I believe our perception of a sound and the tone it produces can also aid the creative process and our learning experience. Guitar players often ask me for advice on overcoming writer’s block, or about how to maintain a consistent level of progress as a musician. The first suggestion I make is to have them practice in new locations around their house or apartment. Simply taking your instrument into alternate ambient spaces will often be the catalyst and spark for fresh ideas.

When I get a new commission to write for a music video, I take my guitar outside, to the back porch or the park … anywhere other than my studio chair and recording setup. I find that new locations bring new ideas. The unfamiliar surroundings and ambient reflections they impart can even make your standard repertoire resonate in a whole new way.

Of course, most of us have a specific area in the house where we usually sit down to practice, write or record music. Unfortunately, that means there isn’t room for new energy to flow or fresh ambient stimulation to come from the environment around us. Try sitting at the kitchen table or on the edge of the bathtub instead the next time you practice and you’ll find new ideas literally fall into your lap!

In addition, new pedals and effects often add that extra sparkle we’ve been looking for. This is the artificial version of creating new environments and may be equally valid as a physical relocation for sensory (or extra-sensory) input.

The TransAcoustic Experience

Closeup of the body of an acoustic guitar with three knobs on side for reverb, volume and chorus.

The Yamaha TransAcoustic line of acoustic guitars feature built-in reverb and chorus. However, unlike other guitars with onboard effects, these instruments don’t need to be plugged into an amp to experience the rich dimension those effects add to the sound. Simply hold down the volume control for a few seconds and then dial in the amount of effects you’d like to add to the acoustic tone.

Having the ability to create a variety of ambient spaces within the guitar itself and have them resonate through the sound hole into your location of choice is invaluable. Songwriters love the depth of field these guitars create to support their lyric and melodies, and performers appreciate the versatility and ease in which they have full control over their ambient sound.

TransAcoustic (TA) guitars are available in a variety body shapes and sizes to suit every player. New to the line for 2019 are the parlor CSF-TA (which you’ve seen me play in previous postings) and the CG-TA nylon string classical guitar. To promote the new TA additions, Yamaha asked me to compose a music score to drive the visual aspect of the promotional video and also demonstrate the tonal qualities of each instrument.

The Video

Here’s the promo video, which was used to launch the CG-TA and CSF-TA guitars at the 2019 NAMM show:

And here’s the original music file to compare it with so you can hear how the layers were superimposed into the video shoot. No outboard processors were used; all the effects you hear were produced by the TransAcoustic guitars:

The Wrap-Up

It’s my contention that every resonant frequency is also affected by the ambient space in which it resides. If you feel that your creativity is stagnating or your thoughts are becoming dull and unimaginative, open up your thought processes so that new ideas can reflect and reverberate within your mind. Change your practice location on a regular basis to allow the notes you play to expand beyond the same four walls and you’ll find that each tone, chord and song will take on a whole new expressive dimension.

Photographs courtesy of the author.
Audio copyright Robbie Calvo – TransAcoustic Music For Yamaha Guitars.

Check out Robbie’s other postings.

Click here for more information about Yamaha TransAcoustic guitars.

Anatomy of Timpani

Timpani (sometimes known as “kettle drums”) are used in many types of ensembles, including concert bands, marching bands, orchestras and even by some rock bands. They consist of a membrane (a head) stretched over a large bowl traditionally made of copper, and they’re played by striking the head with a specialized drum stick called a mallet. Modern timpani can be tuned quickly and accurately to specific pitches by skilled players using a movable foot pedal.

Here’s an annotated illustration of a typical timpano (“timpani” is plural for a collection of timpano), followed by a description of each part, in alphabetical order:

Annotated graphic indicating specific parts of a timpani kettle drum.

Auxiliary Brake. This is located under the pedal. When locked, it keeps the timpano from moving.

Base. The mechanisms for tuning are placed under the base of each timpano. The base is heavy in weight to keep each drum balanced and to promote resonance.

Bearing Edge. The lip of the timpano bowl is known as the bearing edge. This transfers the energy from the head to the bowl to create a pitch.

Bowl. The shape and material of the bowl’s surface help to determine the drum’s timbre. Hemispheric bowls produce brighter tones while parabolic bowls produce darker tones.

Cable Band. Attaches the timpano cable to the strut.

Head. These can be made of either animal skin (generally calf heads) or plastic. The two types of heads need to be attached differently (see the instructions that come with the head.) Plastic heads are easier to take care of since they are not as susceptible to changes in humidity and temperature; they’re also generally easier to install.

Head Protector. Protects the head from dust. Always place this on the timpano when the instrument is not in use.

Hoop (Counterhoop). The rim that tightens the timpano head.

Main Caster. Casters allow timpani to be moved with ease. They should be locked during performance to prevent the drums from moving from side to side.

PAC (Pedal Adjustment Knob). This mechanism lets you adjust pedal torque (pedal weight) while maintaining pedal balance. Turn the knob counterclockwise (left) to release the lock. To give the pedal a heavier feel, turn the knob clockwise.

Pointer Lock Nut. Locks the tuning indicator into place after fine-tuning.

Spring Tension Adjustment Bolt. Adjusting this bolt allows the tension of the pedal to be set to individual preference.

Tension Rod. This threaded metal rod is inserted into the lug casing. It can be tightened or loosened to tune the drum to the desired pitch.

Tuning Indicator. A scale of measurement used as a visual guide in tuning the pitch of each timpano.

 

Click here for more information about Yamaha timpani.

How to Choose the Right Mallet

Imagine that it’s a new school year, a new band/ensemble season, and the percussionist arrives to rehearsal to see what music is in store for the first concert. Alongside the percussionist is a mallet bag, and inside are his or her tools. When opened, the bag looks like a beautiful and colorful bouquet worthy of a centerpiece!

The other musicians glance over and are amazed by the bag’s alluring contents — blue, green, red, small, large, metal and plastic mallets. How does a percussionist decide which is right for the occasion?

Besides simply producing sound, mallets are used to achieve different articulations, colors, characters and dynamics. Choosing the right mallet is the first step in producing the best possible sound for a piece.

With the number and types of mallets on the market, it’s easy to get overwhelmed. It’s important that your band/ensemble has a good selection of mallets to begin the music-making process. As your mallet collection grows, you can focus on how to choose the right mallet for the music, repertoire or style you are playing.

Marimba

Marimba is the ideal instrument for introducing the capabilities of mallets. All of the principles listed below apply to other mallet instruments.

Marimba mallets generally are made with yarn or synthetic yarn. The yarn is wrapped around a core and is glued to a rattan, birch or fiberglass shaft.

Articulation: Determining your desired articulation is the first step in finding the right mallet. The hardness of a mallet — very soft, medium, very hard, etc. — determines the articulation at the instrument. For rolls, a soft to medium-soft mallet is recommended for a nice smooth legato tone. For articulate passage, a hard mallet should be considered to allow all notes to speak.

Range: When choosing a mallet for marimba, you must take the range into consideration. Most marimbas are made of rosewood, a hardwood that needs to be protected due to its limited amounts. To avoid damaging the bars, the lower the range you are playing, the softer the mallet should be.

If you are covering a large range, I recommend starting with a medium yarn mallet. This will allow both the high range to speak with little force, and the low range to sing without damaging any of the bars. If more articulation is desired in the low range, try switching to a soft cord mallet.

Graduated Mallets: If you are playing with four mallets, it is common to graduate then. For example, you may wish to have a soft mallet in the bass, along with three medium mallets. This allows for a nice full tone throughout the instrument. This is often seen in solo playing, but can be effective in some of the band and ensemble parts requiring four mallets.

Weight/Color: Not all mallets weigh the same. Weight can come from several factors, including the mallet’s core, the core’s materials and how much yarn is wrapped around the core. The heavier a mallet, the darker the sound will be. The material of the core can also affect the color produced by a mallet. A harder core will produce a brighter sound.

Glockenspiel

The most common mallets for glockenspiels (aka orchestra bells) are general poly (plastic) mallets and brass/aluminum mallets. For the best fundamental tone, I recommend a medium-hard poly ball.

Like all mallets, the hardness of the ball affects articulation on the glockenspiel. Due to its high frequencies, the instrument’s sound can cut through very easily. If you desire the instrument to be more blended in musical texture, I would recommend a soft poly ball.

Depending on the size of the mallet’s head, articulation and dynamics will be affected. A smaller ball will sound thinner in tone, while a larger ball will provide a fuller response from the bar. This principle can be applied to all mallet instruments, although most commonly seen on the glockenspiel.

Metal mallets, such as aluminum and brass, are also commonly used on the glockenspiel. While not providing a full fundamental sound like a poly mallet, brass provides a different possibility in color. Some composers specifically ask for a brass mallet, so it is always good to have a pair in your collection. Metal mallets provide a brighter sound and more articulation on the instrument. If you really want a glockenspiel part to broadcast sound, brass mallets will allow this.

For warmer or darker tones, try a soft or hard rubber mallet.

Vibraphone

For vibraphone, I recommend cord mallets. While yarn marimba mallets would produce a good sound from the vibraphone, the metal bars will damage the yarn and lessen the articulation.

For band and ensemble playing, a hard cord mallet is my go-to vibraphone option. From my experience, softer vibraphone mallets sound great on the instrument, but articulation and tonal clarity is lost among the other member of the ensemble.

In smaller ensembles or chamber groups, choose a mallet that best fits the character of the piece. For a bright sound and sharp articulation, a very hard mallet is best. For a soft legato sound, I recommend a soft cord. Although not ideal, yarn mallets can be used at softer dynamics to produce different tone qualities. Take a moment to try all of your mallets to see their sound capabilities on the vibraphone.

 

Xylophone

Finally, let’s look at the xylophone. Mallets for the xylophone are typically made of poly (plastic) material, rubber or wood. Up until now, articulation played a big role in mallet selection. The marimba, glockenspiel and vibraphone all have resonance that are affected by mallet choice. The xylophone, however, is different. It has a very short staccato response. When I look for the right xylo mallet, I ask myself, “What color do I want?”

xylophone

Words such as bright, dark, warm and shrill describe sounds I might want for a xylophone passage. The specific sound I want depends on several things: what other instruments are in the ensemble? What is the band’s texture and articulation while the xylophone is playing? What is the character of the music?

The hardness of the mallet will change how the initial attack of a note sounds. Harder mallets result in a brighter and louder tone, while soft mallets, such as rubber, produce a warmer and more rounded tone.

Wooden mallets are also a good choice. Although I do not use wood mallets often, the sound of wood against wood can be just right for a piece, especially one with a thick texture. Wood mallets allow the shape of the ball to be altered. Some wooden mallets have a much larger surface area, producing a full rounded sound, while others have a small surface area that results in a chirpy sound.

Other Considerations

Rehearsal/Performance Space: It is important to know that a mallet that sounds great in a practice room or rehearsal room may sound different in the performance area. Depending on the acoustics of the hall, a hard mallet may sound several degrees softer. While the winds and string players are warming up, take the opportunity to go out in the hall and hear the mallets. If possible, record a rehearsal in the performance area and see if you can hear the desired articulation. From cafetorium to concert hall, mallet choice is constantly changing.

Instrument Care: Never use a mallet that is harder than the material you are playing. You run the risk of damaging the instrument and diminishing its sound. Even if the texture of the ensemble makes the marimba or vibraphone almost inaudible, it is not worth damaging the instrument to be heard. We especially need to protect the rosewood instruments.

Changing Mallets: It is acceptable to change mallets during a piece, so have a trap table with several pairs to best reflect the changing articulations, dynamics and color of the music you will be performing. If you have isolated rolls, a softer mallet will produce a legato sound. Later, if the piece has fast 16th note runs, switching to a hard mallet will allow these to be heard with the best possible sound.

Changing Instruments: The instrument you are playing will determine mallet choice as well. Oftentimes you arrive to a gig or concert area that has different instruments. Be sure to check if the mallet you are using remains unchanged or if the new instrument affects its articulation.

Shaft Considerations: There are three common shafts for mallets — birch, rattan and fiberglass. Birch is stiff and often longer in length. I tend to use birch for four-mallet playing because I have a bit more control of the mallets. Rattan is more flexible. I almost always use rattan for two-mallet playing in band and ensemble. I enjoy the feel, and opposed to birch, it gives a slightly more open sound. Fiberglass is good if you want to play lightly on an instrument; it is easier to control without the flexibility of the rattan.

Sound Advice 

With a nice selection of mallets, you and your percussionists will be prepared for band and ensemble. Keep your mallets on hand and know their individual capabilities so when a piece calls for a brighter or darker sound, you will know which mallet to choose.

You want to make sure the notes you and your students have been learning are balanced with the band or ensemble are musically appropriate. With all the mallets on the market, it can be overwhelming where to start. A mallet you purchase one day may not be right for the piece you are playing, but I promise it will come in handy for another piece down the line. Hang on to all of your mallets, and rely on your ears to make musical decisions for mallet choice.

When purchasing your first mallets, it is nice to have soft, medium and hard pairs. I recommend buying them all from one line to have a consistent sound across all articulations. From there you can expand, widening your color and articulation options.

How to Bore an Audience

I recently attended a concert by a somewhat famous guitarist of the 60s/70s who shall not be named for reasons that will soon become obvious. I had never seen this particular musician in live performance before but have enjoyed many of his recordings over the years and appreciate his obvious mastery of the instrument, so I was looking forward to the evening.

It did not turn out well. And, judging from the smattering of applause coming from the audience after every song, I wasn’t alone in my assessment.

A group of people in stadium seats yawning, sleeping resting heads on hands with expressions of boredom.

The reasons are almost too many to list, but I’ll try. Too loud. No stage presence. Self-indulgent. Uninteresting songs. Lack of tonal variety. Dreary tempos. A poor sound mix.

They say that every cloud has a silver lining, though, and I guess the upside of my having been there (three hours of my life down the drain, just like that!) is what I learned from the experience. So here now, without further ado, are Six Easy Steps to Boring Your Audience to Tears:

1.  Play for yourself, and no one else. Love that little lick you stumbled upon while tuning up backstage? Play it. Then play it again. And again. And again and again andagainandagainandagain, as many times as you like. Change a single note if you must. Try it an octave higher, or in a different key. But then go back to playing it again. And if you’re happy with your sound, keep using that sound. Use it all night long. Even if it’s too loud or too piercing or too overpowering or too whatever. Find your tone and stick with it, no matter what the song calls for. Who says variety is the spice of life?

2. Disengage. From your audience, from your backing band, your manager, your fiancée, whoever. Stage patter is for sissies. Maybe mumble a “thank you very much” into your mic every now and then like you don’t mean it. Rock-star grimaces (the “constipated duck” look) are allowable, but don’t ever smile, don’t ever look like you’re having any fun, and above all never exchange glances with your fellow musicians onstage — it will only encourage them.

3. Keep the music to a minimum. Hummable melodies are overrated. Ditto interesting chord changes. Go for monotone instead — it makes the jamming easier, and, after all, everyone is here to revel in your abilities to improvise over a basic I-IV-V blues progression, right? Wouldn’t want to confuse them with anything more than that.

4. Get loud. If that doesn’t work, get louder. Makes it easier to get your message across … if your message is “I couldn’t care less.” The crowd still not responding? Crank it up even more. Yeah, that’ll teach ’em.

5. Slow it down. Alternate the tempo of the songs in your set list between slow and funereal. Anything faster than that could cause the audience’s hearts to start pumping, which might, you know, wake them up or something.

6. Make sure your instrument is heard … even at the expense of everything else. Every note, every riff, every scrape of the pick against a string, every nudge of the whammy bar —  that’s all that counts. Vocals? Nah. (Who cares about lyrics, anyway?) Bass? Shouldn’t be anything more than a distant rumble. Drums? Just enough to pick up the backbeat. Keyboards? Horns? Fuggettaboudit. Instruct your sound guy carefully in these fundamentals; tell him to gaffer tape your fader up and the band’s faders down if necessary. After all, the punters in the seats came to hear you play, not those other guys.

 

Honestly, I mean no disrespect to this particular artist. He may be the nicest guy in the world (and I have it on good authority that he is indeed pleasant to work with), but at least at this one concert, he showed a distinct lack of regard for his audience. Worse yet, he exhibited no particular interest in entertaining them. To me, that’s a cardinal sin for any performer, regardless of genre.

So next time you hit the stage, keep these tips in mind … and do all you can to avoid repeating any of them.

 

Check out Howard’s other postings.

Teaching Musicality to Percussionists

As an educator, I have never understood why young percussionists are not taught more about musicality. My wife is a flute teacher, and she teaches musicality to kids in sixth grade. Why is it that percussionists get to college and still do not know the basics about shaping a line?

I believe there are several reasons why percussion students do not learn about musicality.

  1. Percussionists often do not learn a mallet instrument until high school. It is not very exciting to learn music on a toy (i.e., a bell kit). Marimbas are expensive and not readily available for students to use at home. The introduction of tabletop xylophones and portable marimbas is helping solve this issue.
  2. Young percussionists often do not study mallet instruments with a private teacher. This has changed over the past five to 10 years, but it is an issue in smaller schools and rural locations.
  3. With a variety of techniques on so many percussion instruments, instructors often do not have time to address musicality.

The list could go on and on, but these are just excuses. Music educators need to address the problem and incorporate solutions into their private and ensemble percussion teaching.

As you teach students about musicianship and musicality, remember to stress the importance of theory, history, aural skills and analysis, in combination with active listening (listening to music with focus and attention). These are the building blocks of becoming a better musician.

The approach to and interpretation of a repertoire piece, such as a concerto or sonata, that your student is playing today will be very different in five years because of the knowledge and experience he or she gains as a musician. The goal of musicality is to communicate expressively, and these steps will help you teach musicality in your studio.

Start with the Voice

Have the student put down the mallets and step back from the instrument. Then ask the student, “How are you?” To which the student responds, “I’m doing well.” Now, analyze the conversation.

Notice that when you ask a question, you end the sentence on a higher pitch than you began. When the student answers, he or she ends the sentence on a lower pitch than they began. Next, try the same exercise and ask the student to use the opposite tonal inflection or move the inflection to different parts of the sentence. HOW are you today? How ARE you today? How are YOU today? How are you TODAY? By using different inflections in the sentence, the student will begin to see multiple meanings to the same question.

Now, try the same thing with a common melody. Ask the student to sing the first line of “The Star Spangled Banner.” This works well because the first phrase outlines a major arpeggio, and the melody goes down and then up. The goal of this exercise is for students to realize that in speech and familiar melodies, we don’t speak or sing without inflection. Once this point has been established, it’s time to pick up the mallets and apply this lesson to a musical phrase.

Do Something with the Notes

Just playing the notes and dynamics is not enough. You must teach students to “do something” with the notes.

If your student’s playing sounds like the playback of a MIDI file, no musicality is present. The best way for students to tell if they are “doing something” with the music is to record them so they can immediately hear how they sound.

You don’t need a great recorder to accomplish this. Use a smartphone or laptop to record your student playing through the piece two or three times, each time using different musicality. Then review and compare the performances with the student. It is also helpful to record yourself playing the passage so your students can hear how their teacher shapes the line.

Musicality is subjective. You must teach your students how to make informed decisions. Active listening, music theory, awareness of different styles and aural skills will develop their musicality. Music theory includes knowledge of music fundamentals (elements of music notation, meter and rhythm, key signatures and scales, triads and other chords), basics of common practice harmony and analysis. Each era of music and genres within those eras have particular conventions that may not be apparent in the notation. Aural skills practice develops the inner ear; the ability to “hear” the music in one’s mind allows the student to create a conceptual performance. The student can then compare this internal performance against the actual performance to identify errors and enhance expression. These building blocks will help develop more musical percussionists.

Follow the Shape of the Line

One of the basic rules of musicality is to follow the shape of the line. One concept I teach is to remove all the stems, beams, flags and barlines from the music. Only noteheads remain. You can visualize this, write the pitches on staff paper or input them into notation software if you want to be sure the student sees the result.

Next, take a pencil and connect all the noteheads:

Now play the line. Instruct the student to get a little louder as the line goes up, and to get a little softer as the line goes down.

Here comes the subjective part. How loud or soft should you get? That is a good question. It should not be a full dynamic louder or softer. A listener should be able to hear that you are getting louder or softer. Dynamics are relative. There is “room” within a dynamic to add shape. Record and play back the performance so the student can hear if he or she is shaping the line.

Practice, Practice, Practice!

Repetition is key to improving your students’ musicality. I cannot stress how important it is for students to record their performances and listen back.

Another idea is to have your students listen to recordings of the pieces they are preparing. If they are working on a violin sonata, find a couple of recordings and bring them to a lesson so you can demonstrate the different performances.

Some Final Thoughts

Do not let your students copy someone else’s musicality. Students often listen to recordings online and then imitate what they hear. This does not help them develop their own musicality! Require students to record themselves and practice playing sections of the piece with different musical approaches. (Tip: If they don’t hear a difference, have the student post the video online [e.g. YouTube, Facebook] and ask their friends for comments.)

In the beginning, do more than normal with your phrasing. Students are often shy when first learning how to shape a line. In my experience, it is easier to ask students to reign in their musicality than to get them to do more. Make sure the student understands the basic principles of performance practice. A piece of music that was written in the Baroque era is performed differently from a piece written in the Romantic era. If the students do not know the difference, assign them some listening examples. Teach your students to not be afraid to ask questions and encourage them to get feedback from their peers, teachers or mentors. As with anything, there is a learning curve.

This article only scratches the surface of teaching musicality, and I hope it gets you thinking about how to incorporate musicality into your students’ curriculum.

Students are capable of learning how to be musical at a young age, and it is our role as music educators to introduce this concept prior to high school or college.

This article was originally published in Percussive Notes, the official journal of the Percussive Arts Society (PAS).

Best Star Wars™ Scenes to Enjoy on Your Sound Bar

You already know that explosions and battle scenes sound amazing on your sound bar, but did you know that sometimes it’s the quiet scenes that really show it off best?

Not every sound bar can bring out the dialog in an action scene or the subtle sounds in a quiet, intimate scene that lets the acting take center stage instead of the sound effects. Current Yamaha sound bars feature a proprietary technology called Clear Voice, which brings dialog to the center channel so that it’s understandable even during a raging firefight.

What’s more, if you have a sound bar that uses DTS® Virtual:X™ to create virtual 3D surround sound all around you — overhead, too! — everything, including those incredible battle scenes, gets even better.

Especially on May the Fourth, you don’t have to flip channels searching for a good movie scene to make your sound bar shine. Check out these five exciting (and great-sounding) Star Wars scenes: (If you’re using a Yamaha sound bar, make sure you turn on Clear Voice before watching them.)

1. Opening Scene – Star Wars: A New Hope (1977)

We’ve discussed the opening crawl in a previous post, but if you saw this movie in 1977 — the opening salvo in the entire Star Wars saga and a film that raised the bar for special effects for a generation — what happens next is seared into your memory. When that rumbling Imperial Star Destroyer glides into the scene right over your head and seems to go on forever, your mind is blown … and then it’s blown even further when you hear the sounds of a Star Wars space battle for the first time. Check it out here.

2. Battle of Geonosis — Star Wars: Episode II — Attack of the Clones (2002)

This battle scene has it all: the laser flak and explosions you’d expect, and dialogue that you can hear clearly over the roar of the gunships. And when the Trade Federation core ship crashes to the ground, you can feel it in your subwoofer. A bonus is a rare grammatically correct sentence from Yoda, “Concentrate all your fire on the nearest starship.” Cool that is! Check it out here.

3. Battle of Coruscant – Star Wars: Episode III — Revenge of the Sith (2005)

The enveloping sound of this spectacular “Top Gun in space” battle makes you feel like you’re right in the thick of the fighting. Check it out here.

4. Han Meets Lando – Solo: A Star Wars Story (2018)

Good sound doesn’t always mean loud sound, just as good acting doesn’t always mean impassioned speeches. In this scene, in which Han Solo meets Lando Calrissian for the first time, the subtle sounds that tell us we’re in a different world set the stage for the actors to establish the characters we know and love. Check it out here.

5. Trailer – Star Wars: The Rise of Skywalker (2019)

Get ready for two minutes of awesome. From the breathless beginning to the last tantalizing laugh, you’ll be riveted. Even with your eyes closed, it’ll give you chills. Check it out here.

 

Want to know more about the sound coming from your sound bar? Check out these posts:

What Is Clear Voice?

What is DTS® Virtual:X™?

How to Shop for a Sound Bar

 

Want even more Star Wars? Read our blog post May the Fourth Be With You: The Best Moments from the Star Wars Saga.

Five Things You May Not Know About String Instruments

Here are five fun facts about string instruments even some experienced players don’t know:

1. Violins Come in Seven Standard Sizes

That’s because it’s not unusual for string players to begin at a very young age. The popular and widespread Suzuki Method, for example, promotes learning in children as young as three years old. Instruments are therefore scaled down to fit young violinists as necessary. The standard sizes are:

There is one additional size outside of the standard: The 7/8 size violin, which fits in-between the 3/4 and 4/4 sizes. These instruments are made specifically for adults who are petite and therefore cannot comfortably play a full-size violin. Yamaha makes a “fit stick” for its dealers to quickly and accurately fit their customers with the correct sized instrument:

Closeup of measuring tape with not only the usual inches and portion of an inch marked, but also marks for 3/4 size and 4/4 size as it pertains to violins. The words "Find Your Fit @ YamahaStrings.com" is also displayed on the tape.

2. Antique Violins Often Need to Have Longer Necks Grafted On

The technique of grafting a new neck on to an old instrument, as well as adding a longer bass bar to increase the stability of the instrument, is one of the evolutions that allowed preciously crafted instruments to survive for centuries so that we may still enjoy their sound today. Noted luthier Charles Rufino of the Long Island Violin Shop, explains how this became accepted practice:

“In the early 19th century, the treasured 18th century instruments faced several challenges. Modern, larger performance spaces demanded greater volume and projection. New music written in ever-higher positions was difficult to play on the original shorter and thicker Baroque-style necks. Grafting the head of a violin onto a new neck by cutting a tapered mortise into the bottom of the pegbox allowed luthiers to insert a new neck while preserving the original head of the instrument. The result was a thinner and longer neck with a longer fingerboard that increased the tension on the strings, giving greater sound as well as permitting musicians to perform the thrilling passagework of the great 19th century concertos we all love.”

3. The Bass is the Only String Instrument Not in the Violin Family

An internet search for instruments of the violin family will probably include the bass. However, the family originally only contained the violin-shaped instruments: the violin, viola and violincello. At some point, the bass developed, likely from the Viol Da Gamba family, but no one really knows for certain. Its sloping shoulders and large body have gone through many variations over time. It’s also tuned in fourths to the pitches E-A-D-G, as opposed to the tuning in fifths of the violin family. Perhaps the bass is only a cousin to the violin family, but it’s nonetheless a welcome member!

4. String Instruments are Surprisingly Resistant to Temperature Variations … Though Not to Sudden Shifts in Humidity

Ever been told not to allow your violin, viola or cello to experience extreme heat or extreme cold? Temperature has very little to do with it. Wood is a hygroscopic material, meaning it always contains some water. As the humidity of the environment around it changes, it will absorb or release water, making it shrink or swell. In contrast to their resistance to temperature change, string instruments react harshly to rapid humidity changes. A slow change can cause string clearances to vary. That’s why cellists will often carry a winter and a summer bridge that they can swap out in order to match the level of humidity their instrument is reacting to. Under fast humidity swings, the movements of the wood can become so erratic that glued seams can pop open, or worse, wood cracks will form that can necessitate expensive repairs. Keeping stringed instruments in a stable climate or protecting them with a humidity device is important for the long-term health of the instrument.

5. The Beautiful Spiral of a Violin Scroll Occurs Widely in Nature … and in the Universe

Scrolled wood handle of a violin.

The traditional spiral scroll of the violin family instruments is one of the most recognizable shapes in the world … or in the universe, for that matter. The shape follows a mathematical formula known as the Fibonacci Spiral, or Golden Spiral. It is a combination of the sums of a sequence of numbers:

Cross-section view of a spiral structure which includes annotations for the specific ratios and dimensions.

Here are some of the places where nature has put this equation to use:

A hurricane:

Weather map showing a hurricane.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

A flower:

Closeup of a rose.

 

 

 

 

 

 

The human ear:

Closeup of a woman's right ear.

 

 

 

 

 

 

A sea shell:

Cross section of a spiral shell.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Click here for more information about Yamaha acoustic stringed instruments.

The History of the DAW

The digital audio workstation — DAW for short — is a staple of today’s home and professional studio environment, offering powerful recording, editing and mixing of both audio and MIDI tracks. It has completely replaced the analog and digital tape-based formats that preceded it. Not only that, it’s largely superseded recording consoles and outboard effects processors, since it incorporates their functionality in one integrated software application, with full onscreen visuals to boot.

The advent of the computer-based DAW in the early 1990s was the result of concurrent high-tech innovation and improvements in the areas of personal computers, digital audio recording and MIDI — a perfect storm of technology.

On the occasion of the 30th anniversary of Steinberg Cubase — one of the leading DAWs on the market today, and one that was integral in the development of the format — it seems appropriate to kick off this series of blog postings about home recording basics by telling the story of how the DAW was born.

When Dinosaurs Ruled the Studio

We’ll set the way-back machine to the year 1983 to start our story. That was the year the MIDI standard was introduced to the world, making it possible to connect one keyboard with another and even to a computer. The sequencing applications that soon followed allowed musicians to record and edit MIDI tracks in their computers, and were in many ways the precursor to the modern DAW.

In those days, personal computers were primitive compared to what we have today. The Mac® was still 12 months away from its introduction (it came out in 1984) and Microsoft wouldn’t release Windows until 1985. The dominant music computers at that time were the Commodore 64 and the Atari ST, and so software developers began by releasing MIDI sequencing applications for those platforms.

In 1984, two men in Germany — Karl Steinberg and Manfred Rürup — launched a software development company called Steinberg. (Karl was an audio engineer and Manfred a professional keyboard player.) In 1985, they released Pro-16, a MIDI sequencer for the Commodore 64 that offered 16 tracks of MIDI recording and editing. In 1989, Steinberg launched an advanced version for the Atari platform, which they called Cubase.

Screenshot.
Cubase 2.0 for Atari ST.

Turn Up the Audio

The science of digital audio recording technology was also making rapid strides during that era, though it was hardly a brand-new concept. In fact, the theory of digitizing audio actually goes back all the way to 1938. That year, a British telephone engineer filed a patent for a technology he’d developed called Pulse Code Modulation, or PCM, which was a system for converting analog signals to digital data. To this day, PCM technology is still the basis of most digital recording.

Through the 1950s and 1960s, scientists continued experimenting and trying to perfect digital audio. By the early ’70s, the technology had progressed enough that there were sporadic releases of digitally recorded albums, mostly live recordings of jazz and classical material.

By the end of the decade, digital multitrack technology started appearing in recording studios. The 3M company introduced a 32-track digital tape recorder in 1979. That year, the artist Ry Cooder used one to record Bop ’Til You Drop, which was the first digitally recorded pop album on a major label. Although that technology marked a significant step forward, the marriage of digital audio, computers and MIDI was still several years in the future.

Dawn of the DAW

In 1989, a company called Digidesign released a Mac product called Sound Tools. This was a computer-based stereo digital audio recorder (with both a software component and a hardware audio interface) that featured non-destructive editing. This concept — where you can cut, copy, paste, move around and process the recording without affecting the original audio — represented a huge leap forward; up until that time, editing involved physically cutting and splicing analog tape.

Screenshot of wave patterns.
Digidesign Sound Tools.

A year later, another milestone was achieved when the Opcode company released a software product (also for the Mac) called Studio Vision — essentially an update to its Vision MIDI sequencing software, but one which added digital audio recording with the use of Digidesign hardware. It was the first recording application to offer both audio and MIDI recording and editing.

Screenshot.
Opcode Studio Vision 1.0.

In 1991, Digidesign introduced a four-track successor to the stereo-only Sound Tools. It was called Pro Tools, and iterations of that software are still in use to this very day.

Screenshot.
Pro Tools 1.1 circa 1992.

The DAW Starts Maturing

In 1992, Steinberg released Cubase Audio Mac, a computer-based digital audio recorder for the Mac that, like the Opcode products, also utilized Digidesign hardware. This was the first DAW to incorporate audio, MIDI, and scoring (music notation). In 1994, Steinberg collaborated with Yamaha to produce a Cubase software front end for the Yamaha CBXD5, a hard disk recorder that worked with Atari, Mac and PC computers.

Steinberg released another breakthrough application that year called Cubase Audio Falcon — a 16-track recorder and editor for the Atari Falcon computer. What made this product so significant was that it was the first native, computer-based hard-disk recorder, meaning that it didn’t require an external hardware device to handle the digital signal processing; instead, it used the computer’s built-in DSP capabilities.

Screenshot.
Cubase Audio Mac was released in 1992.

Another major innovation from Steinberg was Cubase VST, released in 1996. It introduced the native Virtual Studio Technology (VST for short) audio system and offered a whopping (for that time) 32 tracks of audio, plus integrated MIDI editing and recording, as well as numerous onboard effects and support for third-party effects “plug-ins.” It also was the first DAW to comprehensively recreate the paradigm of the modern recording studio — a multitrack recorder with an effects rack and an automated mixer. One could argue that Cubase VST signaled the beginning of the end for the analog tape-based studio.

Screenshot.
Cubase VST 4.0.

It didn’t take DAWs very long — maybe 10 years or so — to become the dominant recording format. Their combination of high-quality audio, non-destructive editing and comprehensive automated mixing proved too much for tape-based systems, which required separate mixers and processors, and offered comparatively primitive editing capabilities.

Into the Future

Since the turn of the 21st century, DAWs have improved steadily in quality and features, as computer speeds have increased and data storage costs have dropped. Cubase remains a leader in the DAW market, and Steinberg (which was acquired by Yamaha in 2005) has also created numerous other ground-breaking and influential products for audio production.

Perhaps the most notable was the 2000 release of Nuendo, a DAW that was originally designed to meet the needs of broadcast and post-production facilities but has since become a prominent application for producing and mixing immersive audio for virtual reality and video games. In addition, Steinberg has made its mark producing hardware, with a line of quality audio interfaces (such as the recently released AXR4) that offer state-of-the-art, high-resolution audio using the latest protocols such as Thunderbolt 2.

It’s fair to say that over the past four decades, the Digital Audio Workstation has played a huge role in revolutionizing the production of audio as well as democratizing the creation of music. It’s one technological development that truly has made the world a better-sounding place!

Check out our other Recording Basics postings

 

Click here for more information about Steinberg products.

How to Use Yamaha MusicCast With AirPlay 2®

Here’s the thing about smart phones and smart homes: It takes a lot of brain power to keep straight what capabilities they have and how to make them work for you. Now, with the availability of Apple® AirPlay 2® on the latest Yamaha MusicCast-enabled devices, a solution is at hand.

AirPlay® is Apple’s proprietary technology that allows users to stream audio or video from any current Apple device to an enabled device, such as a speaker. It’s been an integrated part of MusicCast speakers, receivers and more since their inception.

AirPlay 2 takes things one step further by adding the ability to share music (or video) with multiple connected devices, as long as the Apple device is running iOS11 or higher. Compatible devices include the HomePod®, iPad®, iPhone® and Mac® computers. Audio streaming can be done through any AirPlay-compatible speaker, stereo receiver or AV receiver. Video streaming is limited to Apple TV® devices.

Let’s take a look at the features and capabilities that AirPlay 2 adds to MusicCast:

Expanded Streaming Service Choices

Aside from being able to use a wide array of existing streaming services with MusicCast, such as Spotify, Pandora® and TIDAL, you can now add Apple Music® to the mix. As the number one streaming service in the world, Apple Music offers 50 million songs with different tiers of membership access, including a three-month free trial. Users can download their favorite tracks to play them offline and have access to their entire iTunes® library at the same time. They can also listen across all Apple devices, including iPhone, iPad and Home Pod.

Screenshots from a tablet, an iPhone and an Android phone of Apple Music for you screen.

Stream to Multiple Rooms Simultaneously

The MusicCast Controller app now allows you to stream Apple Music (as well as other streaming services) from your iPhone, iPad, HomePod or Mac to multiple Yamaha devices and other AirPlay 2-enabled speakers, all perfectly in sync. (You can also use Airplay 2 to stream via Bluetooth® to any single MusicCast device.) Compatible Yamaha products include the MusicCast 20 and MusicCast 50 wireless speakers, MusicCast VINYL 500 Wi-Fi turntable and the latest MusicCast-enabled AV receivers.

To stream to different rooms at the same time, open the MusicCast Controller app, click on the device you want to stream to (this is normally a room name or names) and select the streaming service of your choice:

Screenshot of the airplay app screen on a smartphone screen.

To add rooms, click the link button and select the room or rooms you wish to add. It’s that simple! If you prefer, you can also use the Home app on your iOS device to make custom configurations.

Voice Control with Siri

Modern living room with couch facing flat screen on wall in background and a table in foreground with small cylindrical speaker type of electronics on table.

AirPlay 2 simplifies your experience with voice control too. Using the Apple voice assistant Siri, you can now send music to any eligible MusicCast-enabled device with phrases like, “Hey Siri, play Favorite 1 in the living room.” Or, try, “Hey Siri, add the bedroom” if you want to link rooms together.

With AirPlay 2 and MusicCast, playing your favorite tunes from any streaming service and listening in multiple rooms has never been easier.

 

Click here to learn more about MusicCast and its capabilities.

Using Registrations

Diagram of registration buttons with text stating: "Virtually all panel settings can be saved to one button."

Registrations (or “Registration Memories,” as they’re sometimes called) have been around for decades on a number of Yamaha keyboards. They allow users to quickly save nearly all panel settings to a Registration memory button, which can then be instantly recalled with the press of that button. The Genos arranger keyboard offers ten Registration Memory buttons. What happens when you’ve filled up all ten? Well, you can save those together as a Registration “Bank,” and you can have an almost unlimited number of Banks. You can then create a folder (or folders) to store your Registration Bank files.

Diagram showing buttons on left with arrow pointing right with word "save" pointing to icon for document with words Registration Memory Bank file and another arrow from that icon back to button with word "recall".

The beautiful thing about a Registration is that it can recall something as simple as an instrument voice you play regularly, or you can create more complex Registrations that include tempo, Style Control settings, Vocal harmony settings, and more.

So let’s go ahead and save and recall a Registration. First press the MEMORY button (located just to the right of the ten Registration buttons):

Diagram showing memory button on panel.

The Registration Memory window will appear, allowing you to select which items you’d like to save. For example, if you want to save Vocal Harmony or Mic settings to a Registration, the Vocal Harmony/Mic Setting box must be checked; if not, Genos will not save those settings. Conversely, you can deselect items that you don’t want included in your Registration:

Diagram showing memory button on left with arrow pointing to screenshot of registration memory functionality on right.

Once you’ve done your selecting and deselecting of the items you want to include in the Registration Memory, simply press any one of the ten registration buttons and voilà, you’ve just saved a Registration.

Let’s assume you’ve filled up all ten Registration buttons (as indicated by the fact that they’re all glowing blue). It’s now time to save those ten to a Registration Bank. To do so, press the REGIST and BANK buttons simultaneously. The Regist Bank Display screen will appear:

Diagram of Regist Bank buttons selected on left and arrow to right with screenshot of corresponding functionality.

Simply touch the File icon at the top of the screen and select SAVE. Genos will now ask you where you want to save it.

Important note: Don’t be afraid to select an existing registration memory as a save location. As long as you change the name of the Registration, it will be saved as an entirely new Registration. This is a concept that can trip some people up as you obviously don’t want to overwrite any existing saved registrations.

Recalling a Registration Bank is just as easy: Simply press the REGIST and BANK buttons together, then select the Registration Bank you want to recall. Alternatively, you can use the REGIST BANK Plus or Minus buttons to cycle through the existing Registration Banks, thus bypassing the Registration Bank screen altogether.

It is also possible to edit an existing Registration bank. To do so, once again press the REGIST and BANK buttons simultaneously. In the resulting Regist Bank Display, touch the Menu icon at the top of the screen (located next to the File icon), then touch Regist Bank Edit. The Regist Bank Edit display screen will appear:

Screen shot of registration bank edit page.

You now have the option of either Renaming or Deleting an existing Registration. Cool tip: delete all ten Registrations in a Bank to give yourself a clean slate to work with. After you’ve made your changes, don’t forget to touch the Save icon.

It’s well worth spending time creating and saving Registrations, because in live performance it’s a total time-saver. Thanks for tuning in, and as always, don’t forget to keep practicing!

 

Check out these related blog postings:

Mastering AI Fingered Mode

Assignable Controllers

MIDI Recording, Part 1

MIDI Recording, Part 2

The Magic of Wireless LAN and Chord Tracker

 

Click here for more information about the Yamaha Genos arranger keyboard.

How to Stream High-Res Audio at Home

Since the introduction of music streaming, services have only offered audio in CD-quality resolution; in fact, some don’t even come that close. While that may be fine for the average listener, it leaves out more serious listeners who demand nothing less than high-resolution audio.

Now, with the availability of Qobuz in the U.S. and its compatibility with the latest line of Yamaha MusicCast speakers and receivers, you can stream high-res music to every room in your home!

Known for its mission to “make you listen to the music the way it was conceived, played and recorded,” Qobuz offers both a streaming service and a download store that boasts around 40 million CD-quality tracks and millions of high-resolution tracks. And Yamaha is one of only a few companies that offers products capable of streaming Qobuz’s top offerings of 192 kHz/24-bit high-res audio files wirelessly.

To help you make the most of this service, unleash your inner audiophile and maximize your gear, here’s how to enjoy Qobuz on your MusicCast devices.

Weapon of Choice

If you’ve already set up your MusicCast devices using the MusicCast Controller app, the next step is to set up Qobuz. Like all streaming services available through the app, Qobuz can be accessed to stream songs, albums and to create playlists.

To begin, select the device in MusicCast Controller (devices in the app are commonly given room names) that you want to use for high-res streaming:

Screenshot of the Yamaha MusicCast app screen showing the rooms for options.

It’s important to note that high-res quality audio streaming works with only one device at a time. Linking to additional devices will change the resolution to CD-quality (44.1 kHz/16-bit).

To capture every nuance that high-res audio provides, we recommend listening through either a Yamaha MusicCast 50 wireless speaker or a quality set of wired speakers (such as the Yamaha NS-F901) powered with one of our AV receivers like the RX-V685. Needless to say, the better speakers you use, the better the fidelity.

Streaming Options

Once you’ve selected your device, click on the Qobuz logo, which you’ll find listed along with the other available streaming services:

Screenshot of Qobuz interface.

Once you’ve done that, you’ll see different options for streaming content, including Search, Discover, Playlists, Favorites and Purchases (the latter shows previously purchased tracks you own):

Screenshot of Qobuz controls within MusicCast app.

Inside of Search, you’ll see the options Artists, Albums, Tracks and Playlists, which allow you to create personalized collections of music:

Screenshot of Qobuz controls within Yamaha MusicCast app.

Voice Control

Be sure to set up a playlist or two so you can test out another cool feature: voice control. Voice control functions work with Qobuz just the same as they do with any other compatible streaming service on MusicCast(i.e., Amazon Alexa, Apple Siri® or Google Assistant™), so long as a Qobuz playlist is selected:

Screenshot of Qobuz functionality within Yamaha MusicCast app.

For more information, check out our Voice Control with MusicCast page. Tip: You may want to name each playlist with the name of the service and a number (i.e. Qobuz Playlist 1) to avoid confusion if you use multiple streaming services.

Multi-Room Options

Thanks to the flexibility of MusicCast, you can pick which device you want to stream to — and that device can be in any room of the house. But that’s not all. Although Qobuz is known for high-res streaming, it also offers other levels of streaming, including CD-quality and MP3-quality tracks, all of which work with multiple devices linked together simultaneously, just like other services available through MusicCast.

And, even though MusicCast uses Wi-Fi® to communicate to multiple rooms at once, you can also use Bluetooth® to stream to individual devices in case your Wi-Fi router acts up, which can happen occasionally. To do so, simply open your settings and connect your mobile device to the MusicCast device you want to use. Then open the Qobuz app and select the song, album or playlist you want to play. Finally, press the arrow on the left side of the screen to select the device you want to stream to. Note that Bluetooth does not stream in high-resolution.

One last tip: If you have a set of analog speakers and are looking for a new turntable, consider the MusicCast VINYL 500, which can both stream your favorite records and be used to stream high-res audio from Qobuz as long as the speakers are connected directly.

 

Check out these related blog articles to learn more about MusicCast and MusicCast firmware updates:

Five MusicCast App Features You May Not Know

How to Use Alexa with MusicCast

What’s a Receiver? Part 1: Hi-Fi

Five Reasons Vinyl is Making a Comeback

Doing a Firmware Update on Your AV Receiver

My Clarinet Won’t Play. Now What?

The last time your clarinet (or your student’s clarinet) was played things seemed to be functioning well, but now it mysteriously stops working entirely. What’s the cause? Here are two easy ways to determine the problem:

1. Do a visual inspection. Is the reed in good condition and aligned properly? Are there any pads missing? Are there any obviously bent keys? Has a tenon cork (particularly mouthpiece or barrel) disintegrated? If not …

2. Do a pressure test. If the barrel-to-upper joint tenon cork appears intact, clean the barrel with sanitizing spray, then cover all open tone-holes and the bottom of the bore with your fingers as shown in the illustration below. After sealing the barrel against your lips, blow firmly into the bore and see if it holds pressure.

Close-up of man blowing through a disassembled clarinet.

If the top joint does not hold pressure and nothing is obviously damaged, a common issue is that the A to A♭ adjuster screw (shown in the illustration below) may be out of adjustment:

Closeup of clarinet keys and adjuster screw with elements called out.

When the A key is pressed, there should be a tiny bit of motion before the A key touches the tip of the screw and begins to lift the A♭ key. This ensures that the A♭ pad is allowed to sit firmly and seal securely against the tone-hole. Sometimes the A pad will swell slightly, raising the position of the A key and eliminating the needed free play. Another possible cause is that a student may have adjusted the screw and turned it too far clockwise. Sometimes the adjustment is off so slightly that the clarinet even passes the pressure test described above. Either way, the solution is simple: Turn the screw counterclockwise 1/8th of a turn and recheck for free play between the A key and the screw tip. Repeat as necessary until a small amount of clearance is achieved.

Photos courtesy of the author.

 

Click here for more information about Yamaha clarinets.

Guitar Basics Part 3: How to Change Strings on an Electric Bass

Welcome to Part 3 of our series of blogs for newcomers to guitar and bass.

When you first bought your electric bass, it came with a brand-new, shiny set of strings. However, after a while, you may notice that the sound of your bass is getting dull, and your fingers don’t slide over the fretboard quite as easily as they used to. Time to change your strings! If you’re new to bass, this may seem somewhat intimidating, but it’s actually quite simple.

The video below explains how to restring an electric bass guitar. All you need is a new set of strings, a wire cutter (most pliers will cut wires too) and a clip-on tuner such as the Yamaha GCT1:

Click here for Part One: How to Change Strings on an Electric Guitar

Click here for Part Two: How to Change Strings on an Acoustic Guitar

 

Click here to find out more about Yamaha guitars and basses.

Mixing for Virtual Reality and Video Games

If you’re accustomed to mixing music in stereo (or even conventional surround sound), you’ll likely find that mixing for virtual reality (VR) and video games is fundamentally different. In this posting, we’ll look at the way those kinds of projects are mixed, and discuss how the new features in Steinberg Nuendo help make those endeavors easier.

Alphabet Soup

The most popular format used in audio for virtual reality is Ambisonics. In addition to giving you left-to-right panning, as in stereo, Ambisonics also provides for up-and-down and front-to-back panning. The result is full 360-degree audio — perfect for immersive content. Ambisonic audio is used in Facebook and YouTube’s VR content and YouTube 360-degree videos, as well as in VR games.

There are several different quality levels, with the most commonly used called “First Order Ambisonics B-Format.” Additional levels (known as Second Order and Third Order Ambisonics) offer larger channel counts and allow for more accurate positioning of objects in the spherical field. However, they’re more complicated to execute.

There are several ways to create Ambisonic content. One is to record live audio with a specialized Ambisonic microphone that utilizes multiple capsules to capture 360-degree sound into a dedicated type of 4-channel audio file.

The second way is to create a 360-degree Ambisonic mix in a compatible DAW such as Nuendo, using conventional audio tracks (individual mono, stereo or surround tracks) as source material. After adjusting the volume and adding effects to those tracks in the mixer, you can position (and move) each in the Ambisonic sound field using an Ambisonic panner plug-in such as the Nuendo VST Multi-Panner, which, as a bonus, also converts the mix to B-Format.

Alternatively, you can use your DAW to mix non-Ambisonic audio together with mic-captured Ambisonics audio into a B-Format mix. For example, if the video for a VR project includes a street scene in a city, you could capture some ambient sound with an Ambisonic mic to serve as the primary structure (the “bed”) of your audio track. Then you could mix in supplemental audio such as dialog, sound effects or music to go along with it. Using VST Multi-Panner, you could then pan those extra elements to go wherever you needed them in the 3D sound field, in relation to the “bed” track.

Controls and screen of multipanner.
The Nuendo VST MultiPanner.

Secret Decoder Ring

In any kind of mixing, it’s always good to be able to listen to your mix the same way an end user will. However, monitoring 3D Ambisonic audio over a stereo monitoring system presents a challenge. Even if you had a full Dolby Atmos® speaker system (a surround system with front, back, side and overhead speakers), you still couldn’t listen directly to B-Format, because it contains no speaker-specific information for the content, only directional data for the 3D sound field.

To listen to 3D Ambisonic audio over a stereo system, you need to first decode it, using a plug-in such as the Nuendo VST AmbiDecoder on your monitor bus. This plug-in converts B-Format into a variety of formats for monitoring. The most practical is binaural 3D output for stereo headphones, which provides a simulated 360-degree listening environment. It’s especially useful because it simulates the way most people experience VR and 360 video content: through headphones of some sort, such as a VR headset.

Closeup of the controls.
The VST AmbiDecoder.

In Nuendo v.10 and higher, Steinberg upgraded the VST AmbiDecoder plug-in with two additional modes for enhancing Ambisonic content and also added a new feature that allows you to use your stereo monitors to listen to Ambisonics content.

Head’s Up

Then there’s the issue of head tracking. B-Format Ambisonics can respond to head movement and rotate the entire spherical image in your headphones, as if you were wearing a VR headset. All you need to add that capability is a relatively inexpensive head-tracking device that clips to the top of your headphones and can be tracked by a compatible DAW such as Nuendo.

When you’re making placement decisions during an Ambisonics mix, you can designate any of the tracks in your mix to be “head locked,” which means they’ll stay anchored in place even when the user changes head positions. Mixers often head-lock elements like music and voiceovers so that they stay centered while the rest of the audio follows the listener’s head movement. Incorporating head-tracking into your mixing setup will help you check that the various elements are behaving as they should in reaction to the listener’s movement.

Nuendo 10 also added support for DearVR Spatial Connect, a system that allows you to mix while wearing an actual VR headset for watching the video while adjusting audio balances using VR hand controllers. This puts you inside the environment in which the game or VR video will be viewed by the end user, thus dramatically aiding in your mixing decisions.

Gaming Improvements

Nuendo has long been optimized for game audio workflows, thanks to something called “Game Audio Connect,” a toolset that enables a direct connection to Audiokinetic’s Wwise® game audio middleware. Starting with Nuendo 8, an enhanced version (“Game Audio Connect 2”) added the ability to transfer interactive sections of your compositions from Nuendo into Wwise as music segments, including audio and MIDI tracks as well as cycle and cue markers. In addition, Game Audio Connect 2 allows you to create Nuendo projects directly from Wwise segments, effectively allowing you to use Nuendo as a MIDI editor for Wwise.

Nuendo continues that support while adding a number of new features ideal for game mixing or sound design. For instance, there’s a Doppler plug-in, which simulates the Doppler Effect: the change in pitch of a sound when a fast-moving object goes past a stationary listener. (The classic example is the sound of a police car, fire truck or ambulance siren as the vehicle drives by.) It’s one of the more difficult audio phenomena to replicate artificially, but this plug-in not only does so with superb accuracy, it also allows you to adjust the start and end positions of the sound as well as the position of the listener, opening up a world of sonic possibilities.

Another Nuendo plug-in that’s handy for gaming sound design is VoiceDesigner. This powerful creative tool offers an array of parameters you can adjust to alter a vocal recording in a myriad of ways, such as morphing it with the vocal characteristics of another voice. For example, if you were creating a monster voice for a game, you could take a recording of a human voice and morph its characteristics with that of a lion or a bear.

Closeup of controls.
VoiceDesigner allows vocal morphing and more.

There’s little doubt that the field of immersive audio will continue to grow in the years ahead, making it ever more critical for audio engineers and recording musicians to keep up with these changing technologies. So what are you waiting for? It’s time to conquer the complexities of mixing for VR and gaming so you can let your creativity bloom.

 

Click here for more information about Steinberg Nuendo.

A Commitment to Conservation

As the world’s leading (and largest) manufacturer of musical instruments, Yamaha has a singular responsibility to the environment, and it’s one we take very seriously.

Our company has long been committed to sustainable practices that balance social and environmental concerns. We are constantly striving to conserve resources in a variety of ways, including reducing product size and packaging, and we are constantly developing alternative materials that can be substituted for scarce timber for use in our products, such as biomass-derived resins. In addition, our production facilities have established sophisticated recovery/separation procedures to reduce waste produced at factories and offices and promote recycling. The Yamaha Group in Japan, for example, has a recycling rate of about 99%.

Our approach is multi-faceted but focuses primarily on four areas: Green procurement, initiatives for timber resources, water conservation practices, and the creation of “Yamaha Eco-Products.” Let’s take a closer look at each of these.

Green Procurement Policy

The Yamaha Green Procurement Policy ensures that we obtain materials from suppliers that promote environmentally-friendly management, with a priority on materials that have a low environmental impact. We procure products, parts, and raw materials that have eco-friendly features such as reduction of substances of concern, conservation of energy and prevention of global warming, and recycling of resources and conservation of materials.

Initiatives for Timber Resources

Many Yamaha products, including pianos as well as string, percussion, and woodwind instruments, require a primarily wood construction for acoustic reasons. Large amounts of timber are also used when making electronic musical instruments and speakers due to the merits of wood in terms of acoustic performance, function, design and texture.

We are working to reduce waste by improving the yield ratio in timber processing, and by reusing and recycling wood chips. We make a practice of selling offcuts to building material makers as raw material for hardboard, in addition to using them to create other product components. As an example, some timber offcuts previously disposed of as waste are instead reused as angle rafters (reinforcing materials inside guitar bodies).

Shows transition from waste to angle rafters.
Some timber offcuts previously disposed of as waste are instead reused as angle rafters.

We have also established a formal Timber Procurement Policy to set the direction of our timber usage in order to better conserve this precious resource, as well as ensure its availability for continued use in the future. This policy states the following:

  • We will procure timber that has been legally logged and traded from clearly identifiable sources.
  • We will give priority to procuring timber that has undergone reliable forest certification.
  • We will obtain sufficient confirmation of the sustainability of any endangered tree species from which Yamaha obtains wood materials.
  • We will not procure timber derived from logging that destroys ecosystems, or from logging of High Conservation Value Forests.
  • We will not procure genetically modified tree species.
  • We will confirm that our timber procurement practices do not have any adverse effects on local communities, such as violation of the rights of indigenous peoples that occur in the course of logging and trading.
  • We will work to transition to the procurement of wood-based materials that utilize substances such as planted wood and recycled wood, and therefore make efficient use of resources.

In addition, Yamaha suppliers are encouraged to observe a formal Code of Conduct, which clearly stipulates points related to the harvesting and trading of timber resources.

Together, these initiatives aim to maximize the use of timber as a first-rate recyclable resource without waste. As an example, in 2016, Yamaha began investigating African Blackwood, an important material used for woodwind instruments, specifically regarding the ecology, amount of resources, and forestry management status in the United Republic of Tanzania where the timber was being procured at that time. This tree is classified as Near Threatened by the IUCN (International Union for Conservation of Nature) Red List and in recent years the resource volume has been trending down. These investigations showed that sustainable procurement is possible with proper management and so we aimed to construct a business model which could sustainably use African Blackwood as a material for musical instruments. In 2018, we began tree planting activities for African Blackwood and formed a partnership with local timber producers to explore the efficient use of existing resources.

Large number of pots with individual small plants.
African Blackwood seedlings.

Another important development in March 2016 was the creation of circulating-type “Piano Forests” in Japan, in cooperation with government agencies and a local manufacturer. This is aimed at preserving the forests and to ensure a stable supply of high quality Picea glehnii timber, used in the manufacture of piano sound boards.

A forest with tall slim trees.
A Picea glehnii plantation.

In addition, Yamaha is proactively introducing wood cultivated specifically for industrial purposes on planned plantations as well as certified wood, which is properly managed so that the lumbering process does not harm the forest or the ecology. These measures aim to use the excellent renewable resource of trees on a sustainable basis. We are also focused on developing alternative materials that accurately reproduce the sound quality of rare wood materials best suited for instruments.

Preservation of Water Resources

Like all manufacturers, Yamaha uses water to wash products and cool facilities. However, we do not have large-scale production activities in areas where water resources are poor, so we believe there is minimal impact on the environment due to such usage. In addition, we continually conduct surveys and evaluate factors such as physical water stress, water quality and regulatory risks related to water resources.

Significant amounts of water are used in the plating and washing process during the manufacture of wind instruments. Accordingly, since the early 1970s, Yamaha has been recycling cooling water and wastewater using reverse osmosis, as well as actively pursuing policies to prevent leakage in water facilities.

Yamaha Eco-Products

Established in 2015, the Eco-Products program is a Yamaha initiative aimed at certifying environmentally-friendly products that meet certain standards, such as:

  • Reduction in contained harmful substances and volatile organic compounds (“VOCs”); for example, the use of lead-free solder in all brass and woodwind instruments.
  • Employment of alternatives to rare woods by switching to materials that contribute to sustainability.
  • Promotion of saving and reuse of resources.
  • Reduction in energy consumed during usage.

The aim of this program is to provide customers with environmental-related information and facilitate their identification of our products meeting these standards when they select items to purchase.

Pile of small cylindrical pellets.
Ecodear pellets before processing.

To date, over 600 products have met these guidelines and another 30 will receive the Eco-Products designation in 2019. Some examples include plant-based Ecodear® plastic recorders, as well as MusicCast networked Consumer Audio products, which have low networked standby power consumption. In addition, many of our PA powered mixers (such as the EMX Series), powered speakers (such as the DBR Series, DXS Series and DXS XLF Series) and complete powered PA systems (such as STAGEPAS products) fall into this category due to their usage of high efficiency amplifiers.

We only have one planet to live on! Let’s celebrate the wonderful resources nature has provided us with, and to resolve to do all we can to preserve those resources for generations to come.

 

Click here for more information about the Yamaha commitment to sustainability.

What’s the Difference Between Vibraphone, Glockenspiel and Chimes?

The mallet percussion family is made up of five instruments: marimba, xylophone, vibraphone, glockenspiel (sometimes called “orchestral bells”) and chimes. In the a recent blog posting, we discussed the wooden mallet instruments: marimba and xylophone. Now let’s talk about the metal mallet instruments: vibraphone, glockenspiel and chimes.

Range and Tonality

The sound characteristics of vibraphone, glockenspiel and chimes differ due to factors such as the bar material (aluminum or brass), physical construction, and the type of mallet being used. In addition, as you can see from this chart, the three instruments have different ranges:Compares range for mallet percussion instruments to standard keyboard.

The vibraphone has the lowest range of the metallic percussion instruments (beginning at C) and has a soft mellow sound. The glockenspiel occupies a higher range (also beginning at C) and has a sharp, piercing sound. Chimes have the smallest range of any mallet percussion instrument (one and a half octaves) and are sonically reminiscent of church bells.

The vibraphone and some glockenspiels have metal resonators (sometimes called resonator tubes or resonator pipes) suspended beneath the tone bars, with the length of each resonator varying depending on the pitch of the tone bar; the lower the note, the longer the resonator. (Some glockenspiels use a wooden box as the resonating chamber.) On the vibraphone, motor-driven rotating disks (called “fans”) are also situated at the top of each resonator, allowing the player to add a vibrato effect to the sound by turning the motor on or off and varying its speed.

These videos demonstrate the sonic differences between the three instruments:

Tuning

Glockenspiels and vibraphones use the same tuning system as the marimba: octave-tuning. Octave-tuning involves tuning the fundamental and 4th overtone. Chimes have the most complex tuning system of any mallet percussion instruments. According to Grove Music Online, “An interesting acoustical property of chimes is that there is no mode of vibration with a frequency at, or even near, the pitch of the strike tone one hears. Modes 4, 5 and 6 appear to determine the strike tone. These modes are nearly in the ratio 2:3:4, so the ear considers them as overtones of a missing fundamental an octave below mode 4.”

Bar Material

The bars of the vibraphone and glockenspiel are made of an aluminum alloy. Vibraphone bars are anodized and can be matte gold, matte silver or glossy gold. Chime tubes are brass and are sometimes chrome-plated.

Also check out our blog article What’s the Difference Between Marimba and Xylophone?

 

Yamaha offers a wide variety of mallet percussion instruments to fit any situation. For more information, visit the Yamaha Percussion website.

What’s the Difference Between Marimba and Xylophone?

The mallet percussion family is made up of five instruments: marimba, xylophone, vibraphone, glockenspiel (sometimes called “orchestral bells”) and chimes. In this article, we’ll talk about the differences between the wooden mallet instruments: marimba and xylophone. (Check out our blog posting about the metal mallet instruments: vibraphone, glockenspiel and chimes.)

Range and Tonality

The sound characteristics of the marimba and xylophone differ due to factors such as the bar material (rosewood, padauk or synthetic), physical construction, and the type of mallet being used. In addition, as you can see from this chart, the two instruments have different ranges:

Compares vocal range for mallet percussion instruments to standard keyboard.

The marimba is the largest instrument in the mallet instrument family. Its range can cover over five octaves (beginning at C), with a dark, full sound. The xylophone occupies a higher range (beginning at F) and has a brighter, more piercing sound. Both instruments have resonators (sometimes called resonator tubes or resonator pipes) suspended beneath the tone bars. These amplify the sound and cause the note to resonate fully when the bar is hit with a mallet. The length of each resonator varies depending on the pitch of the tone bar; the lower the note, the longer the resonator.

These videos demonstrate the sonic differences between marimba and xylophone:

Tuning

Xylophones and marimbas also utilize different tuning systems. Xylophones use quint-tuning, which involves tuning the fundamental and 3rd overtone. Marimbas use octave-tuning, which involves tuning the fundamental and 4th overtone. This is a simplified description of the tuning methods, but it is important to know because it affects the sound characteristics. The marimba has a similar harmonic structure to wind and string instruments, while the xylophone stands out because of its usage of quint-tuning.

Bar Material

Traditionally, marimba and xylophone bars are made out of rosewood. However, over the past few decades, manufacturers have experimented with other materials. In addition to rosewood, Yamaha makes marimba and xylophone bars out of padauk and Acoustalon™.

Padauk is a hardwood native to central and tropical West Africa. In addition to bars for mallet instruments, it is used in making drums, string instruments and furniture.

Acoustalon is a synthetic material developed by Yamaha, produced from fiberglass-reinforced plastic in a one-step manufacturing process. Bars made of this material provide exceptional durability and a pure tone. Each Yamaha Acoustalon bar is scientifically designed with Sonic Tone Holes to yield a tonality similar to rosewood.

Also check out our blog posting What’s the Difference Between Vibraphone, Glockenspiel and Chimes?

 

Yamaha offers a wide variety of mallet percussion instruments to fit any situation. For more information, visit the Yamaha Percussion website.

How to Care for Your Yamaha Disklavier

A Yamaha Disklavier is an important investment that can provide you (and, if you’re an educator, your students) with years of reliable performance. Here’s a guide to ensuring that you’ll be enjoying its benefits for a long time to come.

Where to Locate Your Disklavier

You don’t always have a lot of choices when placing big instruments, particularly in institutional settings. However, following these guidelines will maximize the sound and stability of your Disklavier:

1. Put your Disklavier where it sounds best. Try to avoid being near reflective surfaces that will cause harsh echoes.

Couple on a sofa watching a Yamaha Disklavier piano playing.

2. Provide sufficient ventilation. Disklaviers need ventilation, but don’t need to be placed directly in the path of blowing air. The best location for your Disklavier is in the center of a room or against a wall dividing two rooms. If possible, avoid placing it next to an exterior wall where outside weather conditions might cause tone quality and volume to suffer. If there is no other choice, at least make sure that the Disklavier has adequate space on all sides.

3. Avoid windows. Try not to place the Disklavier near a window. A Disklavier cabinet is made of wood and must be protected against direct sunlight, humidity and sudden changes in temperature. Windows that open to the outdoors offer the least protection. If you must place the Disklavier near such a window, put a heavy curtain over the window for protection.

4. Avoid heat sources. Keep the Disklavier away from sources of heat such as radiators or hot air registers. Excessive heat can damage the finish and internal parts, causing tone and balance to deteriorate, and may possibly dry and damage the soundboard.

Optimize Your Disklavier’s Environment

Yamaha pianos are renowned for their stability and durability. Through a process known as “seasoning for destination,” Disklaviers, like all Yamaha pianos, are carefully prepared to perform well in a wide variety of environments. However, because it is made of wood, felt, leather and metal, it must be treated correctly in order to extend the life of the instrument. Here are some tips for doing so:

 1. Control the humidity. Generally speaking, a relative humidity of between 40 and 45 percent around the piano is ideal.

2. Protect against excessive moisture. Your local Yamaha Disklavier dealer can advise you how best to compensate for climatic conditions in your area. However, there are some general tips for proper care: On cloudy or rainy days, close all windows in the room where your Disklavier is located. Also, be sure to close the top board each time after playing. Finally, be especially careful about excessive moisture if you live in one of the following places:

– Along a seacoast or in a rainy or humid region

– In a valley, in a house facing hills, or in an area with poor drainage.

– In a concrete building less than one or two years old.

– In an area where air exhausts are directed into a room, or in a dark room facing north.

3. Beware of excessive dryness. Too much humidity is a problem, but excessive dryness is an even more serious one, especially where heating or cooling systems are used that can create artificially dry rooms. Used in naturally dry climates, the Disklavier has enough natural moisture to prevent excessive drying. However, if the air becomes too dry, the wooden and felt components will shrink. In extreme cases, the soundboard, joints and other laminated sections may even come apart, even though they have been glued together carefully. Slight distortion of the parts may cause noise, and the swelling and shrinking of the wood in the piano may make it difficult to keep your Disklavier in tune. To avoid excessive dryness, it’s best to keep a humidifier in the room where your Disklavier is located.

 4. Avoid sudden temperature changes. When a cold room is warmed suddenly, moisture may condense on the Disklavier strings and other metal parts, causing them to rust. In addition, felt parts absorb moisture, affecting their function and resulting in unclear sound. Be especially careful about sudden temperature changes when moving your Disklavier into a room in a cold climate or into an airtight room in a concrete building.

Care Practices and Good Habits

As with any fine piano, the use of materials such as wood, felt and cloth in Disklavier construction means that many parts are quite delicate. If not properly cared for, they can be easily damaged. Here are some good practices to adopt:

1. Dust your Disklavier regularly. Particulates can affect the action and cause noise, so dust your Disklavier frequently with a feather duster or slightly damp soft cloth, then dry the finish with a soft cloth.

2. Keep the keyboard clean. Your Disklavier keyboard should be wiped periodically with a soft, dry cloth. Never use cleaners containing alcohol, as the keys will become cracked. If the keyboard is very dirty, wipe it with a cloth dipped in a solution of soap and water and wrung out well. The same cloth should not be used for cleaning the surface of the Disklavier, however. A good habit to cultivate is never to play the Disklavier with dirty hands. That way, the keyboard will stay clean for a long time.

 3. Do not place objects on top of your Disklavier. We know how much pianists love coffee (and other beverages). Regardless, please keep them off the Disklavier! Even small amounts of liquid of any kind may rust the metal parts of the Disklavier and damage the hammers and action, not to mention the electronic components. In addition, the delicate and very precise fiber-optic sensors that make a Disklavier so accurate can be damaged by items that may drop in between keys or below the music desk. Avoid costly accidents and never place anything on the piano that could spill or drop between the moving parts.

4. Avoid contact with certain materials. Your Disklavier’s finish is very durable, but all wood finishes can be damaged from long-term contact with certain substances. These include plastic products, vinyl products, anything containing alcohol, and liquids such as cosmetics, insecticides, paint thinner, and petroleum-based products. Never use any kind of aerosol near your Disklavier. If such cleaning products must be used, spray directly into the cloth instead of in the air.

Note: Yamaha is unable to assume responsibility for damage resulting from abuse, harsh treatment, or extended exposure to adverse conditions.

Institutional Service Schedule

An image of an open Yamaha Disklavier piano.

We strongly recommend that you adopt a schedule of regular service for your Disklavier, including regular tuning and adjustment. In institutional settings, it is advisable to put such maintenance on the school’s administrative calendar, since it may require work by someone other than the school’s usual technician. In addition, we recommend using a Disklavier-trained technician for all service. At least twice per year, your Disklavier should receive the following maintenance, in this order:

 1. Perform any mechanical maintenance or adjustments. Voicing, regulation, or mechanical repairs should be done before any other electronic or acoustic maintenance.

Institutional technicians take note: Always mechanically adjust the damper and shift pedals as specified by Yamaha, then run pedal calibration. Also, make sure the key balance rail holes are free.

 2. Update to the latest operating system. Yamaha periodically offers updates to operating systems for Mark IV and E3 Disklavier and Disklavier PRO models. These updates can be performed with the piano online or manually. Even for older models, you should make sure you are running the latest firmware. Check the Yamaha Disklavier System Software Support Page to see if an update is available for your piano.

3. Run full calibration. The Disklavier has a self-monitoring calibration mode that ensures the most accurate reproduction of performance, regardless of changing conditions. This is normally performed by a technician, but can also be done by the user. Calibration instructions vary by model, so please contact your local Disklavier technician for the instructions specific to your Disklavier. If at any point during the calibration process you hear the piano play a minor or diminished chord (yes, we assume you’ll all be able to tell which is which!), you may need to call a Disklavier-trained technician.

4. Tune your Disklavier. Like all pianos, Disklaviers must be tuned regularly. Since the calibration causes each note to play at high velocity, it’s best to wait until after the calibration to tune the piano.

Remember, Disklaviers are acoustic pianos with sophisticated electronic and electro-mechanical components, so don’t attempt to service these components. Many of these components rely on highly precise adjustments and can be easily damaged. If you or your technician ever has a question about your Disklavier’s maintenance or repair, or to find a qualified technician, call Yamaha Piano Service at 800-854-1569.

How to Use Google Voice Control with Yamaha MusicCast

Question: What could make a home with a MusicCast wireless multi-room audio system even better?

Answer: The ability to control those MusicCast devices simply by speaking.

Now that the entire family of Yamaha MusicCast products works with all Google Home products, you can control the audio throughout your home with “Actions on Google” voice commands that tell Google Assistant what you want it to do. Let’s take a look at how it works.

An image of different Yamaha music electronics products.
Yamaha MusicCast product family.
Five Google voice products.
MusicCast works with the entire Google family of voice products.

Getting Started

The first step is to get Google Assistant’s attention by saying “Hey, Google” or “OK, Google.” Once Google Assistant is listening (its LED lights pulse or spin), you can begin telling it what you want it to do by saying Actions. These give you the ability to control functions on your MusicCast devices, such as turning the volume up and down on a MusicCast BAR 400.

Using Smart Home Skills

To use voice control with Google, try any of the commands in this table:

Here are some examples:

  • To turn on a MusicCast device located in the kitchen, say, “Hey, Google, turn on the Kitchen”
  • To turn off all MusicCast devices in all rooms, say, “Hey, Google, turn off all”
  • To start a MusicCast device in the kitchen playing, say, “Hey, Google, play in the Kitchen”
  • To turn up the volume of a MusicCast device in the kitchen, say, “Hey, Google, turn up the volume in the Kitchen”
  • To turn down the volume of a MusicCast device in the kitchen by 20 levels, say, “Hey, Google, turn down the volume by 20 in the Kitchen”
  • To set the volume of a MusicCast device in the kitchen to 50%, say, “Hey, Google, set the volume to 50% in the Kitchen”
  • To mute a MusicCast device in the kitchen, say, “Hey, Google, mute the Kitchen”
  • To play the next song on a MusicCast device in the Kitchen, say, “Hey, Google, play next song in the Kitchen”
  • To change the input of a MusicCast device in the kitchen to Spotify, say, “Hey, Google, switch the Kitchen to Spotify”

It’s as easy as that!

Using MusicCast Actions

As you can see from the table below, all your favorite MusicCast functions are available through Google Assistant as well. As an example, just say, “OK, Google, ask MusicCast to link the Living Room with the Kitchen” and you’ll hear the same audio playing in the living room as is in your kitchen.

Setup

To use Actions on Google with your MusicCast products, here’s what you’ll need:

  • Any MusicCast product
  • Any Google Home product, Android®, or iOS® device
  • The Yamaha MusicCast Controller app
  • The Google Home app (Go to Google Play or the Apple iTunes® Store on your mobile device and search for “Google Home app”)

For more information on how to set up the apps, view or print our Setup Manual.

Helpful Hints

Here are some helpful hints for using Actions on Google with your MusicCast devices:

  • Keep some space between your Google Home/Nest device and your MusicCast device so Google Assistant can hear you.
  • Start off using the default room names that come with the MusicCast Controller app. You may have to rename some rooms to make sure that none of your MusicCast devices have the same name. Later, as you get more used to Google Assistant, you can switch to different room names.
  • Set up MusicCast favorites and playlists so Google Assistant can play them easily.

Introduce Google Assistant to your MusicCast products, and you won’t have to lift a finger ever again to enjoy wireless audio in every room of your home!

 

For more information, check out our Voice Control with MusicCast page and Actions on Google FAQs.

How to Use Actions on Google with Yamaha MusicCast

Question: What could make a home with a MusicCast wireless multi-room audio system even better?

Answer: The ability to control those MusicCast devices simply by speaking.

Now that the entire family of Yamaha MusicCast products works with all Google Home products, you can control the audio throughout your home with “Actions on Google” voice commands that tell Google Assistant what you want it to do. Let’s take a look at how it works.

An image of different Yamaha music electronics products.
Yamaha MusicCast product family.
An image of various Google Home products.
Google Home product family.

Getting Started

The first step is to get Google Assistant’s attention by saying “OK, Google” or “Hey, Google.” Once Google Assistant is listening (its LED lights pulse or spin), you can begin telling it what you want it to do by saying Actions. These give you the ability to control functions on your MusicCast devices, such as turning the volume up and down on a MusicCast BAR 400.

To use a MusicCast Action, add the invocation, “ask MusicCast to,” then use one of the Google commands in the following table. For example, to turn on a MusicCast device located in the living room, say, “OK, Google, ask MusicCast to turn on the living room.” It’s as easy as that!

As you can see in the table above, all your favorite MusicCast functions are available through Google Assistant. As an example, just say, “OK, Google, ask MusicCast to link the living room with the kitchen” and you’ll hear the same audio playing in the living room in your kitchen.

Setup

To use Actions on Google with your MusicCast products, here’s what you’ll need:

– Any MusicCast product

– Any Google Home product, Android®, or iOS® device

– The Yamaha MusicCast Controller app

– The Google Home app (Go to Google Play or the Apple iTunes® Store on your mobile device and search for “Google Home app”)

For more information on how to set up the apps, view or print our Setup Manual.

Helpful Hints

Here are some helpful hints for using Actions on Google with your MusicCast devices:

– Keep some space between your Google Home device and your MusicCast device so Google Assistant can hear you.

– Start off using the default room names that come with the MusicCast Controller app. You may have to rename some rooms to make sure that none of your MusicCast devices have the same name. Later, as you get more used to Google Assistant, you can switch to different room names.

– Set up MusicCast favorites and playlists so Google Assistant can play them easily.

Introduce Google Assistant to your MusicCast products, and you won’t have to lift a finger ever again to enjoy wireless audio in every room of your home!

 

For more information, check out our Voice Control with MusicCast page and Actions on Google FAQs.

Q&A with Composer Eric Whitacre

I am interviewing prominent people, some in the music industry, others not. For my first Q&A, I talked to prolifc GRAMMY®-winning composer and conductor Eric Whitacre

I became aware of Whitacre’s special gifts many years ago when he was a standout undergraduate at the University of Nevada, Las VegasHis world view — that music education can be the gateway to building a better society because it informs the way that children see the world — is inspiring, thought-provoking and well worth exploring.

 

Q. Exactly when did you know that you were going to make music the focus of your professional life?

A. I’ve always loved music. I can’t remember a time that I didn’t have it in my bones, but I’m not sure I thought that’s what I would do with my professional life. I clearly remember the first time I heard a piece that I had composed performed. I was 21, and up until then I had only written pop and rock music. At the reading session of this piece called “Go, Lovely Rose,” I was able to hear music I had written in the bodies and lungs and brains of other people.

It was a transcendent experience, and I remember thinking, “I have to figure out a way to make this my world. This is my vocation.”

Q. What is your biggest pet peeve?Eric Whitacre

A. I don’t like negativity, especially when brainstorming an idea or in the throes of creativity. When people say, “no” or “that can’t be done” or “that’s not the way we’ve done that before,” it destroys the creative process.

I love that in improv, the No. 1 rule is “yes and …” Whatever question is asked of you in improv or whatever statement is made, you say, “yes” and then you add to it. You go!

In creative endeavors, I find that’s the best way to find the real juice and magic. Don’t say, “no.” Instead, say, “yes and … yes and … yes and …” 

Q. Why is music important to humanity?

A. For me, music is a fundamental form of communication and expression. And by fundamental, I mean that it’s built in — it’s hardwired into our systems.There are studies that have shown that music creates empathy, compassion and a bond between people. There’s really no other discipline that creates a bond like this — and I don’t mean just a spiritual bond, but a biological, chemical bond.

Hormones are released in the brain that cause you not only to be less stressed but also cause you to bond — chemically bond — with people around you. I don’t think it’s overstating it to say that music will help save humanity — that the more we play music together, the better citizens we’ll all be.

Q. What is your favorite guilty pleasure food?

A .This is an easy one because I just came back from Christmas vacation, and I must have eaten my weight in M&Ms! My mother leaves them all over the house — literally every room has two or three bowls of Christmas M&Ms, and I can’t stop eating them. In my normal life, I usually eat very healthy with little sugar, but I do love those M&Ms!

Q. Why is it important to protect access to a musical education?​

A. Children, even more than adults, absorb the lessons of musicianship, musicality and ensemble music making. Music transforms them. It informs the way they will see the world for the rest of their lives in profound ways and in ways that are important to building a better society.

On an individual level, access to music education just opens young peoples’ worlds! It’s not just music — they learn history, languages, sciences and mathematics all through the study of music! Even just the exposure to music — even if they don’t learn the hard lessons themselves, they learn it through an intuitive way. If it were up to me, everyone on Earth would have access to all the best music. 

Q. Other than music, what brings you inspiration?​

A. Everything! I’m inspired by literature, film, dance, art, poetry … but I’m also inspired by food and dancing (I’m learning tango now), and I’m hugely inspired by the natural world — by space, the beach, oceans. I’m also inspired by the physical underpinnings of the natural world. What makes a wave flow the way that it does?What makes space expand?What makes food taste the way that it does? I guess, ultimately, inspiration for me comes from a sense of fascination, and I tend to be fascinated by just about everything.

Q. What book is on your nightstand right now?​

A. “Fear” by Bob Woodward — terrible nighttime reading, I have to say.

Q. What piece of music do you wish you had written and why​?​Eric Whitacre and Marcia Neel

A. The list is absolutely endless! The first piece that pops into my head is the Fifth Symphony by Prokofiev – it’s just mind-blowingly good! It’s so clever and beautifully orchestrated, constructed and crafted. It’s also the kind of thing that I don’t think I could ever do myself. There’s a formality to it and an abandon in the way he uses the orchestra that I just don’t think I’ll ever be able to achieve.

Q. Which person from history, dead or alive, would you want to have lunch with and what would you discuss?​

A. I’d like to meet Isaac Newton. By all accounts, he was a true genius but also a little left of center — a real creative thinker. I also think he was one of the last spiritual scientists … mystic scientists. I’m utterly fascinated by the things that he discovered and also stories about him.

Q. What is your most embarrassing moment that you can share?​

A. This is going to be a terrible answer, but I don’t embarrass very easily.I really can’t think of many moments when I was embarrassed. I usually just laugh at myself and let it go. It’s a terrible answer, but that’s my best answer.

Photo by Marc Royce

 

SupportED 2019v1 cover with Aaron TindallThis article originally appeared in the 2019 V1 issue of Yamaha SupportED. To see more back issues, find out about Yamaha resources for music educators, or sign up to be notified when the next issue is available, click here.

The Drive of Top Tubist Aaron Tindall

“I’m kind of hard-wired to do things at a pretty intense level,” says Aaron Tindall. “In the low brass field, you just have to be relentless.”  And Tindall expects the same passion from his students.

“He’s one of the most hard-working people I’ve ever met,” says TJ Graf, one of Tindall’s students. “What are you willing to do that other people aren’t? That’s his big thing. Are you willing to work on one note for two hours to play that note perfectly?”

But not that long ago, the driven Tindall was a driver — literally. “Ten years ago, I was driving limousines professionally,” Tindall says. “Whenever I had 20 or 30 minutes, I’d get in the back of the limo and practice on the tuba.”

Tindall was taking a semester away from graduate school. Practicing between customers was “the only way to keep my hope and dream alive to be the player I wanted to be.”

Tindall’s road to the top of his profession has not been smooth or straight, but his persistence has made the difference. He is currently associate professor of tuba and euphonium at the University of Miami Frost School of Music. In the summers, he teaches at the Eastern Music Festival in Greensboro, North Carolina. His fourth solo album, “Yellowbird,” comes out later this year.

These accomplishments are particularly impressive given the fact that Tindall didn’t focus on the tuba until his mid-20s. An accomplished euphonium player, Tindall added the tuba when confronted with the daunting prospects of earning a living playing the smaller instrument. “It was all or nothing,” he says, with euphonium players either getting plum positions in military bands or having to find work outside of music.

Tindall was able to play F tuba at the time, but he was very far from having the full tuba toolbox. “I knew in order to be a college professor, I needed to learn to play the tuba just as well as any other tuba player could,” he recalls.

Keep the Ignition Switch On 

Aaron Tindall working with two students, one playing the tuba, the other playing the euphonium

Getting better each day in steps that are carefully plotted on a mental map is the Tindall way. “One of my favorite expressions is: ‘Some people dream of success while other people wake up and work hard at it,'” he says.

As a teenager, Tindall trained Labrador retrievers for field competitions. He twice won national titles. That experience fine-tuned his approach toward success. “It’s just systematic,” Tindall says. “You can’t move to step two unless you’ve done step one really well.”

Tindall says that he expects his students to “have a clear game plan of what they’re going to do the next day” before they go to sleep. “They need to know what their warmup routine is going to consist of. Every hour of their day needs to be mapped out.”

Tindall practices what he preaches. Each night he plans what he will do the following day, finding a way to divide his time among his family, his students, his busy performance schedule and his own practice time.

When asked if there’s a certain personality type that thrives playing the tuba, Tindall pauses. “There’s a certain personality that thrives working with me,” he says with a laugh.

“The most important thing is work ethic,” he adds. “Everybody’s on a different trajectory, everybody’s on a different pace of learning, everybody starts at a different point. But I really want to find a student who will keep that ignition switch on week after week.”

Tindall says he works best with hyper-focused students. “The music field is incredibly tough. The minute that switch gets turned off, a lot of students quit trying as hard, and they don’t practice with the same determination,” he says.

Tindall is unapologetically intense about music, but his students are quick to call him caring, supportive and kind. They note that he applies his energy and focus to supporting them as people, not just as players.

Firing on All Cylinders

While he was in graduate school, Tindall won a prestigious solo competition and with it a scholarship to attend the Aspen Music Festival in Colorado. At the time he was exclusively a soloist. Tindall bought an orchestral tuba just two days before the festival started.

From that start, Tindall has become an accomplished group player. He’s now the principal tubist for the Sarasota Orchestra. “When you sit on a stage with 80 to 90 of your colleagues who are all performing at a high level, and you get to churn out this creation, a masterpiece, that’s pretty thrilling,” he says.

Tindall says that his orchestral role is “to take the low end of the brass and the low end of the woodwinds and meld that into the strings. Sometimes I have to sound like wood, sometimes I have to sound like metal, sometimes I have to sound like a strings player. The role of a tuba player in an orchestra is so diverse.”

He embraces the tuba’s prominent voice in a group and its role creating a rhythmic and harmonic foundation. “I love the pressure of it,” Tindall says. “I thrive on it. If I’m not on my game, everybody is going to know it.”

One vitally important performance principle that Tindall imparts to his students: “When things are consistent, things are authoritative. When things are authoritative, people listen.”

Road Map to Success

Aaron Tindall playing the tuba

For his students, Tindall maps out challenging daily goals. “I ask them to practice four to five hours,” he says.

The day begins with an hour to an hour and a half of their “daily fundamental routine, where they’re working on their mechanics of playing,” Tindall says.

He likes his students to get this done first thing, before 9 a.m. Next is 30 minutes of working on “whatever their deficiency is.”

His students spend one hour practicing an etude, with different pieces each day of the week. “They’re learning how to deep practice something,” he says.

A recording device is an essential tool for musicians. “Record, listen, fix,” Tindall says. “That’s the mantra.” At the end of the hour, they perform the piece for themselves, recording it for future critiques.

The next hour they study solo material, using the same record-listen-fix process. Then comes an hour of orchestral or military band excerpts — “job material,” in Tindall’s words.

Tindall knows that not all of his students will have careers in music, “but the lessons that they learn in the music field are invaluable,” he says.

Time management, perseverance, high expectations and relentless effort are some of the traits Tindall works to build in his students. “Where else can you learn to be a leader and a follower, a collaborator, a doer, a team player, a problem solver?” he asks. “Sometimes we don’t do a good enough job marketing all the skills people learn from studying music.”

It’s no surprise that Tindall is methodical about imparting life lessons. He has developed a list of ways to build your self-concept. These include:

  • Value who you are as a person over who you are as a musician.
  • Value the idea that you can contribute to others.
  • Set realistic expectations on a daily, weekly, monthly and yearly basis.
  • Set aside perfection and instead learn from your accomplishments and mistakes.
  • Learn the difference between critique and criticism. A critique is a detailed evaluation of something while a criticism tends to be a negative reaction.
  • Don’t lose your self-identity. Hold on to your roots and the good things about where you came from and build on those.
  • Stay humble as you succeed. As pastor Rick Warren said, “True humility is not thinking less of yourself; it is thinking of yourself less.”

It comes down to drive — keeping the ignition switch on — and driving — following a map. It’s a good way to get places. And it’s clearly worked for Aaron Tindall.

 

AARON TINDALL AT A GLANCE

Bachelor’s: Penn State University

Master’s: Royal Northern College of Music in Manchester, England

Doctorate: University of Colorado Boulder

Additional Studies: Indiana University

Solo Recordings

  • “Songs of Ascent” (2010)
  • “This is My House” (2015)
  • “Transformations” (2016)
  • “Yellowbird” (2019)

 

photo by Rob Shanahan for Yamaha Corporation of America

This article originally appeared in the 2019 V1 issue of Yamaha SupportED. To see more back issues, find out about Yamaha resources for music educators, or sign up to be notified when the next issue is available, click here.

Avoid Burnout

You became an instrumental educator because you love music and have a passion for sharing your talent with students. When your job inspires you, teaching may not even feel like work.

But if you notice yourself getting frustrated by your school’s administration, parents and students, or if you’re beginning to question why you devote so much of your free time to the music program, you may be on the verge of burnout.

Keep things fresh to enjoy yourself more and to offer your students your best self.

Have a Positive Network

group of five smiling adults in a huddle with their hands stacked on top of each other.

 

If your friends and colleagues find fault in everything, you’re more likely to be negative too. Befriend people with a sunnier outlook; it’s better for your mental health.

“You’re the sum of the people you surround yourself with,” says Nolan Jager Loyde, assistant director of fine arts over instrumental music at Round Rock Independent School District in Texas. “Choose your friends wisely. Listen to what they’re saying and choose based on who you want to be.”

When you’re feeling frazzled, a mentor may help you find perspective. Good mentors are supportive, honest, positive and emotionally available, with enough experience and wisdom to make their comments meaningful and relevant.

“If you’re in a small school, and you don’t have other music staff, don’t get into your little hole and not get out of it,” says Richard Sherrick, a retired music educator, choir director and band director from Parkway Local Schools in Rockford, Ohio. “If you’re the only music teacher, you can feel isolated. Reach out to people in other schools in the area.”

Take on New Responsibilities

Scot Lang
Scott Lang

Rekindle your passion for your work by attending professional conferences, teaching new material or becoming a liaison to the state music educators association. It may inspire you in ways that you couldn’t imagine.

“Where I really see long-term successful careers in music education are with those who continue to evolve their roles, not just within their classrooms but also within their community,” says Scott Lang, a music education advocate based in Chandler, Arizona. “They become mentor teachers [or] take on leadership roles [or] take on roles with a state music association. [They] chair the department [or] host a Facebook group or host a concert festival. That’s typically when I see long-term teachers who are just knocking it out of the park. After they conquer what has happened in the classroom, they try to conquer what happens outside.”

In addition to offering student-centered workshops and presenting at music conferences around the country, Lang has written several books, including “Leader of the Band and “Seriously?!: Ruminations, Affirmations, and Observations About the State of Music Education.” 

Bring Personality into Your Classroom

Nolan Jager Loyde

Sharing small and appropriate details about yourself can help you bridge the two main parts of your life — the classroom and home — and it can help you connect with your students in a meaningful way. All this can lead to greater on-the-job satisfaction.

“I might say I was with my girlfriend at one of our favorite restaurants having a really comforting meal — that’s the feeling I want to have when you play this song,” says Loyde, who addressed improving work environments and making each day more meaningful at the Music for All Summer Symposium in 2018 and The Midwest Clinic International Band and Orchestra Conference in 2012. “That helps me say, ‘This is my life. My life is here [during] the 13 hours that I’m spending here.’ I find that the teachers who are worn out keep it separate.”

Realize that You May Change

Just because your job was perfect for you 10 or 20 years ago doesn’t make it the right fit now. Some people have trouble realizing that when life circumstances change, it can impact work.

“I wasn’t shy about working 80 or 90 hours a week at [age] 25,” says Lang, who taught in the classroom for 16 years and now spends 200 days on the road annually speaking about topics like teacher burnout.

“I worked weekends, nights, summers. It’s an all-consuming profession, and you’ve got to be better next year,” says Lang. “But I’m 51. I have two kids and a wife, and I don’t want to sleep in the band room. Maybe I might be better off with a different school environment, or a different age range, or different curricula, or different music.”

Find Fulfillment Outside of Work

Richard Sherrick

Make time for activities like going to the gym or doing something else that keeps you physically active. “You need to find a secondary release,” says Sherrick, who occasionally gives seminars about passion for the job and avoiding burnout.

“I encourage some type of non-musical hobby or pastime. I have a friend, and we played racquetball on Tuesdays. Doing [this activity] with a friend made it easier to get out of the house and go,” Sherrick says.

Exploring your passion for music outside of the classroom may also bring you satisfaction. “I played in a little dance band, played in a community orchestra,” Sherrick says. “I tried to keep my playing skills up, and that fulfills you too. You’re socializing with [other] people.”

Look for a New Job

If something insurmountable at work makes you unhappy, search for a new position. “It’s okay to make a lateral move for personal and professional reasons,” Lang says.

“There will always be an opening somewhere. Teachers are making changes on a far more frequent basis than years ago. If they say, ‘I’m struggling here,’ that’s OK. Find a different fit. They feel like they’re trapped, but they’re not. Teachers shouldn’t be shy about using their free agency,” Lang says.

If you’re feeling the onslaught of burnout, your students will see it and suffer for it. Don’t stagnate. Assess your situation, which can lead to rejuvenation for your job or a resolution for a change.

This article originally appeared in the 2019 V1 issue of Yamaha SupportED. To see more back issues, find out about Yamaha resources for music educators, or sign up to be notified when the next issue is available, click here.

Improve Students’ Tone

In music, tone is distinct and identifiable, and when played correctly and in harmony within an ensemble, it sets the overall mood and quality of a performance. However, mastering tone does not come easily. It requires hard work and a dedication to good musical habits, which come from a well-balanced “daily diet” of exercises, according to Jarrett Lipman, director of bands at Claudia Taylor Johnson High School in San Antonio.

Dr. Kirk Moss‘ high school ensembles received significant recognition for their beautiful tone. “One of the reasons I moved into higher education was to share how I was getting that sound with a broader population,” he says.

Through various steppingstones — including becoming a strings teacher — Moss is now chair of the Department of Music and Theatre at the University of Northwestern in St. Paul, Minnesota.

Both Lipman and Moss share tips on how wind and strings students can perfect their tone.

For Brass and Woodwinds 

Jarrett Lipman

Breath Support: For good tone on wind instruments, Lipman tells his students to “breathe to play, not breathe to live.” Distinguishing “between a breath we might take walking around during the day versus the proper breath to play [an instrument]” can make a big difference in tone quality, says Lipman, who was on the brass staff for the Boston Crusaders Drum and Bugle Corps.

He recommends practicing breath support during sectionals because technique may vary depending on the instrument. For example, an oboe player wouldn’t need to “fill up” the same way as a tuba player, he says.

Embouchure and Posture: After breath support, students need to work on embouchure, tongue placement and posture. “We’re constantly monitoring their physical habits,” Lipman says.

He compares developing good musical habits to having a healthy, well-balanced diet. “We talk a lot with the winds players [about a] daily diet or daily drill,” he says. “For brass, you want whole-note scales [and] Remington exercises. For woodwinds, we try to do an interval exercise.”

To keep students practicing good tonguing and embouchure skills, Lipman recommends incorporating these exercises into the warmup music. “Nothing exists in a vacuum,” he says. “We always want our fundamentals exercises to directly apply to our music.”

For Strings

Dr. Kirk Moss

Focus on the Bow: According to Moss, the greatest factor affecting tone in a stringed instrument is how a player handles the bow. Bow use is one of the most important “variables of sound, whether we’re dealing with beginners or advanced artists,” he says.

Many facets of the bow work together to produce sound, and a change in any of those variables results in a change in tone. “The bow is a huge and often underestimated tool in the musician’s hand,” Moss says. “It makes more of a difference than the instrument or the strings themselves.”

Factors to consider include the placement of the bow relative to the bridge and fingerboard, the weight of the bow on the strings and the speed of the bow. “That can include the tilt of the stick, how the hair contacts the string and, finally, the direction — whether it’s a down bow or an up bow,” Moss says. “Those variables … dictate the tone that students are going to produce.”

Work on Both Hands: Moss explains that musicians often neglect their bow skills because “so many of the materials available for school programs [are] left-hand driven,” meaning that they focus on students’ finger skills with the fingerboard. That’s why Moss co-wrote several exercise books — including Sound Innovations for String Orchestra: Creative Warm-Ups and Sound Innovations for String Orchestra: Sound Development — that feature sections on bowing.

Strings students need to hone skills in both their right and left hands to gain a well-rounded string education. “It’s important to choose resources that teach the right hand beyond how to hold the bow,” Moss says. “Holding the bow is an important step, but it doesn’t end there.”

Moss recommends that educators work with students to develop finger flexibility in both hands. “It really comes down to treating the right hand [and the bow] as a separate instrument,” he says. “Once those right-hand fingers are flexible, [it] opens up all kinds of sound.”

For Everyone

Prioritize Daily Tone Practice: Regardless of what instrument you play, practice is necessary to master tone. Lipman recommends that educators break down their rehearsal time to allow for tone exercises. “If you have a 45-minute rehearsal, take 10 to 15 minutes [to] build their ensemble skills; [treat] it like a masterclass on tone quality,” he says.

This masterclass mindset is important, so students don’t treat the exercises like a warmup that they can later ignore. “A lot of times, when you do a B-flat scale to warm up, it becomes, ‘I played my B-flat scale to get to the music,'” Lipman says.

Listen to Great Music: According to Lipman, mastering tone comes down to the fundamental understanding of what good sound is and what the instrument is meant to sound like. “Listen to recordings, listen to symphony orchestras,” he says. “The hardest part is when you don’t know what you’re working toward. It’s important [that] you find something you really like and find [out] how they do it.”

This article originally appeared in the 2019 V1 issue of Yamaha SupportED. To see more back issues, find out about Yamaha resources for music educators, or sign up to be notified when the next issue is available, click here.

Case Study: Music Program Teamwork in Tennessee

In 2016, the wind ensemble at Ravenwood High School in Brentwood, Tennessee, performed on the main stage at the Music for All National Concert Band Festival.

That performance inspired Lauren Ramey and Cassandra Brosvik, Ravenwood’s choir director and orchestra director, respectively, to help their ensembles strive for the same level of achievement.

“Watching [the wind ensemble] go through auditions and rehearsals and then getting accepted and preparing for this amazing experience inspired my kids to do the same thing,” Ramey says. “They saw what their friends got out of working really hard and coming up with a standard of excellence.”

Brosvik’s honors chamber orchestra and Ramey’s advanced mixed chamber choir performed at the Music for All Orchestra America National Festival and National Choir Festival in March. The ensembles performed separately — the choir at a downtown Indianapolis church and the orchestra in the Palladium at the Center for the Performing Arts in Carmel, Indiana. Both ensembles have also been invited to perform at the Tennessee Music Education Association convention in April 2019.

Joint Concerts 

four people in a huddle with their hands on top of each other

Spurred by the exceptional talent of their students and motivated by their Music for All invitations, Brosvik and Ramey began their most ambitious collaboration. Last December, the orchestra and choir performed Antonio Vivaldi’s “Gloria” together.

“We’re picking and performing repertoire that includes choir and orchestra,” says Brosvik, whose chamber orchestra has consistently earned superior ratings at Middle Tennessee School Band and Orchestra Association‘s concert performance assessments.

In addition to working with the choir, Brosvik also works closely with the band. Last spring she and Mark Kinzer, Ravenwood’s former band director, created a full orchestra by combining her advanced orchestra and his wind ensemble. “It was the first chance we were able to do this based on schedules, but we wanted to do it for a while,” she says. “The students loved it and keep asking, ‘When are you going to do that again?’ We want to encourage that.”

Brosvik and Ravenwood’s new band director, Chris Janowiak, are eager to continue collaboration between the two programs. However, Janowiak and his assistant band director, Brianna Bjerke, who is also new to Ravenwood, want to first get comfortable at the school. Between the two of them, they teach a wind ensemble, a symphonic band, a percussion ensemble, a competitive marching band, a winter guard and a drum line.

Time to Plan

Brosvik has been directing Ravenwood’s orchestra since 2015, and this year, she began splitting her time between two high schools. She is starting an orchestra program at nearby Franklin High School and spends her mornings there before heading to Ravenwood for the afternoon. Because of this unusual schedule, Brosvik, Ramey and Janowiak do not share a common planning period. They do, however, share a common lunch period. “So that is when we get together and brainstorm,” Brosvik says.

At Ravenwood, Brosvik’s orchestra classes and Ramey’s choral classes share a room. When Brosvik arrives at Ravenwood for her afternoon classes, Ramey is busy teaching her choir. Often Brosvik will peek in on Ramey’s classes. “Our office opens up to the classroom, so as a result, I get to see her teaching, and she watches me teaching,” Brosvik says. “Her planning is during my advance orchestra class.”

All three directors also get together on “power Mondays,” a districtwide initiative that allows departments to plan as a team. On select Mondays, Ravenwood students report to school 40 minutes later than usual. “That gives teachers 40 minutes to meet with their teams,” Ramey says. With Brosvik joining by email, the directors “are able to come up with common assessments, set goals or talk about ways to hit some standards,” Ramey says.

Shared Students

As in most high schools, the fine arts students at Ravenwood tend to rub elbows with one another, making it easier for the directors to collaborate. In fact, sometimes they make accommodations to share students across their programs. “There are many kids who are in choir and who are also in band.” Ramey says. “Or there are kids who are in orchestra and choir or in orchestra and band. All the combinations exist.”

Sometimes Ramey, Brosvik and Janowiak get really creative and share a student during the same class period. “A certain choir and a certain band meet at the same time, and there have been times when we wanted a student to be in both ensembles,” Ramey says. “So we worked something out where the student comes to choir on Monday, Wednesday and Friday, and to band on Tuesday and Thursday. And then they switch the next week.”

No One on an Island

Ravenwood Raptors logo

Knowing directors can’t thrive in a vacuum, Janowiak is eager to support and partner with his colleagues. “You can’t build a program on an island by yourself,” he says. “You have to have everyone else’s interest in mind.”

Opportunity and success are recurring themes in the Ravenwood fine arts department as all three directors find new ways to cultivate student success. “We’re always trying to be innovative within the limits of what we can do,” Brosvik says. “The success breeds off each other.”

For example, the band program accompanied singer Thomas Rhett at the 2018 Country Music Awards. “I’ve never been in a room with that kind of energy,” Janowiak says about the experience. “With the excitement and nerves … that was definitely the coolest thing I’d ever done with kids!”

And the top choir ensemble performed in April 2018 with composer Eric Whitacre at Carnegie Hall in New York.

Brosvik, Ramey and Janowiak have laid the groundwork for a successful fine arts program, in part due to their genuine care for one another, and now they cast a collective gaze toward the future.

“[To] develop a thriving program, you have to be able to be honest with one another in a loving and supportive way,” Ramey says. “Cassandra and I can do that. And we’re getting there with Chris and Brianna. We’re set up for success. … I’m excited to see what the next couple of years will bring and what new ideas we can come up with together and [how we can] branch out from what we’ve [accomplished]. We have a good foundation, and I’m really excited to see where we go.”

This article originally appeared in the 2019 V1 issue of Yamaha SupportED. To see more back issues, find out about Yamaha resources for music educators, or sign up to be notified when the next issue is available, click here.

Aaron Tindall’s “10 Rules of Play”

In the blog post, The Drive of Top Tubist Aaron Tindall, Tindall describes how he has high expectations for his students. Tindall, associate professor of tuba and euphonium at the University of Miami Frost School of Music and principal tubist for the Sarasota Orchestra, builds his pedagogy around his “10 Rules of Play.”

The idea behind these rules is to create consistency in everything musicians do to build their ears to listen for this consistency. They are:

  1. Evenness of sound/tone
  2. Fronts of notes
  3. Release of notes
  4. Shape of notes
  5. Length of notes
  6. Time (playing with the proper pulse or beat)
  7. Rhythm (the value of the notes – what happens on or between each beat)
  8. Pitch
  9. Musical cohesiveness (do all of these elements start to snap together and create a musical idea?)
  10. Sweep (is the music beginning to drive to the arrival point of the phrase without losing energy or power?)

Students receive a list of these “10 Rules of Play” on their first day as Tindall’s pupils. They are never far from mind, serving as a constant point of reference.

“You might not be able to hear all these elements, but we’re going to teach you to hear these elements,” he says. “We’re going to empower you.”

photo by Rob Shanahan for Yamaha Corporation of America

This article originally appeared in the 2019 V1 issue of Yamaha SupportED. To see more back issues, find out about Yamaha resources for music educators, or sign up to be notified when the next issue is available, click here.

Master the Master Schedule

As music teachers, we often focus on the aspects of program development that we can directly control — what and how we teach.  We consider the value or danger of starting strings students using tapes, whether or not the French embouchure truly eliminates biting on the clarinet, when and how solfège should be introduced, and why every or no brass player should employ free-buzzing exercises.

However, the key to building a successful fine arts program also lies in the hands of the oft-overlooked counselors and master scheduler, who likely have no feelings whatsoever on the merits of the Eastman versus Traditional counting systems.

The manner in which your school’s master schedule is devised and how individual students are assigned their personal schedules within this system can make a tremendous difference in the level of success that your students can achieve. When speaking with educators about their scheduling challenges, I often find a mix of fatigue and resignation. However, there are some simple and effective steps you can take to schedule for success.

Start with the Arts 

First, I recommend that you begin where you have the most influence — meet with your colleagues in the fine arts department to ensure that the band, choir, orchestra, theater, dance and art programs are not scheduling at cross purposes.

Does your varsity orchestra meet during the same period as varsity theater? Are students often forced to choose between enrolling in advanced studio art or varsity band because they meet at the same time each year?

Work together as a department to devise a schedule that emphasizes student choice, facility utilization and conflict-free scheduling. The challenging “give and take” that will certainly take place will be worth it because you will design an arts department schedule that solves problems instead of causing them. Plus, you will help create a more unified and stronger fine arts department overall.

Bring your unified plan to the master scheduler for review and feedback. You will be shocked at the positive impact this planning will have on your relationship with campus schedulers.

Advocate, Not Aggravate

A school’s primary goal is to successfully graduate students. In fulfilling this goal, the master scheduler and the counselors have some of the most important and thankless responsibilities in any school system. Therefore, make sure your relationship with the schedulers involve advocacy, not acrimony.

Ask to meet and learn about their process, what deadlines they face, and what changes or tweaks to your audition/placement procedures can make their jobs easier.

Find out which periods house classes such as Advanced Placement courses that have only one available section. Avoid scheduling varsity classes during these periods.

Succeed within the System

At some campuses, devising the master schedule is the job of a single individual who works out the details by hand or on a spreadsheet. At larger campuses, the master schedule is often calculated by software or a Student Information System (SIS).

When meeting with your scheduler, ask how your program’s scheduling needs fit into the way the software works. For example, if you have audition or placement information that will affect or change a student’s master schedule, find out if the software requires certain data (such as student ID number, local course number or section number) in order to set up a student’s schedule. Then make sure that whatever audition or placement results you provide the scheduler clearly includes that data.

I also recommend using the same spreadsheet template across all fine arts programs for audition results or schedule placements for consistency within the department. Ask your master scheduler if there is a particular format he or she prefers. Placing this data in an easily understandable spreadsheet template allows the scheduler to filter the data by student, course code and more. The earlier and more clearly you communicate the audition/placement information, the more success you will have with scheduling!

This article originally appeared in the 2019 V1 issue of Yamaha SupportED. To see more back issues, find out about Yamaha resources for music educators, or sign up to be notified when the next issue is available, click here.

Use Lunchtime to Work Together

In Case Study: Music Program Teamwork in Tennessee, we learned how the band, orchestra and choir directors at Ravenwood High School often plan and collaborate during the only time they are free­ — their common lunch period.

Chris Janowiak, Cassandra Brosvik and Lauren Ramey use this same creative planning with their students.

Finding opportunities for students to work together within the music department can be difficult — though not impossible, Janowiak says. The three directors often use the lunch period to bring students together.

Janowiak’s wind ensemble and Brosvik’s honors orchestra meet during the same period but in different locations while Ramey’s chamber choir meets during another period. Conveniently, most of their students share a common lunch, or homeroom period.

“When a certain piece in choir calls for percussion instruments or a wind instrument, or when the choir and orchestra were doing all that work for the holidays, those rehearsals happened during lunchtime,” Janowiak says. “It’s just finding as much free time as possible during the day to cram all that stuff in!”

This article originally appeared in the 2019 V1 issue of Yamaha SupportED. To see more back issues, find out about Yamaha resources for music educators, or sign up to be notified when the next issue is available, click here.

Letter to Myself: Anthony Maiello

Yamaha Master Educator Anthony Maiello is a Distinguished University Professor at George Mason University in Fairfax, Virginia. Below, he pens a letter to his younger self, sharing advice, anecdotes and inspiration for a fulfilling career in music education.

 

Dear Younger Anthony:

As you embark on your career, let me assure you that becoming a music teacher is the perfect profession for you. Teaching is a privilege and will give you the opportunity to demonstrate your passion for making music on a daily basis, and you will see music bring joy and happiness to others. Music is a blessing to be shared. Don’t ever forget this.

When did you find music and music find you? It happened when you were very young because music has always been a part of your life.

Remember the accordion your parents rented for you? Their support as your love of music grew was invaluable.

Anthony MaielloAnd never forget all the wonderful teachers who nurtured, encouraged and inspired you. They all believed in you and taught you to believe in yourself, especially when you questioned your musical abilities. You must now do the same for your students. Teach them music with love, care, kindness, humility and enthusiasm.

Remember the four-person dance band you started in 9th grade? You played the accordion and were joined by a drum set player, a tenor saxophonist and a guitarist — what fun the four of you had playing at weddings, dances and parties! You wrote and arranged music for the band — those skills helped direct you to follow a path to share your love of music with others.

You will meet a doctor, who also happens to be a fine French horn player, and he will define how important your work is when he compares his profession to yours. He will say that his work involves stitching wounds, prescribing medications and assisting people back to good physical health. Then he will tell you, “But you, with your music, you touch souls.” This will be the most powerful statement you will ever hear. It will have an incredible impact on you.

After 54 years as a music educator, I should have a long list of tips and advice for you as you begin your first year of teaching. But all I can say is: There is always more music to learn. If we lived 10 lifetimes, we would just begin to scratch the surface of music.

As a musician, striving for perfection is essential, although we must accept and know full well that we will never achieve it. Music teaches us that we learn by correcting mistakes, one note at a time.

Beethoven said, “To play a wrong note is insignificant; to play without passion is inexcusable!” To this I say, “Amen!”

Let me close by saying that we are so very fortunate to have music as our vocation and avocation.

Good luck!

Anthony in 2019 

This article originally appeared in the 2019 V1 issue of Yamaha SupportED. To see more back issues, find out about Yamaha resources for music educators, or sign up to be notified when the next issue is available, click here.

The Benefits Of Collaboration

It’s fun to sit down at your keyboard or strap on your guitar and create music by yourself, and it’s sometimes really important to work strictly on your own, especially when it comes to honing your craft. But one of the great things about music is that you it also allows you to collaborate with others in order to take your creations to a whole new place.

An abstract, colorful image metaphorically describing brain activity.

The word collaborate is defined by Merriam-Webster as “to work jointly with others, especially in an intellectual endeavor.” But this only touches the surface of what collaboration really is. Especially when it comes to music, collaboration is actually a healthy blend of skill, knowledge, psychology, personality, trust, talent, vision and the ability to envision what the end result could (and should) be.

In my line of work, I often collaborate with others. I do so for a variety of reasons, from the sheer fun of it to discovering something that might not have occurred to me if I were working alone. Along the way, I have found that one of the most important factors is being able to go into any collaboration with an open mind. You also must take into consideration the psyche of the person or people sitting across from you, and ascertain if they are taking the same approach as you, or a different one. Are they defensive when their ideas are questioned or changed? Do they welcome your ideas as much as you welcome theirs? Do they also have an end goal in mind that you should both be fighting for? These are all important clues as to whether the collaboration is working.

You also have to not be defensive or selfish about your own skills. I recently worked on a collection of emotive guitar cues with Ian Hatton — a well-seasoned guitarist who has worked with the likes of Robert Plant, Paul Rodgers and Jason Bonham. When I compose for TV, I normally do so on guitar, because that’s the foundation of my skill set. But I have an open enough mind to welcome working with another guitar player — someone who will bring to the table a variety of ideas, licks, phrases, parts and even instruments that I don’t have. So for this particular project I set my guitar playing aside and put on my other hats — that of composer, engineer, mixer and collaborator. Even though Ian handled all the guitar duties, I was able to create rhythmic loops as well as play bass, keys and percussion, in addition to using my mixing skills to pull it all together. Our open-minded collaboration yielded such great results that we are already working on several other projects together!

Collaboration can also be enhanced by a healthy sense of competition. In an article entitled How Lennon and McCartney Used Collaboration and Competition to Create Genius, author Dave Clark makes some interesting points. “[Lennon and McCartney’s] collaborative genius can be seen in what many consider to be The Beatles greatest song, A Day In The Life,” he writes, “where both members came to the table with parts of incomplete songs. While vastly different in musical composition, the pair fused these parts together to create an epic masterpiece that defines their greatness.”

Clark also refers to the writing of the psychedelic song Lucy in the Sky with Diamonds, where, he points out, the duo “volleyed” lines back and forth, “coming up with ideas with ease, creating the definition of a true collaboration.”

But, he adds, competition also drove the pair. “During The Beatles’ heyday, when everything the [pair] wrote became a hit,” he explains, “they began to write significant parts of songs, or even entire songs, on their own. When John appeared in the studio one day with Strawberry Fields Forever, a melancholy reflection of his childhood, Paul immediately answered with Penny Lane; an interpretation of his childhood. Always trying to “one-up” each other, the pair kept raising the stakes on what it meant to write a great song. Because of this, the songs kept getting better all the time.”

So approach any collaboration with an open mind, and be willing to consider all possible ideas that may result, regardless of where they may come from. Don’t immediately discard an idea coming from your collaborator even if you may not like it. Instead, ask yourself what you can combine with their idea to create something you might not have thought of on your own. Don’t worry about who writes this part or that, and don’t fret about how much each person contributes overall. Remember, it’s the music that counts, not anyone’s ego. Think big picture, and you’ll find that sometimes one plus one equals three!

 

Check out Rich’s other postings.

10 Things to Know When Buying Front Ensemble Equipment

Good things come in waves. After a few years at a new high school, your marching band is going great. The booster program is very active and has been raising money.

It’s going so well that your new plans include purchasing a front ensemble.
Your band has about 150 students and is expected to grow to over 200 in the next few years when the new junior high school is completed. Your current students want to attend a Bands of America Regional next year, and there’s even talk of starting an indoor drumline.
You know that the top drum corps use all sorts of gear in their front ensembles, but you have no idea what you need to get started. This purchase must last at least eight years, and you may need to add more mallet instruments next year as the program expands.

The purchasing process for front ensemble equipment can be a bit complicated, but with a little research, you can make an informed decision. Here are 10 key things to consider:

1. Talk to Your Local Music Dealer

Local dealers are great resources, especially if they’ve been a dealer for a long time. Ask them which front ensemble brand they like to work with when buying instruments. Which brands hold up over time? Which brands can get parts without delay? How long does it take to get delivery? You need gear now and cannot wait for five months.

2. Understand Your Program’s Needs

Know the amount of activity your program will be undertaking during the year. Will you participate in a few or a lot of marching competitions? How many students will you have the first year? Will you have a percussion specialist running the program? The answers to these questions will narrow the choices relating to bar options, frame type, quantity, weight, wheels and purchase quantity.

3. What Instrumentation is Needed?

To get started, you will need one marimba, one vibraphone, one xylophone and one concert bass drum. All of these instruments should come on some sort of multi-frame, which are designed to be outside. (Never use any concert frame instruments outside.)

As your front ensemble grows, you may want to add another marimba or vibraphone before anything else. Most front ensembles only have one xylophone. Whether you purchase a timpani or an accessory rack will ultimately depend on the music, instrumentation needs and player ability. Consult with your music arranger and percussion instructor.

4. How Often Will the Instruments Need to be Moved?

This is an often overlooked consideration. Pushing a mallet instrument is not necessarily an easy task especially when it is loaded down with a fair number of accessories like cymbals or concert toms. Additionally, not all students can move this equipment. Take stock of where the instruments will be stored when not in use as well as the distance to and from the rehearsal field. You want multi-frames that are easy to push and pull and that are not bogged down in unnecessary weight.

5. Transportation

multi-frame vibraphone

How will the instruments be moved to and from competitions and performances – by truck or trailer? Ensure that there is a ramp so instruments can be rolled on and off the truck. Make sure that you select field-frames that are not too heavy; three students should be able to lift the frames on and off the truck or trailer.

Remove the bars from all mallet instruments and store them in bars bags. This keeps the bars safe and in good condition during transport. Do not place anything on top of mallet instruments.

Finally, make sure students have parental permission to move instruments on and off vehicles.

6. Size and Range of Instruments

A common mistake is getting something larger than you need. A five-octave instrument may look appealing, but it is very expensive and very large – too large to fit on a lift gate. A four-octave vibraphone might also be unnecessary when a three-octave silver vibraphone will suit your needs just fine. While the difference between a 4.3- and 4.5-octave marimba might seem minor, the extra resonators on the low end of a 4.5-octave adds more weight. If you can manage with smaller range instruments, do so.

7. What Additional Instruments Will Be Mounted?

Cymbals, smaller bells, concert toms and concert snare drums are nice to have, but they are not necessary. The less you must mount, the less there is pack and unpack for performances. Ensure that the frames you get come with extra mounting clamps for accessories and they should mount to the places you need them on the frame. For example, suspended cymbals should be positioned within easy reach of the player. Remove all accessories from multi-frame instruments for transportation on a truck or trailer. The frames should be able to roll easily without any added accessories in the way of transport. A runaway mallet instrument coming down a ramp can cause serious injury – to the instrument and anyone in its path.

8. Wheels

Ensure that any mallet instrument you purchase has proper wheels. Make sure the wheels can navigate the terrain – dirt, asphalt, rocks, grass – from the band room to the practice field and back. A hammer caster wheel will work in most cases, and they do not need to be inflated.

Air-filled wheels are nice but not necessary. If you do opt for air-filled wheels, make sure you have access to an air pump always.

9. Ask for Advice

Ask your collegiate marching band director and percussion friends for the brands they prefer. Was the company sales representative available when needed? Were the mallet instruments easy to move? Does the metal frame protect the wooden frame of each instrument?

10. Protect Your Investment

To keep your front ensemble in top shape for several years, ensure your instruments come with covers to protect the keyboards from the damage of heat and moisture. Other accessories to consider include bar bags, moving blankets, cymbal bags, bungee cords and moving straps.

Research your options and ask a lot of questions when purchasing any instrument. By making an informed decision, you’ll equip your students and your music program with quality instruments that will last.

Using DSP, Part 1: Powered Loudspeakers

DSP (short for “Digital Signal Processing”) is used widely in live sound to process audio after it has been converted to digital information. Some of the advantages of digital processing, as opposed to analog processing, are reduced noise and distortion, as well as increased dynamic range. DSP can be used to perform a huge variety of audio functions such as equalization, compression, limiting, reverb, delay, and more. This month we’ll see how DSP is used in powered loudspeakers and their built-in amplifiers; next month, we’ll talk about how it’s used in mixers.

Getting In Tune

Modern Yamaha powered loudspeakers incorporate high-performance 48-bit DSP to modify EQ in order to tune them for optimum results in specific applications. For example, DBR Series powered loudspeakers provide two DSP switches, labeled D-CONTOUR and HPF:

An image of a panel with two switches on it.
DBR Series DSP controls.

D-CONTOUR (Dynamic Contour) is a multi-band dynamic processor that monitors the output of multiple frequency bands, and sends data back into an intelligent sensing system. This system automatically tunes the EQ for each frequency band so that the speaker can produce maximum Sound Pressure Level (SPL) while also maintaining clear and powerful sound regardless of volume level.

One of the advantages of the DBR Series is that their enclosure shape allows them to be used either as main PA speakers or as floor monitors. The D-CONTOUR switch modifies the speaker’s internal digital EQ for each specific application. When a DBR is used as a main speaker, it will usually be mounted on a stand such as the Yamaha SS238C or atop a Yamaha DXS Series subwoofer. Loudspeakers typically lose low-frequency response when suspended or mounted on a pole. The FOH/MAIN position of the D-CONTOUR switch boosts the low frequencies to correct this problem.

Placing any speaker near a boundary such as a wall or floor increases the low frequencies, often making the sound boomy and reducing clarity. Setting the D-CONTOUR switch to MONITOR reduces the DBR’s low-frequency range and restores that clarity when it is placed on the floor as a stage monitor. You also have the option to turn off D-CONTOUR if you feel that a flat response will work better in a particular situation.

Let the Highs Pass

The second DSP switch on the DBR is labeled HPF, short for high-pass filter. You may recall from our Tools of the Trade posting about equalization that this kind of filter cuts low frequencies only, allowing the high frequencies to pass untouched (hence its name). If you’re using a DBR without a subwoofer, set this switch to OFF to extend the low frequency range. When you’re ready to play larger rooms, you can add a subwoofer such as a Yamaha DXS Series to enhance the low end capabilities of your PA system. In that case, set the DBR’s HPF to either 100 Hz or 120 Hz —  whichever works best with your particular subwoofer (you can find that information in its owners manual.) As a bonus, using the HPF will also enhance the clarity of the DBR above the selected frequency.

Subwoofer Applications

Yamaha DXS Series subwoofers offer several rear-panel switches that are used to control internal DSP. One of these switches is for the crossover (“X-OVER”) frequency and it can be set to 80 Hz, 100 Hz or 120 Hz. In our Tools of the Trade posting Deciphering Power Ratings, Part 2,” we explained that a crossover is a series of filters that direct certain frequencies to certain speakers (sending the low frequencies to a woofer, and high frequencies to a tweeter, for example).When using a DXS subwoofer and DBR speaker together, set the DBR’s HPF and the DXS’s X-OVER switches to the same frequency. This will ensure that the speakers don’t overlap and produce an unnatural low-frequency response.

The other switch on DXS subwoofers is the D-XSUB switch for EQ presets. The BOOST setting provides a tight, focused bass with a slight boost between 60 and 70 Hz. The XTD LF (short for “extended low frequency”) setting allows the DXS to reach down to lower frequencies, enabling it to produce powerful low end that other compact subwoofers can’t achieve. When the BOOST or XTD LF settings are used, the D-XSUB function controls the boost dynamically in relation to the volume level so that you’ll get powerful bass even at lower volume levels. The OFF position provides a flat frequency response without any D-XSUB enhancement.

An image of a subwoofer panel with many dials and buttons.
DXS15 mk II subwoofer controls.

Crossover Filtering and Quality Control

One big advantage of powered loudspeakers is that their built-in amplifiers and crossovers can be perfectly matched to the transducers. DXS Series loudspeakers have an internal digital crossover that employs exclusive Yamaha FIR-X™ (Finite Impulse Response) filters to optimize frequency and phase response, resulting in better clarity and imaging than is possible using traditional analog crossovers. What’s more, each speaker and amplifier is measured and tested at the Yamaha factory, and DSP is then used to calculate the maximum safe output level for each component. The status of the power supply, amplifiers, and transducers are also constantly monitored by a microprocessor and DSP for excessive heat, shorts or other potentially damaging conditions, allowing the speakers to operate at their highest capability while maintaining safe, reliable operation — even in the most strenuous of conditions.

Click here for Part 2: How DSP is used in mixers.

 

Check out our other Tools of the Trade postings.

Click here for more information about Yamaha pro audio loudspeakers.

How to Recycle Your AV Gear

You’ve finally made up your mind to give up your VHS tape player, along with the stereo receiver you had in college and that cheap Bluetooth® speaker you won at the company picnic five years ago.

Tossing out old gear is easy. But disposing of unwanted electronics in a responsible way requires a little extra care (which is probably why it takes us so long to do it!).

In this blog posting, we’ll tell you how to do so … but first let’s start with three things you should not do:

1. Leave it on the street next to your trash cans on trash day. Definitely not. Electronics in your household trash may be sent to landfills or incinerators, allowing harmful substances to leach into ground water and make its way back into our food supply.

2. Throw it in the dumpster at work. Bad idea. Instead, check with your employer to see what recycling programs they have in place. If they do, they probably have a designated area for e-waste recycling that is not the dumpster behind the building.

3. Dump it behind the nearest Goodwill and drive away before they see you. No! But you are getting warmer, since many of these types of organizations have recycling/donation programs. (See below.)

Instead, here are five responsible ways to recycle your old AV gear:

1. Utilize local recycling centers – Check your city or town’s website for a list of e-waste recycling centers. If there are no permanent centers, they may have designated e-waste recycling days. You can also utilize the Environmental Protection Agency’s website for information about recycling electronic equipment. This comprehensive site also provides links to other resources where you can look up recycling centers in your state.

2. Donate it, get a receipt, deduct it – Many charitable and nonprofit organizations such as Goodwill accept donations of working and even nonworking electronics. They will repair what can be repaired and separate out reusable components to sell to reputable recyclers. They can also give you a receipt that may allow you to deduct the depreciated cost of the gear you donate from your tax return. (Check with your tax specialist to see whether you qualify.) One of my favorite recycling options is provided by Los Angeles-based Homeboy Electronics Recycling, who even offer vintage electronic equipment for use as movie props. Very creative!

3. Sell it – There is a large market for used electronics, even for devices that don’t work any more. Check out resources such as Craig’s List, Facebook Marketplace, OfferUp or eBay for Charity. Yamaha AV products are built to last, so even if you’ve had yours for years, it may be a gem that someone else can enjoy for a long time to come.

4. Trade up – As with most technology, we always want to have the latest and greatest AV system. In fact, the desire to upgrade is probably the most common reason for getting rid of your current components, and there are websites where you can trade in your old equipment and get credit toward purchasing a new piece. Check out AudiogoN and Crutchfield (powered by 2nd Life).

5. Take it to a retailer – Many large companies now offer recycling, trade-in or buyback programs. Check their websites for details.

Whichever option you choose, be sure to delete any personal information stored on your electronics before getting rid of them and check for any media left in players. I’m still looking for the second disk of my Dances with Wolves DVD, and I’m fairly sure that I inadvertently donated it!

If you think about the planet and future generations as you rid yourself of old or outdated gear, you’ll find that spending a little extra time to do so responsibly is well worth it. And think of what you can do with all that extra space you’ll have after recycling your old gear … like filling it with new AV gear!

 

Want to learn more about recycling electronics? Check out these resources:

e-Stewards: http://e-stewards.org/

Call2Recycle (for batteries): https://www.call2recycle.org/

Sustainable Electronics Recycling International (SERI): https://sustainableelectronics.org/

NOTE: While we do our best to provide useful information and resources for our customers, Yamaha does not endorse or affiliate with any of these services.

Resonant Frequencies, Part 2

In Part 1 of this two-part series, we talked about resonant frequencies as they relate to the human body, to “good vibes” (and bad), to colors, and to music in general. In this installment, we’ll talk about how they relate to guitars and the human voice.

I’m not a huge fan of other people playing my instruments. I believe that my personal guitars are resonating in the frequency ranges that I play them in. They have become part of my vibrational tone and so they respond perfectly to me, in the keys that I play them. I also believe each guitar will have developed a synergy with my body resonance and vocal tonality within those keys. Once someone else imparts their frequencies upon your instrument, it may take some time to re-establish balance between you and your guitar again.

Connect With Your Guitar

Do you have a resonant relationship with any of your guitars? One that really speaks to your every sensibility? Not because it’s the most expensive guitar you own, but because you couldn’t fully express yourself without it? Take a moment one evening before you start to play one of your guitars and try to get a deeper understanding of your relationship with that instrument. Are the frequencies between you and the instrument you play creating “harmonious vibes,” or is there some kind of disconnect?

Anything that stands between you and the notes you play will have a profound effect on your music, so you’d better make sure there are no broken lines of communication!

An image of a Yamaha Revstar 502FM electric guitar.

One of my favorite guitars being shown by Yamaha at NAMM 2019 was the new Revstar 502TFM. The flame maple top finished in the hand-rubbed Vintage Japanese Denim was visually stunning, so I automatically gravitated towards the instrument, which of course made me want to pick it up and play it. The guitar immediately felt good in my hands — familiar as expected, since I’ve long been a Revstar player. But the more I played that particular guitar at the show, the more I became connected to it. In effect, we were building a musical repertoire of frequencies, and the guitar was learning my resonant language.

Sing While You Play

When I work on a new song, I like to find the right key for my voice … but it’s not always about working within my range. It’s more about finding where the lyrics, chords and melody sit well. Sure, I could sing a whole step above where I perform some of my songs, but they may not resonate with me at those higher pitches and my performance may suffer as a result. You have to listen first to feel where the music lives in the song.

So it should come as no surprise that I’m a staunch advocate of having my guitar students sing when they play their instruments. When you use your voice to create melodies you will feel those tones vibrate throughout your whole body and the guitar too. Supporting your vocal melodies on your instrument will also help you develop a stronger chord/melody relationship, and you will literally feel it when the melodic pitches are vibrating in harmony with the chords. Chordal tones will sound and feel consonant. Chromatic tones will vibrate in dissonance with the chords, and you will hear and feel that too! It’s a deeper, vibrational understanding that you’ll only experience when you sing while playing a chordal instrument like the guitar.

When I write new melodies for the videos I create, I sing over the chords until I find ideas I like. Using my voice creatively that way allows me to emote with my personal instrument, an instrument that isn’t impaired by muscle memory and a limited knowledge of scales. I find that my internal musicality really shines when I sing. I create better melodic, motif-based hook lines — ideas that are usually quite simple but uniquely phrased; passages that I can transfer onto the guitar for my solos or instrumentals.

The Video 

An image of a Line 6 HX stomp guitar processor.

In this month’s video I’m playing my Yamaha Revstar 720B guitar into a Line 6 HX Stomp. This is my “go to” guitar for most of my projects these days. I love how it looks and feels, plus it translates my notes beautifully.

Take a moment to really listen to the notes I’m playing. Then listen again, but this time, rather than just listen, I’d like you to feel the notes. How do the notes resonate with you and make you feel? You may find that the chord tones evoke a peaceful feeling whereas the chromatic tones have a sense of movement and unrest within you.

It’s also no mistake that I chose to wear that blue shirt. I felt that it added a high-frequency vibrancy without distracting from the guitar and the music — a complimentary aspect of pitch that you can see but not hear.

The Wrap-Up

Some of the ideas I’ve shared with you in this two-part article may seem a little unconventional, but I hope I have given you food for thought or perhaps a deeper understanding of how closely we are connected to all of the elements around us on a daily basis.

When you feel something, pay attention to those feelings. They are vibrational signals that communicate with us to guide our decisions, musical or otherwise.

When it rains, listen to the tone and pitch of the drops as they fall gently on a tin roof. Pay attention to the traffic lights as they change color and try to hear the notes of red, amber and green. Feel the power of your own resonance within your body and try to emanate that wonderful energy out into the world like a sonic beacon for others to witness and enjoy.

Play your guitar, connect with your instrument, feel the synergy and every frequency throughout your body and know that every note, chord and composition you ever play will have a profound vibrational effect on everything around you!

Photographs courtesy of the author.

 

Check out Robbie’s other postings.

Your Instrument Is Your Inspiration

When I was about 10 years old, my parents bought me a used upright piano for $150. It had a roughly textured black and white speckled finish. It was the oddest looking piano I’d ever seen. I wish I had a picture of it but this was before we were a culture that documented every moment of our waking lives.

Anyway, I didn’t care what she (the piano) looked like. I was just happy to have one and I couldn’t take my hands off of her. (I don’t know why she was a “she.” I just knew she was.)

Although her keys wobbled and there was no resistance in their touch, every ivory (and ebony) was intact. No breaks or chips. Tuning was, well, just okay, but whether or not she was perfectly tuned didn’t matter because I wasn’t even aware (yet) that there was such a thing as being sharp or flat. My ear wasn’t trained. The vicinity of a proper tone was just fine with me.

I loved that piano. She was my first collaborator. My first partner in crime. She accommodated my every musical whim. And she elicited creative impulse simply because she was there and I was starting to have something to say. I will never forget her.

Since then, I’ve experienced a variety of keyboards varying in quality, status and price, from an impeccably tuned 6-foot baby grand to the weathered spinet in my friends Wally and Xandy’s live room. The latter has what we call … vibe. An instrument’s vibe, or personality, gives it a unique voice. And that DNA is what matters most to me.

An image of John Lennon's piano.

Recently I visited the Artist Exhibit at the Musical Instruments Museum in Phoenix, Arizona. Safely ensconced inside a Lucite case was the piano on which John Lennon conceived “Imagine.” I recalled a snippet of an interview with John in which he said he chose that particular piano because it was just a little bit “off.” I get what he meant. All vibe. “Imagine” wouldn’t be the same song if he wrote it on the gorgeous concert grand on display in the lobby …

An overhead image of someone playing the piano.

… which of course I made sure to lay my hands on before I left. Between the favorable acoustics of the high ceiling overhead and the daily TLC maintenance it receives, I was admittedly transported by its superior sonics. Museum goers gathered ‘round to hear me play but in my mind I was alone on a planet. Inside my head. Under its spell. I could’ve stayed there for hours but 20 other people were waiting to give her a try.

At last January’s NAMM show I was introduced to an acoustic guitar with Yamaha TransAcoustic technology, with its built-in chorus and reverb — ambiance on steroids, and no amp required, either. As soon I started strumming her (guitars are females too) it was as if I was on a stage, plugged into the mixer and in the spotlight. Nice.

I felt like a better player than I actually am. Eureka! Maybe we’re more likely to bond with an instrument if it bolsters our ego. Because we write better when we’re confident. A delicious instrument shuts down any impulse to procrastinate, so we stay on the bench (or stool) longer. And let’s face it, the longer we tinker, the more likely something remarkable will fall from the sky. So personally I’m quite comfortable imagining I’m better than I am even if I’m not. (Oh, and I think one of those TransAcoustics is in my future.)

Your instrument is an extension of your soul. If it calls to you, get closer. Like Marie Kondo’s theory about keeping only items that “Spark Joy,” let’s not justify what we’re drawn to on the basis of brand name or price tag or because someone else is drawn to it. Ask yourself how an instrument makes you feel. If the answer is “inspired,” then she’s the one.

Photographs courtesy of the author.

 

Check out Shelly’s other postings.

How to Lubricate Trombone Slides

Trombones are a critical voice in any band or symphonic ensemble, and compared to most other wind instruments, they are actually pretty simple machines.

However, if you haven’t spent much time playing trombones, they may seem like a bit of a mystery.

If you’re a band director with a robust and rambunctious trombone section, it’s important to understand how to keep trombone slides moving lightning fast. Here are some tips on the best options for lubricating trombone slides.

READ: TROMBONE TEACHING TIPS from Boston Brass’ Domingo Pagliuca.

THE YAMAHA EDUCATOR NEWSLETTER: Join to receive a round-up of our latest articles and programs!

Trombone Slide Cream

In the past, trombones didn’t have the option of special lubricants created with high-tech ingredients, so players improvised with whatever they had available. One of the most popular choices at that time was old-fashioned facial cold cream – the kind that came in a jar and had a creamy consistency similar to yogurt or toothpaste. This may seem like an odd choice, but believe it or not when applied properly, this greasy cream did make a pretty good lubricant for trombone slides! You probably won’t find many players still using facial cream these days, but official cream-style lubricants remain a popular choice today.

Here’s the way I was taught to apply slide cream when I first learned to play trombone:

trombone slide next to bottle and tube of trombone slide cream
Apply a thin layer of slide cream starting at the bottom, then spray a fine mist of water to the slide while playing to keep the slide slippery.
  • The cream must be applied to the entire inner slide, so remove the outer slide completely and set it aside. Put the outer slide in a safe location where it won’t fall or get stepped on – it is very fragile and easy to dent or bend!
  • Place a small amount of cream on your fingertip, a drop about the size of a pea. IMPORTANT: make sure you’re using trombone slide cream, and not tuning slide grease. Grease is too thick and sticky for the hand slide and should only be used for tuning slides!
  • Starting at the bottom of one of the inner slides, spread that drop of cream around the fat part of the slide (called the stocking). Then continue working that same drop of cream up the tube toward the hand section. You shouldn’t need to apply more than that one drop of cream.
  • Once you have coated that entire inner slide, grab the top of the slide with the tips of your thumb and first two fingers, forming a rough triangle around the tube. Then, with one quick motion, pull your fingers down the length of the slide to wipe off some of the excess cream you just applied. Your goal is to leave behind a thin layer of greasy cream spread evenly across the metal. If you can actually see the cream, there’s still too much!
  • Repeat this process for the other inner slide tube, starting with a fresh pea-sized drop and again wiping off any excess.
  • Once both inner tubes are coated, carefully put the outer slide back in place and work it up and down a few times to spread the cream evenly.
  • At this point, the slide should feel fairly smooth, but for the best action use a spray bottle to apply a fine mist of water onto the inner slide tubes before and as needed while playing. The water will bead against the greasy layer of cream and act like tiny ball bearings to cushion the slide and make the action super-fast.

Depending on how much you play, slide cream may need to be reapplied after a few days or weeks. However, be careful – it’s easy to over-apply cream or use too much. When that happens, the slide can get gummy and slow even with water. Remember, if you can actually see the cream, there’s too much, so clean the slide thoroughly and start over with a fresh thin layer.

PURCHASE: Yamaha Trombone Slide Cream

Liquid Trombone Slide Lubricants

applying liquid trombone slide lubricant on trombone slide
For liquid slide lubricants, apply a few drops at the top of the inner slide tubes.

In more recent years, a variety of lubricants have been specifically created for trombone slides that are thicker than oil but still much thinner than creams. Some of these come as a two-part mixture, while others (like this Yamaha Trombone Slide Lubricant) come in a single bottle. Liquid lubricants are preferred by many professional players and are an excellent option for students and beginners because they are easy to use. And best of all, they make your slide incredibly fast!

  • There’s no need to remove the outer slide for liquid lubricants. Simply place a few drops of lubricant at the top of each inner slide tube and allow the liquid to run down the slide. Don’t worry about using too much – any excess lubricant will drain out through the water key, so there isn’t any risk of excess buildup.
  • Work the outer slide back and forth a few times to spread the lubricant evenly.
  • The slide may already be fast enough to use at this point, but for the best action, use a spray bottle to apply a fine mist of water as needed while playing.

That’s all there is to it! You may need to re-apply liquid slide lubricants a bit more frequently than the cream, but the process is much simpler and quicker, and your slide will still move just as fast and maybe even faster.

READ: LEARN MORE ABOUT TROMBONIST WYCLIFFE GORDON

Oil

I don’t generally recommend using oil for trombone slides, but it is an option if you’re caught without anything else. Use a good quality valve oil, preferably something on the heavier/thicker side and apply several drops to the top of the inner slides just like you would with a liquid lubricant. However, do not use a water spray because that will wash away the oil, and you’ll need to reapply frequently.

No matter which type of lubricant you choose, it’s important to remember that a trombone slide must be clean, straight and free from any dents or physical problems to work properly. If you know there’s a dent or if the slide moves slowly or gets stuck even with proper lubrication, be sure to have the instrument looked at by a repair technician as soon as possible.

The History Of Hi-Fi

Let’s jump back to 1954. A lot of great things happened that year: From Here to Eternity wins an Academy Award®, Ernest Hemingway wins a Nobel Prize for Literature, Elvis Presley has his first commercial recording session … and the debut audio product from Yamaha introduces the world to Hi-Fi.

An image of an old-fashioned vinyl record player. It is self-encased within a box.
Yamaha HiFi Player.

Yes, that’s right: Hi-Fi (short for “High Fidelity”) began with Yamaha. The company’s HiFi Player — one of the first stereo record players and the first ever audio component bearing the “Hi-Fi” name — started it all. From the most demanding audiophiles to those who just appreciate great music and sound, Hi-Fi components represent the best way to enjoy music and sound reproduction. Let’s take a look at how far we’ve come in the world of Hi-Fi and explore the link of tradition and tomorrow.

Stepping Back

Prior to 1954, consumer audio components were mostly of lower quality and inferior sound, playing back 78 or 33⅓ rpm records or reel-to-reel tapes. Bell Labs and other companies had begun experimenting with various recording techniques in the 1930s, and some multitrack recordings (that is, recordings done on multiple tracks at once) were made on optical sound film in the early 1940s. Reel-to-reel recordings made by artists for consumer distribution began in around 1948, as well as the first introduction of FM radio, which offered a signal with wider bandwidth than AM radio.

After the introduction of the HiFi Player in 1954, and as recording quality began to improve with a fuller frequency range, audio consumers came to realize that separate components such as radio tuners, preamplifiers, power amplifiers, turntables and loudspeakers could deliver a better listening experience than integrated products. The term “Hi-Fi” soon became synonymous with componentry designed to deliver accurate sound reproduction.

Guest Speaker

The new playback equipment resulted in an increased need for better-sounding speakers, and once again Yamaha was ready to meet the challenge. In 1967, the company released their first Hi-Fi speakers: the NS-20 and NS-30, each configured identically (apart from differing cabinet size). For the first time, consumers could start to hear the depth and breadth of the music coming out of their systems, almost as if they were right there in the studio with the artists. Taking it a step further, Yamaha released the world’s first beryllium diaphragm speaker in 1974: the NS-1000M.

An image of two large Yamaha speakers.
Yamaha NS-1000M speakers.

The early 1970s brought additional advances in audio reproduction technology. In 1972, Yamaha introduced the 700 Series component stereo systems. These integrated products featured additional input and output capabilities, including a separate phono input for records, AM/FM tuner, tape deck inputs and even a stereo microphone input on the front, allowing for additional uses for home audio, education and even semi-pro applications. At around that time, matched preamplifiers and power amplifiers began to be integrated in a single component — a trend that yielded improved playback quality.

Other Hi-Fi components continued to improve as well. In 1976, the Yamaha YP-1000 record player was released. This advanced product featured a direct drive system, a Stax UA-7 advanced tonearm and a precision turntable machined from a single aluminum plate. Even headphones incorporated new technologies. The Yamaha HP-1, also released in 1976, featured a voice coil printed directly on the diaphragm for advanced tonal balance, as well as a streamlined form commissioned from the renowned Italian industrial designer Mario Bellini. Bellini also designed the Yamaha TC-800GL stereo cassette deck, released at around the same time. This innovative design included a front panel that angled down for maximum viewing and could also run on separate batteries or even a car battery, offering portability aspects previously unheard of in Hi-Fi.

An image of an old-fashioned cassette player. It is designed so that it sits at a 30-degree angle up form the surface it's placed on.
Yamaha TC-800GL cassette player.

In the early 80s, technology took a major leap with the introduction of the Compact Disc (CD) player, able to play digital recordings. Once again, Yamaha was ready. The CD-1, released in 1982, featured a slide-out disc loader and had linear 16-bit twin D/A (digital to analog) converters with separate power supplies for the digital and analog elements. Technology marched onwards, and in 1986, the Yamaha CDX-2200 offered the world’s first 18-bit precision D/A conversion system. This was followed by the CDX-2020 in 1988, which provided 22-bit operation and four DAC configuration.

An image of an old-fashioned CD player. It is a large box that looks similar to a VHS player.
Yamaha CD-1 compact disc player.

As components increased in not only quality but quantity too, consumer Hi-Fi products had to follow suit. By the 1990s and on into the early 2000s, there were a bewildering variety of tape machines, turntables, CD players, videocassette recorders (VCRs), DVD players, MiniDisc recorders, DAT machines, and a number of additional components such as outboard equalizers and signal processors. The late 90s also brought about the advent of 5.1 surround sound, where separate speakers for left, right, center, left surround and right surround, plus a subwoofer, became necessary add-ons in order to envelop the listener in sound. With all these advances, consumers now could play back movies and live concert videos (and even some studio recordings) in cinematic 5.1 surround, introducing the concept of the “home theater.” There were even “Home Theater in a Box” (HTiB) products that enabled consumers to purchase all-in-one systems that could be easily set up yet provide an enhanced listening experience.

An image of various components of a hi-fi home theater system.
Yamaha YHT-4930 Home Theater in a Box.

Where We Are Today

Current Yamaha AV products offer consumers extraordinary quality and flexibility that make the old days of stereo Hi-Fi seem practically prehistoric. Some advanced Yamaha AV receivers offer up to 11.2 channels of surround sound, Bluetooth®, Amazon Alexa voice control compatibility, multi-room listening via MusicCast and built-in music streaming services, as well as a phono input for vinyl playback.

An image of a turntable next to a high-quality speaker.
Yamaha MusicCast VINYL 500 turntable with MusicCast 50 wireless speaker.

Speaking of vinyl, this is a playback format that has had a resurgence in the past few years, mainly because it’s one that some people feel sounds better than digital. In addition, many classic recordings have been released on high quality 180 gram vinyl, which is significantly thicker than the traditional 120 or 140 gram releases. Considered “audiophile grade,” these records have helped spur on an upward sales trend that sees no end in sight. Yamaha still offers a line of turntables for vinyl playback, including the new MusicCast VINYL 500, which allows you to stream playback to wireless speakers in your home such as the Yamaha MusicCast 50 or MusicCast 20.

Today, if you want to hear some great music from your favorite artists, listen to a podcast, play the latest video game or check out a wall-shaking, room-pounding surround sound movie, just think about the options you currently have. From home theater AV receivers to sound bars, from turntables to DVD and Bluetooth players, from streaming media to wired or wireless speakers (and subwoofers) or even just a great set of headphones, options abound.

Hi-Fi is alive and well, and we can look back to 1954 and reflect on how far we’ve come. But we can also look forward to what’s next, as audio and audiophile technology continues to march on.

 

Check out these related blog articles:

What’s A Receiver? Part 1: Hi-Fi

Appreciating Vinyl Records … and the Best Way to Enjoy Them

How to Stream Hi-Fi Quality Audio at Home

 

Click here for more information about the history of Yamaha Hi-Fi.

Click here for more information about Yamaha Hi-Fi components.

Click here for more information about Yamaha Home Theater systems.

Sound Check and Setup Tips for Worship Groups

Before any dress rehearsal or live performance in your House of Worship comes the all-important sound check. In this video, Yamaha product manager John Schauer takes you through all the steps required, including checking physical connections as well as the importance of setting input and output gains at the mixer before creating a balance and adding effects. Also covered is grouping, the use of smartphones and tablets for remote control of the mix, and troubleshooting procedures to trace a signal if one is missing. There’s even a brief tutorial on correct gain staging — a critical part of creating a great mix. Follow these tips and all your soundchecks will be successful!

Click here to find out more about Yamaha professional audio products.

Music v.2.0

Once upon a time, radio was free. So was broadcast television. Then along came cable and satellite and streaming, and soon we all got used to paying to be entertained, same way we always had to buy a ticket to watch a film at our local movie theater.

Ever since the advent of recording more than a century ago, we’ve had to pay to listen to music too, from buying vinyl to purchasing tunes for a smart device. But up until now, one of the few areas of entertainment that was free to all comers was the making of music. Sure, you had to buy or rent an instrument first (unless you were lucky enough to have a friend or relative willing to loan you theirs), but there was no obligation to shell out for the privilege of strumming your guitar or blowing your saxophone or bashing away on your drum kit. There was no levy on writing songs, either — anyone with the talent and inspiration could do so, free of charge.

Now, with the introduction of Music v.2.0, all of that’s changed. From this day forward, you’re going to have to pay to play. Every time you pick a note, strike a key, crash a cymbal, it’s going to cost you, courtesy of a patent that has just been granted on … can you believe it? Music itself.

How could this have happened? The story is a little murky, but apparently two of the largest OS developers in the world got together a few years ago and formed a new corporate entity to explore “means of monetizing and leveraging emerging entertainment opportunities,” which is marketing-speak for “finding new ways to gouge our customers.” The new company, MicrApp©®™ (a clever merger of their names), hired a cadre of top patent attorneys who devised a method of redefining the elements of music, with valuations assigned to each. For example, major chords were determined to be of slightly more value than minor chords, and priced accordingly. Want to add a 7th? Extra. Suspended fourth? Even more. And since they are rarely used, esoteric chords like 6ths, augmented, and diminished are tagged with what the patent terms “fancy use” tariffs that can mount up if you’re into playing jazz or avant garde. (Inside tip: there is as yet no definition for combinations of augmented and diminished chords, so if you begin substituting what hackers are calling “demented” chords, you might be able to avoid those extra charges.)

Note values are similarly categorized, with quarter notes costing four times as much as whole notes, and triplets costing three times as much as quarter notes. Scales are priced similarly, though since they consist of only one note at a time, the patent concedes that a slight discount should be applied. Double-stops fall somewhere in-between, but as you can see, a dense solo consisting of single lines interspersed with chordal tones can mount up quickly, particularly if you’re playing an instrument like guitar and are prone to bending notes (which, you guessed it, cost extra too.)

It’s not just chords, note values and scales, either. Dynamics and tempo are appraised as well, from pianissimo and adagio (least expensive) to fortissimo and allegro (most expensive). You might be able to cut costs somewhat if you play ppp at a lento tempo, but get a little carried away and jump up into fff at presto and you’ll pay a healthy premium. It’s all swings and roundabouts: you might be able to offset the extra premium incurred for a crescendo with the discount that comes with a diminuendo — but only if they are of equivalent duration. Admittedly, these extra charges are mostly just fractions of a penny each, but sit down and practice a sonata (or a prog-rock song) from beginning to end, and, trust me, those pennies can mount up rapidly.

So, how do it know? Well, last night at precisely midnight, the MicrApp app©®™ automatically downloaded into every one of our smartphones and tablets without us knowing it, and there’s no way to access or delete it, either. The app uses the microphone, gyroscope and accelerometer in your device to monitor your activities 24/7, and whenever it detects sound or movement that it interprets as making music (based on a sophisticated algorithm that the MicrApp programmers have been developing for years), the appropriate surcharges are added to your monthly bill — and, yes, your service provider is receiving a healthy commission from MicrApp for doing so. One loophole here is that you could conceivably bypass this monitoring by practicing a distance away from your device (and we mean a long distance, because those microphones are very sensitive), but let’s face it, how many of us are willing to be disconnected from texting and social media for that long?

This will eventually be challenged in the courts, of course, but until or unless a verdict is handed down voiding this (currently perfectly legal) patent, musicians, music educators and music students — or their parents — should gird themselves for a substantial increase in their entertainment expenditure each month. In other words, get ready to dig into your wallets a bit deeper, folks — the creation of music has finally been monetized.

Oh, and one last thing: Happy April Fools Day from everyone here at Yamaha!

 

Check out Howard’s other postings.

Raiders of the Lost eARC

How would your commute be affected if there were more lanes on the freeway? Not only would you get to work faster, but there would probably be fewer accidents and less road rage.

HDMI® can’t do anything about the freeway, but updates to the standard continually increase overall format bandwidth and add many features that take advantage of the increased capacity. This is great news for home theater enthusiasts!

Stylized text that reads "eARC"

One recent HDMI improvement is eARC (short for “enhanced Audio Return Channel”). You may already be familiar with ARC, which allows audio to be sent from your TV to your AV receiver through the same HDMI cable that carries the video signal in the other direction, from your AV receiver to the TV. The “enhanced” part of eARC increases bandwidth and adds several exciting new features, including:

Dolby® True HD and DTS-HD Master Audio™

An eARC-compatible TV can send full high-res multichannel audio without downmixing the signal to two channels as a means to conserve bandwidth. At last, you can enjoy an audio experience on par with the stunning display from your 4K TV!

Dolby Atmos® and DTS:X™

With eARC, 3D surround sound signal can be sent uncompressed to your receiver, so you can experience the same thrilling technologies you enjoy at the movie theater in the comfort of your own home. This means full 3D immersive sound from movies already offered by Netflix®, Amazon Prime® Video and many other streaming services — exactly as they were meant to be seen and heard.

Less wires

Because you don’t need extra wiring to get sound from TV-based apps to play through your receiver, you can use your smart TV as your main streaming video source and enjoy full surround sound through a single HDMI cable.

What You Need to Enjoy eARC

The fact that HD content is already available from streaming services means that some manufacturers already offer eARC-capable devices … and many more will soon. Here’s what you need to enjoy the benefits of eARC:

  • An eARC-capable TV
  • An eARC-capable AV receiver
  • Ultra High Speed HDMI cables or HDMI High Speed Cables with Ethernet

Compatibility

If you’re wondering whether eARC is backwards compatible with ARC, the answer is maybe. The standard does not define eARC to be compatible with ARC, but manufacturers may build their products to be compatible with both. Check back here for updates about eARC compatibility with Yamaha AV receivers.

HDMI has widened the high-res audio freeway so that HD content is moving smoothly. Sit back and enjoy the ride!

Check out our blog article What’s So Good about Dolby Atmos® and DTS:X™?

 

(Note that not all HDMI features are supported by all manufacturers, so you should always check your device’s owner’s manual to make sure the feature you want is supported.)

Fedora hat and bullwhip isolated on white background.

Pianos Without Borders

September 2016: World-renowned pianist Maestro Byron Janis conducts a master class with students from the Moscow Conservatory.

July 2018: José García-León of The Juilliard School and Lisa Yui of the Manhattan School of Music evaluate the performances of four Argentinian pianists.

January 2019: A piano student in Xinhua, China plays a Liszt Etude while UCLA Keyboard Department head Inna Faliks watches and listens attentively.

Sound pretty mundane? Think again. In each instance, these teachers and their students were on different continents, separated by thousands of miles. Yet thanks to the powerful capabilities of the Yamaha Disklavier™ reproducing piano, the participants were able to experience these sessions as if they were together in the same room.

Every Nuance Captured

It all starts with the Disklavier. Not only is it a stellar-sounding Yamaha grand, it’s the most technologically advanced piano in the world. Fitted with a collection of state-of-the-art optical sensors, it captures every nuance of a piano performance, from the pressure of the keystrokes (it can sense up to 1024 levels of hammer velocity) to the subtle gradations of pedal movement. It converts every aspect of a live performance into digital data, which can then be used to reproduce that performance with perfect precision on the same or a different Disklavier — without the pianist touching the keys.

Remote Auditioning and Teaching

This reproduction is so precise that it can even be used for auditions for college music programs. Students in the United States and elsewhere have taken advantage of the Yamaha Disklavier Education Network (DEN) Auditions program to record a performance to be used as an audition … and that same performance can even be presented to multiple participating schools. (Currently, nearly two dozen colleges and universities are part of the DEN Auditions program.) These remote auditions save time and travel expenses and make it possible for students to apply to more music schools and conservatories than otherwise would be possible.

Yamaha Remote Lesson technology takes the process even further by connecting Disklaviers in different locations, networking them together so that master classes can be conducted from anywhere in the world to students anywhere in the world. As the instructor or student plays their Disklavier, the performance data is sent instantaneously over the internet so that the performance can be reproduced on another Disklavier in a remote location in real time … whether it’s around the block or around the world. As long as there’s an internet connection, the distance is irrelevant. What’s more, synchronized video streaming in each location allows the instructors and students to see each other and communicate as if they were in the same room.

From Russia with Music

In the case of Maestro Janis’s master class, the 90-year old master sat at a Disklavier at the Yamaha Artist Services facility in New York City, where he listened to real-time performances by two Moscow Conservatory students: Dmitry Mayboroda, who played Beethoven Sonata Op. 10 No. 3, 2nd movement, and German Kitkin, who played Chopin Etude, Op. 10: No. 3 In E “Tristesse.”

A group of people watch a presentation by a pianist in a large room with a projector.
Byron Janis converses with a student in Moscow while seated at a Disklavier in New York.

As the students played their pieces from Moscow, Janis was able to evaluate their performances, not just by listening but also by intently watching the keys and pedals moving on the Disklavier in front of him. Then, the conclusion of each performance, Janis was not only able to offer advice and critiques, he was able to play examples for the students too, who in turn had the ability to watch the Disklavier in their location as it accurately reproduced whatever Janis played in real time.

Play for Me, Argentina

The remote master class that Yui and García-León put on with the Argentinian pianists was the first ever such session in Latin America. The historic event was held as part of “Teachers del Norte-Pianists del Sur” (Teachers of the North-Pianists of the South), a festival created and directed by Yamaha artist Mirian Conti, designed to promote young Argentine pianists to the world and strengthen ties between nations.

Four different images of people playing the piano, in a collage.
García-León (upper left) and Yui (lower left) during their remote master class.

Yui and García-León evaluated performances by Tamara Benítez, Matías Palou, Natalia Suriano and Mariano Manzanelli. The instructors were located at the Yamaha Artist Services facility in New York City, while the four students were 5,300 miles away in Buenos Aires.

From LA to Beijing

The remote session UCLA’s Faliks participated in was a one-on-one piano lesson, just like those that happen thousands of times a day all over the world, except for one thing: the student and teacher were on opposite sides of the Pacific Ocean.

Faliks taught from a Disklavier-equipped studio in the Ostin Music Center at UCLA, while the student, Meng Xinyuan, sat at another Disklavier at the Central Conservatory of Music in Beijing, China, performing Liszt’s Etude de Concert #2. Faliks then offered suggestions for how Meng could improve her pedal technique in order to add more expression… and Meng was able to comply in real time, earning praise from her instructor more than 6,000 miles away!

An image of a person playing a piano while someone stands behind her with a microphone.
Faliks (second from left) conducts a one-on-one piano lesson in LA … with a student in Beijing.

The session was the first in which educational institutions in China and the United States were connected using Yamaha Disklaviers and Remote Lesson technology. Undoubtedly, there will be many more opportunities for events of this type.

Seamless Connection

The Yamaha Disklavier, in conjunction with Remote Lesson technology, gives new meaning to the term “long-distance learning” by providing piano students and teachers with a unique way to take advantage of the world-shrinking benefits of the internet. But perhaps more importantly, it does so while retaining the traditional student-teacher dynamic, which is such a vital component to music instruction.

Photographs courtesy of Yamaha and Xinhua News Agency.

 

Click here for more information about the Yamaha Disklavier.

 

Improve Your Stage Presence

Have you ever gone to a concert and remember more about the poor stage etiquette than the performance? Me too!

Teachers can only do so much during lessons and ensemble rehearsals. There is so much to know about being a musician that sometimes the little things — like etiquette — are not addressed. Here are some tips to use at your next performance.

Entering the Stage

When you first walk onto the stage, smile and acknowledge the audience. Walk with a purpose and get to your instrument without looking around or trying to see if your mom is in the audience. The person with the longest distance to go should enter first. If the applause continues once you arrive at your destination, take a small bow or acknowledge the audience with a head nod. Look like you are excited to play and, again, smile. The folks in the seats have taken time out of their schedule to come see you and it’s your role to be positive about your performance. Look like you are having fun even if you’re nervous. If you look uncomfortable, the audience will be uncomfortable too.

During the Performance

Don’t talk during the performance, even if you have a lot of rests. Sit there and enjoy the music and be ready to play when it’s your turn. Remember, once you are on the stage, the audience can see everything you are doing.

And if you make a mistake, keep going. Mistakes are inevitable, and it is your responsibility to perform through them as if nothing happened.

Take a Bow

When you bow, bend at your waist and don’t look at the audience — you are not greeting someone. My college percussion teacher used to tell us say “I can see my shoes” to ourselves while bowing. This translates roughly to a count of 2 (that is, two quarter notes at 60 BPM).

Enjoy the moment. People are clapping for you! Take your bow (or two) and then exit the stage quickly — don’t ham it up. If people continue to clap, go back out and take another one.

Dress

Wear something that is professional but not distracting. The audience is there to see your performance, not what you are wearing. Remember, your outfit should never be flashier than your performance.

By the way, I always recommend that my students do a run-through in the clothes they intend to wear for the concert itself. Performing in dress shoes may mean you have to adjust the height of the instrument, or long sleeves may get in the way. Better to be prepared for these kinds of gremlins ahead of time!

Stagehands

If you are going to use stagehands to help you move equipment (something I highly recommend!) make sure they dress in all black so they are not distracting to the audience while they are on stage. Before the concert, make sure you go over the set-up diagram with them and let them know how and when they should move the equipment.

A note for stagehands: Make sure you move purposefully and efficiently, and don’t interact with the audience. Do your job in a completely unobtrusive way.

Stage Clutter

There should be nothing on the stage other than what you need to perform the concert. That means no backpacks, stick bags, instrument covers, jackets, empty soda cans, etc.

After the Concert

During the reception, the rule is simple: No negativity. Don’t talk about the mistakes you made. Be sure to say hello to all of the people who came to your recital and thank them for being there to support you. Engage with your audience and be positive.

Finally, don’t go home and watch your video right after your performance. Wait at least a week and when you do watch it, learn from it and don’t beat yourself up for every little mistake.

Photo by Radek Grzybowski on Unsplash

 

For more information, see our blog post Top 10 Things All Young Percussionists Should Know

Using Dropbox to Load New Songs Into Smart Pianist and Chord Tracker

Typically, you don’t need to load new songs into either the Yamaha Smart Pianist or Chord Tracker apps. When you purchase new songs from iTunes® or Google Play, you are automatically adding new songs to these apps, since their content is derived by looking directly into your iTunes Music Library:

An image of a menu in Chord Tracker.

However, your new songs must be purchased in iTunes, not downloaded as part of Apple Music™, which is a streaming service. Files from Apple Music, even if they are downloaded for offline listening, have DRM (Digital Rights Management) codes in them that prevent Smart Pianist and Chord Tracker from accessing the data. If there is DRM in the file, you will see an error in red like this:

An image displaying a possible error message in the Chord Tracker app.
An image within the Chord Tracker app highlighting the User Songs menu.

So you may well be asking, “Can I load additional songs into Smart Pianist or Chord Tracker without buying new songs in iTunes?” The answer is “Yes!” In fact, there is additional memory inside each of these apps for storing additional songs outside of those in your iTunes library. They will be located in a folder called “User Songs,” located directly beneath the Music Library folder. There are a few different ways in which you can load additional songs into this folder without using the typical iTunes gateway, the most efficient of which is via the commercial file-sharing service Dropbox™.

To do so, you need a Dropbox account. If you don’t have already have one, get one now! The basic account is free and includes 2 GB of online storage space.

Start by downloading the Dropbox app directly into your iOS device from the Apple App store. This will make things much easier when you subsequently log in to Dropbox from within the Yamaha apps. Then, after signing into your account in the Dropbox app, open Smart Pianist or Chord Tracker and log on to your Dropbox account again from there. Depending on the app, you will find this option in different locations.

In Smart Pianist, it’s located in UTILITY —> SYSTEM :

An image highlighting the dropbox login button in the Chord Tracker app.

In Chord Tracker, it’s located in the Settings menu:

An image highlighting the dropbox login button in the Chord Tracker app.

Because you’ve already signed directly into your Dropbox account on your iOS device, logging on to Dropbox from within Smart Pianist or Chord Tracker will automatically create the proper folders that allows them to access your new songs. Your iOS device will then request access to automatically create a folder in your Dropbox account called “Apps” (and then another subfolder called “Smart Pianist” or “Chord Tracker” respectively):

An image of a dialogue box prompting the user to allow access to a folder.

Once this process is completed, any songs that you place in these folders will be directly accessible to the Yamaha apps. This will also allow you to download songs to the “User Songs” folders from your Dropbox account:

An image displaying the Chord Tracker and Smart Pianist app folders in Dropbox.

To retrieve a song from Dropbox, go to the “User Songs” folder in Smart Pianist or Chord Tracker, then touch the IMPORT logo (shown below), and follow the prompts:

An image of the downlad button within the app.
An image displaying the dialogue box triggered when importing folders or files from Dropbox.

Note that you need to make sure all of the files you put in these special Dropbox folders are in the proper audio format. Any of the following formats (set to 16-bit / 44.1kHz) work well with Smart Pianist and Chord Tracker:

.AAC

.AIF

.M4A

.MP3

.WAV

You can also use Dropbox to email or message yourself content: Simply attach audio files to your e-mails or texts. After downloading the attachment by tapping on it, press and hold the attachment to see a dialogue that lists your Dropbox options. Select either “Save to Dropbox” or “Copy to Dropbox,” but make sure you navigate to the proper folder in Smart Pianist or Chord Tracker so the app can find the file.

An image displaying the "copy to dropbox" option.

By the way, you may have noticed that Smart Pianist allows you to directly “copy to” the app itself, allowing you to skip the Dropbox option. (This option is not available at this time for Chord Tracker.) I still prefer to use Dropbox to keep all of my data organized, in effect using it as my “cloud memory.”

An image displaying the "copy to Smart Pianist" option.

As you can see, Dropbox makes it easy to enjoy your new songs in Smart Pianist and Chord Tracker. Happy downloading, and happy playing!

How to Stream Hi-Fi Quality Audio at Home

For many people, hearing every nuance of sound in a recording can be almost more important than the songs themselves. Some may think that an analog Hi-Fi system is the only way to enjoy this level of detail. But with the rise in popularity of digital audio and continuous ongoing innovation, analog may have met its match. There are already some wireless speakers that can stream Hi-Fi audio from any mobile device without a significant drop-off in sound quality.

If you’re ready to make that transition, here’s how to get started:

Know Your Audio

Before you begin, be sure you understand the differences between the types of audio files you can stream. “Hi-Fi” stands for High Fidelity, a term used to describe high quality sound reproduction, including both analog audio and high-resolution digital audio.

Digital audio compared to analog audio is kind of like watching a film on DVD versus watching it on a 4K Blu-ray Disc. As shown in the illustration below, analog audio is usually represented as a wave. You can think of its digital equivalent as boxes that fill in the space with small gaps in-between:

A series of graphs demonstrating the quality differences between analog and digital sound.

There are two important terms to understand here. The first is something called the sampling rate (sometimes called “sample rate”). This describes the number of times per second the incoming analog signal is analyzed. The higher this rate, the more accurately a sound is recreated — in other words, the better the audio. The downside is that higher sampling rates result in more numbers, so the files created are larger … and therefore require more bandwidth to be streamed. (The term bitrate describes the “throughput” of a streamed digital signal in terms of kilobytes per second [kbps].)

The second term is bit resolution. This describes how large each digital word is. The more “bits” (that is, the greater the number of ones and zeroes) used, the more increments are available to represent the position of each sample of an analog wave. A 24-bit digital word, for example, will yield better audio than a 16-bit word. However, there’s a downside here too, in that the use of longer bit resolutions again require larger file sizes and therefore greater streaming bandwidth.

As an example, CDs store data as 16-bit words, with a sampling rate of 44,100 times per second (44.1 kHz). MP3s can use various bit resolutions and sampling rates but the most common is 24-bit / 44.1 kHz. This is what many streaming services provide, and therefore what many wireless speakers support when streaming.

High-resolution audio is typically produced at 24 bits but with higher sample rates of 96 or even 192 kHz. The file type also needs to be in a lossless format to be considered high-res. These types of formats include FLAC (Free Lossless Audio Codec), WAV, AIFF, DSD, and ALAC (Apple Lossless Audio Codec). “Lossless” simply means that the decoded file contains all of the audio information. Obviously this is optimum but, again, the downside is that this makes for much larger files than “lossy” formats such as MP3, which are designed to remove unnecessary audio in order to compress the file to an easily downloadable size.

Streaming in Style

There are currently several streaming services that support CD quality (16-bit / 44.1 kHz) files. Yamaha wireless speakers work with two: Deezer and TIDAL. They also work with Napster, which can stream MP3 files with up to 320 kbps bitrates, although these files are significantly less than CD quality.

To stream high-res audio, you’ll need to use a Wi-Fi connection instead of Bluetooth® to maximize output. Dropouts with Bluetooth are common because the device you’re streaming from is typically required to be within 32 feet. There are also limited hi-res streaming options on the market for Bluetooth. Wi-Fi offers more stability and distance, in addition to the ability to stream to multiple devices at the same time.

Coming to the U.S. this spring is French company Qobuz, one of the few commercial streaming services that currently supports high-resolution audio (though TIDAL has a hi-res streaming option too). However, you can also stream high-res files that have been downloaded to a local storage drive, such as a thumb drive or NAS (Network Attached Storage) drive. Due to the large size of high-res files, we recommend you use a 2 TB NAS drive if you have a large library of files.

However — and this is important — not all speakers are designed to support the streaming of high-res audio. The good news is that MusicCast-enabled devices from Yamaha (which also provide multi-room audio solutions) make it a breeze.

An image of a user screen from the Yamaha MusicCast App.

The Yamaha MusicCast Controller app offers a user-friendly option for streaming high-res audio to any MusicCast wireless speaker, such as the MusicCast 20. All MusicCast devices support Apple Lossless (ALAC) up to 24-bit / 96 kHz as well as WAV, FLAC, and AIFF up to 24-bit / 192 kHz. MusicCast AV receivers, Hi-Fi components and powered monitor speakers also support DSD up to 11.2 MHz.

Start by launching MusicCast Controller on your mobile device, then follow the steps to add a MusicCast device to the network if you haven’t done so already. Next, select the device you want to stream to.

An image of a user screen from the Yamaha MusicCast App.

In the menu that appears, select the streaming service you want to use and you will be shown the different options available with that service, which may include things like New, Playlists, and Genres; there will also usually be a Search option. These will all be available within the app to make it easier to navigate, but there’s one catch: High-res audio only works when you stream to one device at a time. Once you add a second or third device, the resolution automatically drops from 24-bit / 96 kHz to CD-quality 16-bit / 44.1 kHz. If more than three additional devices are linked at once, audio is provided in a compressed format.

That’s all there is to it! Now you’re ready to stream music digitally while still enjoying all the clarity and quality you’d get from a quality analog Hi-Fi system.

 

 If you’d prefer to keep your traditional Hi-Fi setup but want the added benefit of streaming capability, check out the MusicCast VINYL 500 Wi-Fi turntable.

Guitar Basics Part 2: How to Change Strings on an Acoustic Guitar

Welcome to Part 2 of a new series of blogs for newcomers to guitar and bass.

When you first bought your acoustic guitar, it came with a brand new, shiny set of strings. However, after awhile, you may notice that the sound of your guitar is getting dull, and your fingers don’t slide over the fretboard quite as easily as they used to. Time to change your strings! If you’re new to guitar, this may seem somewhat intimidating, but it’s actually quite simple.

The video below explains how to restring an acoustic guitar. All you need is a new set of strings, a pair of pliers, a wire cutter (most pliers will cut wires too), a clip-on tuner such as the Yamaha GCT1 and optionally, a peg winder (an inexpensive guitar accessory that helps speed up the process).

Click here for Part One: How to Change Strings on an Electric Guitar

Click here for Part Three: How to Change Strings on an Electric Bass

 

Click here to find out more about Yamaha guitars and basses.

Thunderbolt 2: The Ins and Outs

When you’re recording digitally, the higher you set the audio bar, the more data-intensive the process becomes. For so-called “high-resolution” recording, which is typically defined as 24-bit with sampling rates of 88.2kHz and higher, computers and audio interfaces must to be able to exchange lots of data very quickly in order to support multitrack recording and playback.

How fast the data transfer can move back and forth depends on the type of connection between the computer and the interface. Connection formats include various incarnations of USB, FireWire™, and Thunderbolt, including Thunderbolt 2, which we’ll focus on here.

Digital Refresher

First, a little background. In digital audio, when you record a signal from a mic or instrument, it goes through your interface’s preamp, and then into an analog-to-digital converter (ADC for short), where it is turned into digital data (a mathematical representation of the audio) before being sent to the DAW (Digital Audio Workstation) or other recording software in your computer.

The ADC “samples” the analog audio a specified number of times per second before converting it to digital data. The speed with which it does this is called the sampling rate. A good analogy would be movie frames. The more frames per second, the more accurately the film will capture the live action. If you have too few frames per second, you’ll get jerky playback, closer to a flipbook than a movie.

The bit resolution specifies how many bits (think of these as the digital “letters” that comprise a digital “word”) are used. The more bits used (i.e., the longer the “word”), the more detail can be captured for each sample. The combination of a high sample rate and high bit resolution gives you the most accurate and nuanced recording quality.

When digital audio is played back, it goes through a digital-to-analog converter (DAC), which does the reverse of an ADC; it takes those numbers and converts them back to analog audio (in the form of an electrical signal), which can be sent to your speakers or headphones.

The Data Highway

There’s one last term you need to know: throughput, which specifies the maximum possible speed and bandwidth of data transfer. This bit rate (sometimes just shortened to bitrate) is typically expressed as megabits-per-second (Mbps) or gigabits-per-second (Gbps). The faster the data transfer, the more simultaneous tracks you can record or play back at a given sample rate and bit resolution, and the lower the latency (the delay between when audio is input and when it is heard after being processed by the computer — something that can be distracting during recording if it’s too long).

Audio interfaces equipped with Thunderbolt 2 connectivity (such as the Steinberg™ AXR4T) offer significantly better throughput than previous formats. That in turn allows for large sessions to be recorded at the highest resolution available today: 32-bit / 384kHz.

Drive Time

To give you context for the speed of Thunderbolt 2, let’s compare it with other hardware connectivity formats that are widely in use. USB2 is the one most commonly found on audio interfaces, and it offers a relatively slow throughput of 480 Mbps. It’s sufficient for most home recording, which typically involves 24-bit / 44.1kHz or 24-bit / 48kHz audio, although its latency numbers are not that good. USB3 is significantly faster but still lags behind both the original Thunderbolt and Thunderbolt 2.

A graphical display of maximum transfer speeds for various connectivity formats.
Maximum throughputs (transfer speeds) for various connection formats.

FireWire 800 is a connectivity format that’s still found on a lot of older computers, although it’s no longer included on new Mac® models. When FireWire 800 came out (supplanting the first version, FireWire 400), it was considered quite fast, with transfer speeds up to 800 Mbps. But in 2011, Intel® introduced Thunderbolt, a new format that offered a substantially faster 10 Gbps transfer rate, which was quickly adopted by Apple®, dooming FireWire to obsolescence.

In time, even the 10 Gbps of Thunderbolt became too slow, primarily because of how much data was needed for the new 4K video standard, so Thunderbolt 2 was developed, which, instead of offering two 10 Gbps channels like the original, provides a single channel with an impressive throughput of 20 Gbps.

Chain of Peripherals

Thunderbolt, no matter which version, gives you another significant advantage over USB: You can daisy-chain (serially connect) up to six Thunderbolt devices per port. So, if you are using a Thunderbolt-equipped interface like an AXR4T, you can also connect hard drives and other Thunderbolt 2 peripherals using only a single port on your computer.

Thunderbolt 1 and 2 have the same size connectors, and Thunderbolt 2 devices are backward compatible. That means you can connect a Thunderbolt 1 device to a computer’s Thunderbolt 2 port, or vice versa. (You’d only get the speed of Thunderbolt 1 in a mixed setup like that, however.) In addition, an even faster version — Thunderbolt 3 — has recently been released, which is backward compatible with earlier versions of Thunderbolt with the use of an adapter.

The Speed of Audio

The Steinberg AXR4T offers a total of 28 inputs and 24 outputs when you include its digital expansion ports for ADAT, S/PDIF and AES/EBU audio. It provides four specially designed hybrid mic preamps that all offer switchable SILK circuitry from Rupert Neve Designs. SILK emulates the warm transformer-saturation of vintage Neve mic preamps and can be dialed into the circuit either completely or partially, giving you control over how much saturation you include on your recordings. (For more information, see our blog article “The Rupert Neve Connection.”)

An image of a portion of the front panel of the Steinberg AXR4T interface.
The AXR4T’s mic preamps offer Rupert Neve Designs SILK circuitry.

The AXR4T’s built-in digital signal processing (DSP) is controlled by Steinberg’s included dspMixFx software, which adds a powerful virtual mixer along with no-latency monitoring and a suite of Yamaha effects including the Sweet Spot Morphing Channel Strip, REV-X reverb and the Vintage Classics VCM Compressor 276 and VCM EQ601.

An image of a display output of Steinberg dspMixFx software.
Steinberg dspMixFx software.

Reaching New Heights

And, of course, the AXR4T offers Thunderbolt 2 connectivity, with all the sonic advantages that come with it, not least of which is the ability to record at sampling rates up to 384kHz — double the 192kHz rate that until recently was considered the upper end of “high-resolution.”

What’s more, you can set the bit rate to 32-bit integer, which allows for more detail and clarity than 24-bit, because each sample has 8 additional steps of resolution. It’s even better than 32-bit floating point, which you may have heard of. The latter gives you extra headroom for internal processing, but your audio still ends up as a 24-bit file.

The ultra-high quality offered by the AXR4T allows you to create recordings that represent a major raising of the bar for high-resolution audio. Thanks to the blazing speed of Thunderbolt 2, this new standard is now a reality.

 

Click here for more information about the Steinberg AXR4T audio interface.

“I’m a HERO” Program and the Venova

The life-changing power of music all over the world is well documented. A case in point was a recent program sponsored by Yamaha called “I’m a HERO,” designed to allow the children of the Republic of Colombia to discover the strength within themselves to face and overcome barriers such as social inequality, poverty, delinquency and crime.

The program culminated on Sept. 30, 2018, at Atanasio Girardot Sports Complex in Medellín, Colombia, when 26 children, aged 7 to 13, performed the Colombian national anthem on Yamaha Venova casual wind instruments prior to the Categoría Primera A soccer match. All were members of the Red de Escuelas de Música de Medellín youth orchestra or part of the local Yamaha scholarship program ToKANDO.

A group of children playing musical instruments.

Their performance fulfilled the “I’m a HERO” program’s noteworthy message: “With an instrument in hand, you become a hero.” Undoubtedly, the experience of performing in front of a huge crowd and receiving thunderous applause gave the children confidence, strength and a sense of purpose that will last throughout their lives.

Two months later, Yamaha released a moving Spanish-language documentary about the program. It begins with the students receiving Venova instruments and ends with their rousing performance at the soccer match. Also included are interviews with some of the students and their parents, showcasing the powerful and transformative impact of the program on the participating children.

The genesis of the “I’m a HERO” program actually began more than a century ago, with the establishment of a treaty that created a diplomatic relationship between Japan and Colombia. Yamaha has worked with youth orchestras and bands in Colombia for many years and found that groups often had no knowledge of instrument care. This led to the formation of the AMIGO Project in 2014, through which Yamaha offered workshops and training on instrument maintenance and repair, while continuing to search for a better solution with the development of new instruments.

Enter the Venova. For more than 20 years, Yamaha designers investigated creating an instrument with a simple structure that could reproduce the complex tonal quality of the saxophone. The Venova fulfills that goal. It features a branched pipe structure and meandering pipe design, yet is durable, versatile and low-maintenance. Made from ABS resin, the instrument can deliver everything from delicate melodies to blasting notes. Most importantly, it’s affordable and has the potential to bring the joy of music making to children around the world.

Check out these related blog articles:

Introducing Venova

Venova: How Can a Plastic Tube Sound Like a Saxophone?

My Venova Impressions

 

Click here for more information about the “I’m a Hero” Project.

Click here for more information about Yamaha Venova.

Top Five Tips for Better Live Sound

This month I set out to write an article about the top five ways to achieve better live sound, but quickly realized there are lots more than five. That said, here are the tips I would rate as being the most important:

1. Focus On On-Stage Monitoring

The louder the stage volume, the more the main “front of house” (FOH) sound is colored because audio from various onstage sources — especially drums and amplifiers — “bleed” into microphones (particularly vocal mics) that are supposed to be picking up something else. This makes getting a clean, clear mix out front nearly impossible.

This actually affects the music too: If everyone on the stage is subjected to sound levels that are too high to safely listen to for long periods of time, the drummer will have to play harder and will tire faster, and the singers and instrumentalists won’t hear subtle timing and harmony clues that they rely on to give the best performance.

An image of two floor monitors side by side.

Correct placement of floor (“wedge”) monitors like the ones shown above is an important key to solving this problem. Get out from behind the console and up on stage to learn what the performers are encountering. Often moving things around (even small amounts) can help improve the situation, giving you a better performance to mix out front. The best monitor engineers in the business all agree: Quieter on stage means better sound out front!

2. Choose The Right Microphones For The Job

Each different make and model of microphone comes with two important graphs that help predict how they will perform in your system. You can find these on the manufacturer’s websites.

First is the frequency response graph. This shows how the microphone responds to different audio frequencies. For example, here’s the response curve for the popular Shure™ SM58 vocal microphone:

A frequency response graph.
Shure SM58 frequency response graph.

Since the main (“fundamental”) frequencies of the human voice are in the 80Hz – 1100Hz range, you can see that this mic will do a great job on vocals. Of course, there are also harmonics and overtones, and so the fact that the response increases at higher frequencies is another reason why this microphone is so widely used on stages around the world.

The other graph you’ll want to look at is the polar pattern, often shown at various frequencies. These graphs allow you to see how well sounds that aren’t directly in front of the microphone are rejected:

A graph displaying a cardioid microphone pickup pattern.
A cardioid microphone pickup pattern.

As you can see, this mic does a good job of rejecting all off-axis frequencies, though some are rejected better than others (which is normal). Now you can really appreciate why, in live sound, we want to use microphones with this kind of “cardioid” (heart-shaped) pickup pattern. This will pick up the singer or instrument directly in front of the microphone while rejecting sounds coming from behind (at around the 180° mark) or off to the sides (at around the 90° mark). Note that, in the particular graph shown above, at lower frequencies, the pattern is more round (omnidirectional), meaning that these low frequency sounds are picked up more equally all around.

Once you know the frequency response and polar pattern of the microphones you are using, you can better place floor monitors to reduce feedback and help the performers hear themselves better. As an example, for a cardioid microphone, the best spot for a floor monitor is going to be directly in front of the performer.

3. Turn Off Channels On The Mixing Console When You Don’t Need Them

Just about every mixing console — be it analog or digital — offers individual channel on/off switches. When a microphone is not needed, turning its channel off (i.e., muting it) will give you two very important advantages: One, the signal going out to your PA will be cleaner, since only the sources you need are going through the system, and two, each time you mute a mic, you add to the gain your system can produce before feedback occurs. (For more information, see our blog article on how to fight feedback.)

A word of caution, though: Be sure to turn the channel back on before the talent steps up to perform!

4. Make The Effort To Train Your Ears

Since lots of us live sound engineers started as musicians, you might already be familiar with the notes on a piano or guitar. If you are in this crowd, you’re way ahead of the game when it comes to ear training. If not, it behooves you to at least learn the fundamentals of musical pitches.

We all could use help in identifying audio by frequency though, and there are apps (such as Quiztones, available for both Apple® and Android devices) that can help you get more accurate results when adjusting EQ to gain more musicality in your mix and/or fight feedback. (For more information, see our blog article about equalization.) As with most anything musical, practice makes perfect!

5. Follow The Golden Rule

While not always exactly technical, sometimes we all need to remind ourselves of what we can do to improve the experience of both our onstage talent and the audience.

In no particular order, here are a few:

– Come with a “can-do” attitude. This is the golden rule for a sound person. Performers want to trust you. It’s about learning to anticipate the performer’s concerns before they become a problem.

– Keep an open mind. There’s always another way to do everything. You never know what you’ll learn, or what laughs you can have later!

– You’re going to have less than perfect shows. It’s inevitable. Learn from them and try not to make the same mistakes again. The best live sound engineers on the planet never stop trying to attain perfection. There’s always room to improve!

– Murphy will always be nearby. The more complex your system(s) are, the more chances he will visit you. Keep him at bay by using the right gear, replacing intermittent cabling, and using fresh batteries. Oh, and put the wireless receivers up on stage, near the performers, not out at the Front of House mixer.

– Make your performers comfortable onstage. It’s the little things that count. Grab a bottle of water and put it on the drum riser or over near the lead vocalist’s area. If possible, print out or write the set list in a large font and put it on the floor by the microphone stands. Make sure the microphones are the right height for the performers. (Have you ever had to adjust a mic stand with a guitar on your shoulder? Not easy.) If you know that a particular performer likes chocolate, make sure there’s always a candy bar waiting when they hit the stage. Small gestures go a long way to show your talent you care and want a great show too.

As I said, there are lots more tips out there but I hope these at least get you started down the right road to better live sound.

 

Check out our other Tools of the Trade postings.

The Importance of Trumpet Valve Alignment

If you want a trumpet that plays well, you need to pay attention to valve alignment. In fact, proper alignment can be the difference between a good instrument and a great one! Misaligned valves can slow the instrument’s response, cause an unevenness of timbre, and create variable resistance for each of the valve combinations. When the valves are lined up properly, the player does not need to compensate for the inefficiencies of the instrument, which means greater ease of control and improved playability.

To illustrate how critical accurate valve alignment is, consider the effect of even small changes along the bore of an instrument. For example, opening the throat of a trumpet mouthpiece one size larger is a change of approximately .002″, and playing a medium large bore (.459″) trumpet as opposed to a large bore (.462″) trumpet is a difference of only .003″. Valves, however may be misaligned by as much as .015″ to .080″! Considering that each valve has six ports, three valves combined provide eighteen possibilities for significant misalignment, which has a tremendous effect on the playability of the instrument.

In all brass instruments, this refers to correctly setting the position of each valve in both the up and down position so as to align the ports in both the valve casing and corresponding valve port. Each valve assembly consist of the finger button, top cap, valve stem, spring barrel (top of valve), valve guide, and the valve/piston body itself. Alignment depends in part on the accuracy of the manufacturing of these components: When any one of these parts is not made to the exact dimensions required, both the up and down positions can be misaligned.

Another factor is the choice of bumper materials, felt and rubber being the most commonly used. Rubber bumper materials are stable and resist compression. Low-quality felt is generally less stable than rubber. The thickness of a single batch of this kind of felt can vary up to .020″; when used in valves, this variance can seriously affect their alignment. Additionally, over time, low-quality felt washers will compress with constant use, moisture, and oil. As the thickness of this felt changes, the player is forced to adjust to the ever-changing valve alignment.

Yamaha trumpets incorporate two different materials that have been developed to achieve optimum results. From a student Yamaha trumpet to the professional Xeno line, a high-quality felt material is used that is consistent in thickness. In all Artist Model trumpets, a special synthetic pad has been developed that is unaffected by compression, moisture, and/or oil. Using this extremely stable synthetic pad ensures precise valve alignment that will endure for many years before any replacement is required. Yamaha synthetic pads also contribute to a quicker response and increased harmonic depth through less dampening of the energy used to create the sound.

Whether your Yamaha trumpet uses felt or synthetic pads, you can expect to experience a faster response, greater evenness of timbre and resistance, and better efficiency of sound production. With the valves properly aligned, players can produce a full sound with less effort; at the same time, technique can be improved because of the quickened response from note to note. Instead of being an obstacle, your instrument can now assist you in creating music.

 

For more information, check out our four-part blog series “Guide to Brass Mouthpieces”:

Part 1: Choosing the Right Mouthpiece

Part 2: Cups and Rims

Part 3: Throats and Backbores

Part 4: Weights and Finishes

 

Click here for more information about Yamaha trumpets.

Resonant Frequencies, Part 1

The human body, as well as the hard and soft objects around us, water, air and gas, are all vibrating at specific resonant frequencies.

Testing shows that the human body resonates between 5 and 10 Hz. (“Hz” is short for Hertz, a unit of measurement indicating frequency as the number of vibrations per second.) This is a very low frequency — a pitch that is inaudible to the human ear. But can we feel those vibrations when we come into close contact with other people? I believe we can. That, to me, is what the terms “good vibes” or “bad vibes” mean when we refer to a person, place or physical encounter.

So what are our own personal resonances, and how do they affect our lives, opportunities and those around us? I once asked a drummer friend of mine how he kept such a fun, upbeat attitude all the time. His response was that he thought of himself as the positive energy that flows between all things. His presence in a session or gig definitely made everyone in the band happier and we always had a productive, good time.

Bringing your highest self-resonance to any situation will elevate the energy in the room. It’s an infectious attribute that everyone can feel immediately. Interactions will become smoother and people will want to spend more time in your company. Conversely, we have all heard the term “emotional vampire”: a person that sucks the positivity out of those around them, including friends and family.

Keeping a positive mental attitude always helps too, because, in my opinion, what you think is also a resonant frequency. And as numerous studies have shown, thoughts can literally affect your physical strength, life and well-being.

Kinetic resistance is a simple test to show the power of positive and negative thought. Ask a friend to raise their left arm out in front of them and to think positive, happy thoughts. Tell them to keep their arm in that position and push down on it after they have established those memories; you’ll feel a strong resistance to your efforts to lower their arm. Then have them raise their arm again and think negative, unhappy thoughts. When you push down on their arm this time, there will be less resistance and a weaker effort to maintain arm tension. I’ve done this with a lot of people and it’s a great way to demonstrate the power of positive thought.

You may have experienced the many ways that your mind can affect the outcome of a situation. Stage fright, for example, is a very common occurrence in performers and public speakers. I’ve studied this quite a bit and found that what we think can literally sabotage our muscle memory and impair performances, speeches and social interactions. I counter this by preparing myself in advance for any public engagement or interview with a series of verbal and visualization techniques to affirm my skills and create the perfect performance in my mind’s eye.

The Importance of Affirmations

Verbal affirmations (short personal statements that confirm positive attributes) are a great way to clarify and solidify how we feel about ourselves. They can also be used to replace the negative commentary that often runs through our mind on a daily basis. You know what I mean: the “small voice” that keeps a running dialogue about everything we do!

When that internal narrative starts, decide whether it’s positive or negative. If the thoughts are negative, shut them down immediately and replace the dialogue with a kind statement or personal affirmation. You’ll find that the lighter, peaceful mind will help productivity and settle your physical being … and those around you will notice your happier self-image.

You can create your own affirmative statements for anything you’d like to reinforce, empower or would like to see change in your life. Affirmations in the present tense are best as they are stating that the change has already occurred. “I am calm, peaceful, relaxed and joyous at all times” is a great affirmation that states that you are currently in that mindset. But affirmations that start with “I want” or “I will” only support the notion that your desires haven’t yet been attained and are somewhere out there in the ether waiting for you to claim them.

Resonance and Music

How does any of this relate to music? Simple: Resonant frequencies are also musical pitches. The inaudible human body at 5 Hz, Middle C on a piano at 261.63 Hz, the open 5th string of your guitar at 440 Hz — they’re all vibrations at particular frequencies.

When we combine notes and instrumentation to play music, those vibrations create harmonic and melodic content that we hear … and perhaps more importantly, “feel.” Musical information is carried through the air in the form of vibrations that our ears pick up. From there, they are sent via nerve pathways to our brains, which process the information as either pleasing or not. But I’d argue that what we feel (as opposed to just what we hear) also plays a significant role in how we form our preferences.

An image of pop singer lady gaga performing on stage.
Lady Gaga.

As an example, I really like the Lady Gaga song “Poker Face” for a variety of reasons. For one thing, the production is deceptively simple. The low pulse of the drums and bass can be felt in the chest region, the male vocals are pitched below the synth chords, and Gaga’s voice sits in her lower frequency range for the verse sections. When the song transitions into the chorus, the vocal melody rises in pitch to add intensity and lift the song. After the first chorus, the vocal pitches are lowered again and the male and female backing vocal lines add rich rhythmic coloration. Each of the frequencies in the mix have been carefully shaped to blend as a vibrational whole, from low to high and everything in between.

Gaga’s album title, Artpop, succinctly describes her theatrical style of video and live performance art. This combination of stimuli is perhaps the key to why her work resonates with so many people … which leads me to the vibrational aspect of color.

Resonance and Color

Colors all have a resonant frequency in the Terahertz range, where one THz is equal to one thousand thousand Hz (that is, one trillion Hertz). We can’t hear frequencies that high but we can see them. In fact, the highest color frequency that humans can discern is a really nice blue, before it turns to violet, around 770 THz.

The same color, in fact, as Lady Gaga’s outfit in the “Poker Face” video.

Coincidence? I think not. Blue is often depicted on the musical stave as the note B. And “Poker Face” is in the key of G# minor, which is the relative minor to B major.

Without talking to Lady Gaga or her producer, I can’t say this with absolute certainty, but I believe that the use of this color in the video was a carefully orchestrated vibrational component — a component that made a major contribution to a musical masterpiece. After all, designing a hit pop song takes more than just the music! And this particular song sold over 14 million copies and is one of the best selling singles of all time.

The overall visual aspect of the song’s video, in my opinion, played a huge role in making “Poker Face” a success. The costumes are colorful, the settings interesting and the images work well with the groove. The music is equally powerful: the song has well-written harmonic and melodic structures, coupled with lyrical content that is unique, interesting and culturally relevant.

My point here is that everything resonates and has a set of organized frequencies that we can see, hear, smell, taste and touch. Add to that the extra-sensory aspect of the human experience and we are all pure vibration, bathing in external resonant frequencies at every moment of our day.

In Part 2, I’ll talk about establishing resonant relationships with your instrument.

Photo by Kevin Mazur / Contributor, Getty Images North America

 

Check out Robbie’s other postings.